Toxin peptide therapeutic agents

ABSTRACT

Disclosed is a DNA encoding a composition of matter of the formula
 
(X 1 ) a —(F 1 ) d —(X 2 ) b —(F 2 ) e —(X 3 ) c   (I)
 
and multimers thereof, in which F 1  and F 2  are half-life extending moieties, and d and e are each independently 0 or 1, provided that at least one of d and e is 1; X 1 , X 2 , and X 3  are each independently -(L) f -P-(L) g -, and f and g are each independently 0 or 1; P is a ShK peptide analog of no more than about 80 amino acid residues in length; L is an optional linker; and a, b, and c are each independently 0 or 1, provided that at least one of a, b and c is 1. A DNA encoding the ShK peptide analog is disclosed. Also disclosed are an expression vector comprising the DNA, and a host cell comprising the expression vector.

This application is a division of U.S. Nonprovisional application Ser. No. 11/406,454, filed Apr. 17, 2006, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,833,979 which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/672,342, filed Apr. 22, 2005, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference.

The present application incorporates by reference in its entirety all subject matter contained in the attached sequence listing which is in txt format and is identified by the name of the file, A-1006US-RevApplData-SegList091907_ST25.txt, created on Nov. 2, 2010, the size of which file is 743 KB.

Throughout this application various publications are referenced within parentheses or brackets. The disclosures of these publications in their entireties are hereby incorporated by reference in this application in order to more fully describe the state of the art to which this invention pertains.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

1. Field of the Invention

The present invention is related to the biochemical arts, in particular to therapeutic peptides and conjugates.

2. Discussion of the Related Art

Ion channels are a diverse group of molecules that permit the exchange of small inorganic ions across membranes. All cells require ion channels for function, but this is especially so for excitable cells such as those present in the nervous system and the heart. The electrical signals orchestrated by ion channels control the thinking brain, the beating heart and the contracting muscle. Ion channels play a role in regulating cell volume, and they control a wide variety of signaling processes.

The ion channel family includes Na⁺, K⁺, and Ca²⁺ cation and Cl⁻ anion channels. Collectively, ion channels are distinguished as either ligand-gated or voltage-gated. Ligand-gated channels include both extracellular and intracellular ligand-gated channels. The extracellular ligand-gated channels include the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor (nAChR), the serotonin (5-hdroxytryptamine, 5-HT) receptors, the glycine and γ-butyric acid receptors (GABA) and the glutamate-activated channels including kanate, α-amino-3-hydroxy-5-methyl-4-isoxazole propionic acid (AMPA) and N-methyl-D-aspartate receptors (NMDA) receptors. (Harte and Ouzounis (2002), FEBS Lett. 514: 129-34). Intracellular ligand gated channels include those activated by cyclic nucleotides (e.g. cAMP, cGMP), Ca²⁺ and G-proteins. (Harte and Ouzounis (2002), FEBS Lett. 514: 129-34). The voltage-gated ion channels are categorized by their selectivity for inorganic ion species, including sodium, potassium, calcium and chloride ion channels. (Harte and Ouzounis (2002), FEBS Lett. 514: 129-34).

A unified nomenclature for classification of voltage-gated channels was recently presented. (Catterall et al. (2000), Pharmacol. Rev. 55: 573-4; Gutman et al. (2000), Pharmacol. Rev. 55, 583-6; Catterall et al. (2000) Pharmacol. Rev. 55: 579-81; Catterall et al. (2000), Pharmacol. Rev. 55: 575-8; Hofmann et al. (2000), Pharmacol. Rev. 55: 587-9; Clapham et al. (2000), Pharmacol Rev. 55: 591-6; Chandy (1991), Nature 352: 26; Goldin et al. (2000), Neuron 28: 365-8; Ertel et al. (2000), Neuron 25: 533-5).

The K⁺ channels constitute the largest and best characterized family of ion channels described to date. Potassium channels are subdivided into three general groups: the 6 transmembrane (6™) K⁺ channels, the 2™-2™/leak K⁺ channels and the 2™/Kir inward rectifying channels. (Tang et al. (2004), Ann. Rev. Physiol. 66, 131-159). These three groups are further subdivided into families based on sequence similarity. The voltage-gated K⁺ channels, including (Kv1-6, Kv8-9), EAG, KQT, and Slo (BKCa), are family members of the 6TM group. The 2TM-2TM group comprises TWIK, TREK, TASK, TRAAK, and THIK, whereas the 2TM/Kir group consists of Kir1-7. Two additional classes of ion channels include the inward rectifier potassium (IRK) and ATP-gated purinergic (P2X) channels. (Harte and Ouzounis (2002), FEBS Lett. 514: 129-34).

Toxin peptides produced by a variety of organisms have evolved to target ion channels. Snakes, scorpions, spiders, bees, snails and sea anemone are a few examples of organisms that produce venom that can serve as a rich source of small bioactive toxin peptides or “toxins” that potently and selectively target ion channels and receptors. In most cases, these toxin peptides have evolved as potent antagonists or inhibitors of ion channels, by binding to the channel pore and physically blocking the ion conduction pathway. In some other cases, as with some of the tarantula toxin peptides, the peptide is found to antagonize channel function by binding to a region outside the pore (e.g., the voltage sensor domain).

The toxin peptides are usually between about 20 and about 80 amino acids in length, contain 2-5 disulfide linkages and form a very compact structure (see, e.g., FIG. 10). Toxin peptides (e.g., from the venom of scorpions, sea anemones and cone snails) have been isolated and characterized for their impact on ion channels. Such peptides appear to have evolved from a relatively small number of structural frameworks that are particularly well suited to addressing the critical issues of potency and stability. The majority of scorpion and Conus toxin peptides, for example, contain 10-40 amino acids and up to five disulfide bonds, forming extremely compact and constrained structure (microproteins) often resistant to proteolysis. The conotoxin and scorpion toxin peptides can be divided into a number of superfamilies based on their disulfide connections and peptide folds. The solution structure of many of these has been determined by NMR spectroscopy, illustrating their compact structure and verifying conservation of their family fold. (E.g., Tudor et al., Ionisation behaviour and solution properties of the potassium-channel blocker ShK toxin, Eur. J. Biochem. 251(1-2):133-41 (1998); Pennington et al., Role of disulfide bonds in the structure and potassium channel blocking activity of ShK toxin, Biochem. 38(44): 14549-58 (1999); Jaravine et al., Three-dimensional structure of toxin OSK1 from Orthochirus scrobiculosus scorpion venom, Biochem. 36(6):1223-32 (1997); del Rio-Portillo et al.; NMR solution structure of Cn12, a novel peptide from the Mexican scorpion Centruroides noxius with a typical beta-toxin sequence but with alpha-like physiological activity, Eur. J. Biochem. 271(12): 2504-16 (2004); Prochnicka-Chalufour et al., Solution structure of discrepin, a new K⁺-channel blocking peptide from the alpha-KTx15 subfamily, Biochem. 45(6):1795-1804 (2006)).

Conserved disulfide structures can also reflect the individual pharmacological activity of the toxin family. (Nicke et al. (2004), Eur. J. Biochem. 271: 2305-19, Table 1; Adams (1999), Drug Develop. Res. 46: 219-34). For example, α-conotoxins have well-defined four cysteine/two disulfide loop structures (Loughnan, 2004) and inhibit nicotinic acetylcholine receptors. In contrast, ω-conotoxins have six cysteine/three disulfide loop consensus structures (Nielsen, 2000) and block calcium channels. Structural subsets of toxins have evolved to inhibit either voltage-gated or calcium-activated potassium channels. FIG. 9 shows that a limited number of conserved disulfide architectures shared by a variety of venomous animals from bee to snail and scorpion to snake target ion channels. FIG. 7A-B shows alignment of alpha-scorpion toxin family and illustrates that a conserved structural framework is used to derive toxins targeting a vast array of potassium channels.

Due to their potent and selective blockade of specific ion channels, toxin peptides have been used for many years as tools to investigate the pharmacology of ion channels. Other than excitable cells and tissues such as those present in heart, muscle and brain, ion channels are also important to non-excitable cells such as immune cells. Accordingly, the potential therapeutic utility of toxin peptides has been considered for treating various immune disorders, in particular by inhibition of potassium channels such as Kv1.3 and IKCa1 since these channels indirectly control calcium signaling pathway in lymphocytes. [e.g., Kem et al., ShK toxin compositions and methods of use, U.S. Pat. No. 6,077,680; Lebrun et al., Neuropeptides originating in scorpion, U.S. Pat. No. 6,689,749; Beeton et al., Targeting effector memory T cells with a selective peptide inhibitor of Kv1.3 channnels for therapy of autoimmune diseases, Molec. Pharmacol. 67(4):1369-81 (2005); Mouhat et al., K⁺ channel types targeted by synthetic OSK1, a toxin from Orthochirus scrobiculosus scorpion venom, Biochem. J. 385:95-104 (2005); Mouhat et al., Pharmacological profiling of Orthochirus scrobiculosus toxin 1 analogs with a trimmed N-terminal domain, Molec. Pharmacol. 69:354-62 (2006); Mouhat et al., OsK1 derivatives, WO 2006/002850 A2; B. S. Jensen et al. The Ca²⁺-activated K+ Channel of Intermediate Conductance: A Molecular Target for Novel Treatments?, Current Drug Targets 2:401-422 (2001); Rauer et al., Structure-guided Transformation of Charybdotoxin Yields an Analog That Selectively Targets Ca²⁺-activated over Voltage-gated K⁺ Channels, J. Biol. Chem. 275: 1201-1208 (2000); Castle et al., Maurotoxin: A Potent Inhibitor of Intermediate Conductance Ca²⁺-Activated Potassium Channels, Molecular Pharmacol. 63: 409-418 (2003); Chandy et al., K⁺ channels as targets for specific Immunomodulation, Trends in Pharmacol. Sciences 25: 280-289 (2004); Lewis & Garcia, Therapeutic Potential of Venom Peptides, Nat. Rev. Drug Discov. 2: 790-802 (2003)].

Small molecules inhibitors of Kv1.3 and IKCa1 potassium channels and the major calcium entry channel in T cells, CRAC, have also been developed to treat immune disorders [A. Schmitz et al. (2005) Molecul. Pharmacol. 68, 1254; K. G. Chandy et al. (2004) TIPS 25, 280; H. Wulff et al. (2001) J. Biol. Chem. 276, 32040; C. Zitt et al. (2004) J. Biol. Chem. 279, 12427], but obtaining small molecules with selectivity toward some of these targets has been difficult.

Calcium mobilization in lymphocytes is known to be a critical pathway in activation of inflammatory responses [M. W. Winslow et al. (2003) Current Opinion Immunol. 15, 299]. Compared to other cells, T cells show a unique sensitivity to increased levels of intracellular calcium and ion channels both directly and indirectly control this process. Inositol triphosphate (IP3) is the natural second messenger which activates the calcium signaling pathway. IP3 is produced following ligand-induced activation of the T cell receptor (TCR) and upon binding to its intracellular receptor (a channel) causes unloading of intracellular calcium stores. The endoplasmic reticulum provides one key calcium store. Thapsigargin, an inhibitor of the sarcoplasmic-endoplasmic reticulum calcium ATPase (SERCA), also causes unloading of intracellular stores and activation of the calcium signaling pathway in lymphocytes. Therefore, thapsigargin can be used as a specific stimulus of the calcium signaling pathway in T cells. The unloading of intracellular calcium stores in T cells is known to cause activation of a calcium channel on the cell surface which allows for influx of calcium from outside the cell. This store operated calcium channel (SOCC) on T cells is referred to as “CRAC” (calcium release activated channel) and sustained influx of calcium through this channel is known to be critical for full T cell activation [S. Feske et al. (2005) J. Exp. Med. 202, 651 and N. Venkatesh et al. (2004) PNAS 101, 8969]. For many years it has been appreciated that in order to maintain continued calcium influx into T cells, the cell membrane must remain in a hyperpolarized condition through efflux of potassium ions. In T cells, potassium efflux is accomplished by the voltage-gated potassium channel Kv1.3 and the calcium-activated potassium channel IKCa1 [K. G. Chandy et al. (2004) TIPS 25, 280]. These potassium channels therefore indirectly control the calcium signaling pathway, by allowing for the necessary potassium efflux that allows for a sustained influx of calcium through CRAC.

Sustained increases in intracellular calcium activate a variety of pathways in T cells, including those leading to activation of NFAT, NF-kB and AP-1 [Quintana-A (2005) Pflugers Arch.—Eur. J. Physiol. 450, 1]. These events lead to various T cell responses including alteration of cell size and membrane organization, activation of cell surface effector molecules, cytokine production and proliferation. Several calcium sensing molecules transmit the calcium signal and orchestrate the cellular response. Calmodulin is one molecule that binds calcium, but many others have been identified (M. J. Berridge et al. (2003) Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell. Biol. 4, 517). The calcium-calmodulin dependent phosphatase calcineurin is activated upon sustained increases in intracellular calcium and dephosphorylates cytosolic NFAT. Dephosphorylated NFAT quickly translocates to the nucleus and is widely accepted as a critical transcription factor for T cell activation (F. Macian (2005) Nat. Rev. Immunol. 5, 472 and N. Venkatesh et al. (2004) PNAS 101, 8969). Inhibitors of calcineurin, such as cyclosporin A (Neoral, SandImmune) and FK506 (Tacrolimus) are a main stay for treatment of severe immune disorders such as those resulting in rejection following solid organ transplant (I. M. Gonzalez-Pinto et al. (2005) Transplant. Proc. 37, 1713 and D. R. J. Kuypers (2005) Transplant International 18, 140). Neoral has been approved for the treatment of transplant rejection, severe rheumatoid arthritis (D. E. Yocum et al. (2000) Rheumatol. 39, 156) and severe psoriasis (J. Koo (1998) British J. Dermatol. 139, 88). Preclinical and clinical data has also been provided suggesting calcineurin inhibitors may have utility in treatment of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD; Baumgart D C (2006) Am. J. Gastroenterol. March 30; Epub ahead of print), multiple sclerosis (Ann. Neurol. (1990) 27, 591) and asthma (S. Rohatagi et al. (2000) J. Clin. Pharmacol. 40, 1211). Lupus represents another disorder that may benefit from agents blocking activation of helper T cells. Despite the importance of calcineurin in regulating NFAT in T cells, calcineurin is also expressed in other tissues (e.g. kidney) and cyclosporine A & FK506 have a narrow safety margin due to mechanism based toxicity. Renal toxicity and hypertension are common side effects that have limited the promise of cyclosporine & FK506. Due to concerns regarding toxicity, calcineurin inhibitors are used mostly to treat only severe immune disease (Bissonnette-R et al. (2006) J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 54, 472). Kv1.3 inhibitors offer a safer alternative to calcineurin inhibitors for the treatment of immune disorders. This is because Kv1.3 also operates to control the calcium signaling pathway in T cells, but does so through a distinct mechanism to that of calcineurin inhibitors, and evidence on Kv1.3 expression and function show that Kv1.3 has a more restricted role in T cell biology relative to calcineurin, which functions also in a variety of non-lymphoid cells and tissues.

Calcium mobilization in immune cells also activates production of the cytokines interleukin 2 (IL-2) and interferon gamma (IFNg) which are critical mediators of inflammation. IL-2 induces a variety of biological responses ranging from expansion and differentiation of CD4⁺ and CD8⁺ T cells, to enhancement of proliferation and antibody secretion by B cells, to activation of NK cells [S. L. Gaffen & K. D. Liu (2004) Cytokine 28, 109]. Secretion of IL-2 occurs quickly following T cell activation and T cells represent the predominant source of this cytokine. Shortly following activation, the high affinity IL-2 receptor (IL2-R) is upregulated on T cells endowing them with an ability to proliferate in response to IL-2. T cells, NK cells, B cells and professional antigen presenting cells (APCs) can all secrete IFNg upon activation. T cells represent the principle source of IFNg production in mediating adaptive immune responses, whereas natural killer (NK) cells & APCs are likely an important source during host defense against infection [K. Schroder et al. (2004) J. Leukoc. Biol. 75, 163]. IFNg, originally called macrophage-activating factor, upregulates antigen processing and presentation by monocytes, macrophages and dendritic cells. IFNg mediates a diverse array of biological activities in many cell types [U. Boehm et al. (1997) Annu. Rev. Immunol. 15, 749] including growth and differentiation, enhancement of NK cell activity and regulation of B cell immunoglobulin production and class switching.

CD40L is another cytokine expressed on activated T cells following calcium mobilization and upon binding to its receptor on B cells provides critical help allowing for B cell germinal center formation, B cell differentiation and antibody isotype switching. CD40L-mediated activation of CD40 on B cells can induce profound differentiation and clonal expansion of immunoglobulin (Ig) producing B cells [S. Quezada et al. (2004) Annu. Rev. Immunol. 22, 307]. The CD40 receptor can also be found on dendritic cells and CD40L signaling can mediate dendritic cell activation and differentiation as well. The antigen presenting capacity of B cells and dendritic cells is promoted by CD40L binding, further illustrating the broad role of this cytokine in adaptive immunity. Given the essential role of CD40 signaling to B cell biology, neutralizing antibodies to CD40L have been examined in preclinical and clinical studies for utility in treatment of systemic lupus erythematosis (SLE), —a disorder characterized by deposition of antibody complexes in tissues, inflammation and organ damage [J. Yazdany and J Davis (2004) Lupus 13, 377].

Production of toxin peptides is a complex process in venomous organisms, and is an even more complex process synthetically. Due to their conserved disulfide structures and need for efficient oxidative refolding, toxin peptides present challenges to synthesis. Although toxin peptides have been used for years as highly selective pharmacological inhibitors of ion channels, the high cost of synthesis and refolding of the toxin peptides and their short half-life in vivo have impeded the pursuit of these peptides as a therapeutic modality. Far more effort has been expended to identify small molecule inhibitors as therapeutic antagonists of ion channels, than has been given the toxin peptides themselves. One exception is the recent approval of the small ω-conotoxin MVIIA peptide (Ziconotide™) for treatment of intractable pain. The synthetic and refolding production process for Ziconotide™, however, is costly and only results in a small peptide product with a very short half-life in vivo (about 4 hours).

A cost-effective process for producing therapeutics, such as but not limited to, inhibitors of ion channels, is a desideratum provided by the present invention, which involves toxin peptides fused, or otherwise covalently conjugated to a vehicle.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to a composition of matter of the formula: (X¹)_(a)—(F¹)_(d)—(X²)_(b)—(F²)_(e)—(X³)_(c)  (I)

and multimers thereof, wherein:

-   -   F¹ and F² are half-life extending moieties, and d and e are each         independently 0 or 1, provided that at least one of d and e is         1;     -   X¹, X², and X³ are each independently -(L)_(f)-P-(L)_(g)-, and f         and g are each independently 0 or 1;     -   P is a toxin peptide of no more than about 80 amino acid         residues in length, comprising at least two intrapeptide         disulfide bonds;     -   L is an optional linker (present when f=1 and/or g=1); and     -   a, b, and c are each independently 0 or 1, provided that at         least one of a, b and c is 1.

The present invention thus concerns molecules having variations on Formula 1, such as the formulae: P-(L)_(g)-F¹ (i.e., b, c, and e equal to 0);  (II) F¹-(L)_(f)-P (i.e., a, c, and e equal to 0);  (III) P-(L)_(g)-F¹-(L)_(f)-P or (X¹)_(a)—F¹—(X²)_(b) (i.e., c and e equal to 0);  (IV) F¹-(L)_(f)P-(L)_(g)-F² (i.e., a and c equal to 0);  (V) F¹-(L)_(f)-P-(L)_(g)-F²-(L)_(f)-P (i.e., a equal to 0);  (VI) F¹—F²-(L)_(f)-P (i.e., a and b equal to 0);  (VII) P-(L)_(g)-F¹—F² (i.e., b and c equal to 0);  (VIII) P-(L)_(g)-F¹—F²-(L)_(f)-P (i.e., b equal to 0);  (IX)

and any multimers of any of these, when stated conventionally with the N-terminus of the peptide(s) on the left. All of such molecules of Formulae II-IX are within the meaning of Structural Formula I. Within the meaning of Formula I, the toxin peptide (P), if more than one is present, can be independently the same or different from any other toxin peptide(s) also present in the inventive composition, and the linker moiety ((L)_(f) and/or (L)_(g)), if present, can be independently the same or different from any other linker, or linkers, that may be present in the inventive composition. Conjugation of the toxin peptide(s) to the half-life extending moiety, or moieties, can be via the N-terminal and/or C-terminal of the toxin peptide, or can be intercalary as to its primary amino acid sequence, F¹ being linked closer to the toxin peptide's N-terminus than is linked F². Examples of useful half-life extending moieties (F¹ or F²) include immunoglobulin Fc domain, human serum albumin (HSA), or poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG). These and other half-life extending moieties described herein are useful, either individually or in combination.

The present invention also relates to a composition of matter, which includes, conjugated or unconjugated, a toxin peptide analog of ShK, OSK1, ChTx, or Maurotoxin modified from the native sequences at one or more amino acid residues, having greater Kv1.3 or IKCa1antagonist activity, and/or target selectivity, compared to a ShK, OSK1, or Maurotoxin (MTX) peptides having a native sequence. The toxin peptide analogs comprise an amino acid sequence selected from any of the following:

SEQ ID NOS: 88, 89, 92, 148 through 200, 548 through 561, 884 through 949, or 1295 through 1300 as set forth in Table 2; or

SEQ ID NOS: 980 through 1274, 1303, or 1308 as set forth in Table 7; or

SEQ ID NOS: 330 through 337, 341, 1301, 1302, 1304 through 1307, 1309, 1311, 1312, and 1315 through 1336 as set forth in Table 13; or

SEQ ID NOS: 36, 59, 344-346, or 1369 through 1390 as set forth in Table 14.

The present invention also relates to other toxin peptide analogs that comprise an amino acid sequence selected from any of the following:

SEQ ID NOS: 201 through 225 as set forth in Table 3; or

SEQ ID NOS: 242 through 248 or 250 through 260 as set forth in Table 4; or

SEQ ID NOS: 261 through 275 as set forth in Table 5; or

SEQ ID NOS: 276 through 293 as set forth in Table 6; or

SEQ ID NOS: 299 through 315 as set forth in Table 8; or

SEQ ID NOS: 316 through 318 as set forth in Table 9; or

SEQ ID NO: 319 as set forth in Table 10; or

SEQ ID NO: 327 or 328 as set forth in Table 11; or

SEQ ID NOS: 330 through 337, 341, 1301, 1302, 1304 through 1307, 1309, 1311, 1312, or 1315 through 1336 as set forth in Table 13;

SEQ ID NOS: 1369 through 1390 as set forth in Table 14; or

SEQ ID NOS: 348 through 353 as set forth in Table 16; or

SEQ ID NOS: 357 through 362, 364 through 368, 370, 372 through 385, or 387 through 398 as set forth in Table 19; or

SEQ ID NOS: 399 through 408 as set forth in Table 20; or

SEQ ID NOS: 410 through 421 as set forth in Table 22; or

SEQ ID NOS: 422, 424, 426, or 428 as set forth in Table 23; or

SEQ ID NOS: 430 through 437 as set forth in Table 24; or

SEQ ID NOS: 438 through 445 as set forth in Table 25; or

SEQ ID NOS: 447, 449, 451, 453, 455, or 457 as set forth in Table 26; or

SEQ ID NOS: 470 through 482 or 484 through 493 as set forth in Table 28; or

SEQ ID NOS: 495 through 506 as set forth in Table 29; or

SEQ ID NOS: 507 through 518 as set forth in Table 30.

The present invention is also directed to a pharmaceutical composition that includes the inventive composition of matter and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

The compositions of this invention can be prepared by conventional synthetic methods, recombinant DNA techniques, or any other methods of preparing peptides and fusion proteins well known in the art. Compositions of this invention that have non-peptide portions can be synthesized by conventional organic chemistry reactions, in addition to conventional peptide chemistry reactions when applicable.

The primary use contemplated is as therapeutic and/or prophylactic agents. The inventive compositions incorporating the toxin peptide can have activity and/or ion channel target selectivity comparable to—or even greater than—the unconjugated peptide.

Accordingly, the present invention includes a method of treating an autoimmune disorder, which involves administering to a patient who has been diagnosed with an autoimmune disorder, such as multiple sclerosis, type 1 diabetes, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease, contact-mediated dermatitis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, asthma, allergy, restinosis, systemic sclerosis, fibrosis, scleroderma, glomerulonephritis, Sjogren syndrome, inflammatory bone resorption, transplant rejection, graft-versus-host disease, or lupus, a therapeutically effective amount of the inventive composition of matter (preferably comprising a Kv1.3 antagonist peptide or IKCa1 antagonist peptide), whereby at least one symptom of the disorder is alleviated in the patient.

The present invention is further directed to a method of preventing or mitigating a relapse of a symptom of multiple sclerosis, which method involves administering to a patient, who has previously experienced at least one symptom of multiple sclerosis, a prophylactically effective amount of the inventive composition of matter (preferably comprising a Kv1.3 antagonist peptide or IKCa1 antagonist peptide), such that the at least one symptom of multiple sclerosis is prevented from recurring or is mitigated.

Although mostly contemplated as therapeutic agents, compositions of this invention can also be useful in screening for therapeutic or diagnostic agents. For example, one can use an Fc-peptide in an assay employing anti-Fc coated plates. The half-life extending moiety, such as Fc, can make insoluble peptides soluble and thus useful in a number of assays.

Numerous additional aspects and advantages of the present invention will become apparent upon consideration of the figures and detailed description of the invention.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

FIG. 1 shows schematic structures of some exemplary Fc dimers that can be derived from an IgG1 antibody. “Fc” in the figure represents any of the Fc variants within the meaning of “Fc domain” herein. “X1” and “X2” represent peptides or linker-peptide combinations as defined hereinafter. The specific dimers are as follows:

FIG. 1A and FIG. 1D: Single disulfide-bonded dimers;

FIG. 1B and FIG. 1E: Doubly disulfide-bonded dimers;

FIG. 1C and FIG. 1F: Noncovalent dimers.

FIG. 2 shows schematic structures of some embodiments of the composition of the invention that shows a single unit of the pharmacologically active toxin peptide. FIG. 2A shows a single chain molecule and can also represent the DNA construct for the molecule. FIG. 2B shows a dimer in which the linker-peptide portion is present on only one chain of the dimer. FIG. 2C shows a dimer having the peptide portion on both chains. The dimer of FIG. 2C will form spontaneously in certain host cells upon expression of a DNA construct encoding the single chain shown in FIG. 2A. In other host cells, the cells could be placed in conditions favoring formation of dimers or the dimers can be formed in vitro.

FIG. 3A-B shows exemplary nucleic acid and amino acid sequences (SEQ ID NOS: 1 and 2, respectively) of human IgG1 Fc that is optimized for mammalian expression and can be used in this invention.

FIG. 4A-B shows exemplary nucleic acid and amino acid sequences (SEQ ID NOS: 3 and 4, respectively) of human IgG1 Fc that is optimized for bacterial expression and can be used in this invention.

FIG. 5A shows the amino acid sequence of the mature ShK peptide (SEQ ID NO: 5), which can be encoded for by a nucleic acid sequence containing codons optimized for expression in mammalian cell, bacteria or yeast.

FIG. 5B shows the three disulfide bonds (—S—S—) formed by the six cysteines within the ShK peptide (SEQ ID NO: 10).

FIG. 6 shows an alignment of the voltage-gated potassium channel inhibitor Stichodactyla helianthus (ShK) with other closely related members of the sea anemone toxin family. The sequence of the 35 amino acid mature ShK toxin (Accession #P29187) isolated from the venom of Stichodactyla helianthus is shown aligned to other closely related members of the sea anemone family. The consensus sequence and predicted disulfide linkages are shown, with highly conserved residues being shaded. The HmK peptide toxin sequence shown (Swiss-Protein Accession #097436) is of the immature precursor from the Magnificent sea anemone (Radianthus magnifica; Heteractis magnifica) and the putative signal peptide is underlined. The mature HmK peptide toxin would be predicted to be 35 amino acids in length and span residues 40 through 74. AeK is the mature peptide toxin, isolated from the venom of the sea anemone Actinia equine (Accession #P81897). The sequence of the mature peptide toxin AsKS (Accession #Q9TWG1) and BgK (Accession #P29186) isolated from the venom of the sea anemone Anemonia sulcata and Bunodosoma granulifera, respectively, are also shown. FIG. 6A shows the amino acid alignment (SEQ ID NO: 10) of ShK to other members of the sea anemone family of toxins, HmK (SEQ ID NO: 6 (Mature Peptide), (SEQ ID NO: 542, Signal and Mature Peptide portions)), AeK (SEQ ID NO: 7), AsKs (SEQ ID NO: 8), and BgK (SEQ ID NO: 9). The predicted disulfide linkages are shown and conserved residues are highlighted. (HmK, SEQ ID NO: 543; ShK, SEQ ID NO: 10; AeK, SEQ ID NO: 544; AsKS, SEQ ID NO: 545). FIG. 6B shows a disulfide linkage map for this family having 3 disulfide linkages (C1-C6, C2-C4, C3-C5).

FIG. 7 shows an amino acid alignment of the alpha-scorpion toxin family of potassium channel inhibitors. (BmKK1, SEQ ID NO: 11; BmKK4, SEQ ID NO: 12; PBTx1, SEQ ID NO: 14; Tc32, SEQ ID NO: 13; BmKK6, SEQ ID NO: 15; P01, SEQ ID NO: 16; Pi2, SEQ ID NO: 17; Pi3, SEQ ID NO: 18; Pi4, SEQ ID NO: 19; MTX, SEQ ID NO: 20; Pi1, SEQ ID NO: 21; HsTx1, SEQ ID NO: 61; AgTx2, SEQ ID NO: 23; KTX1, SEQ ID NO: 24; OSK1, SEQ ID NO: 25; BmKTX, SEQ ID NO: 22; HgTX1, SEQ ID NO: 27; MgTx, SEQ ID NO: 28; C11Tx1, SEQ ID NO: 29; NTX, SEQ ID NO: 30; Tc30, SEQ ID NO: 31; TsTX-Ka, SEQ ID NO: 32; PBTx3, SEQ ID NO: 33; Lqh 15-1, SEQ ID NO: 34; MartenTx, SEQ ID NO: 37; ChTx, SEQ ID NO:36; ChTx-Lq2, SEQ ID NO: 42; IbTx, SEQ ID NO: 38; SloTx, SEQ ID NO: 39; BmTx1; SEQ ID NO: 43; BuTx, SEQ ID NO: 41; AmmTx3, SEQ ID NO: 44; AaTX1, SEQ ID NO: 45; BmTX3, SEQ ID NO: 46; Tc1, SEQ ID NO: 48; OSK2, SEQ ID NO: 49; TsK, SEQ ID NO: 54; CoTx1, SEQ ID NO:55; CoTx2, SEQ ID NO: 871; BmPo5, SEQ ID NO: 60; ScyTx, SEQ ID NO: 51; P05, SEQ ID NO: 52; Tamapin, SEQ ID NO: 53; and TmTx, SEQ ID NO: 691. Highly conserved residues are shaded and a consensus sequence is listed. Subfamilies of the α-KTx are listed and are from Rodriguez de la Vega, R. C. et al. (2003) TIPS 24: 222-227. A list of some ion channels reported to antagonized is listed (IK=IKCa, BK=BKCa, SK=SKCa, Kv=voltage-gated K⁺ channels). Although most family members in this alignment represent the mature peptide product, several represent immature or modified forms of the peptide and these include: BmKK1, BmKK4, BmKK6, BmKTX, MartenTx, ChTx, ChTx-Lq2, BmTx1, AaTx1, BmTX3, TsK, CoTx1, BmP05.

FIG. 8 shows an alignment of toxin peptides converted to peptibodies in this invention (Apamin, SEQ ID NO: 68; HaTx1, SEQ ID NO: 494; ProTx1, SEQ ID NO: 56; PaTx2, SEQ ID NO: 57; ShK[2-35], SEQ ID NO: 92; ShK[1-35], SEQ ID NO: 5; HmK, SEQ ID NO: 6; ChTx (K32E), SEQ ID NO: 59; ChTx, SEQ ID NO: 36; IbTx, SEQ ID NO: 38; OSK1 (E16K, K20D), SEQ ID NO: 296; OSK1, SEQ ID NO: 25; AgTx2, SEQ ID NO: 23; KTX1, SEQ ID NO: 24; MgTx, SEQ ID NO: 28; NTX, SEQ ID NO: 30; MTX, SEQ ID NO: 20; Pi2, SEQ ID NO: 17; HsTx1, SEQ ID NO: 61; Anuroctoxin [AnTx], SEQ ID NO: 62; BeKm1, SEQ ID NO: 63; ScyTx, SEQ ID NO: 51; wGVIA, SEQ ID NO: 64; wMVIIa, SEQ ID NO: 65; Ptu1, SEQ ID NO: 66; and CTX, SEQ ID NO: 67). The original sources of the toxins is indicated, as well as, the number of cysteines in each. Key ion channels targeted are listed. The alignment shows clustering of toxin peptides based on their source and ion channel target impact.

FIG. 9 shows disulfide arrangements within the toxin family. The number of disulfides and the disulfide bonding order for each subfamily is indicated. A partial list of toxins that fall within each disulfide linkage category is presented.

FIG. 10 illustrates that solution structures of toxins reveal a compact structure. Solution structures of native toxins from sea anemone (ShK), scorpion (MgTx, MTX, HsTx1), marine cone snail (wGVIA) and tarantula (HaTx1) indicate the 28 to 39 amino acid peptides all form a compact structure. The toxins shown have 3 or 4 disulfide linkages and fall within 4 of the 6 subfamilies shown in FIG. 9. The solution structures of native toxins from sea anemone (ShK), scorpion (MgTx, MTX, HsTx1), marine cone snail (wGVIA) and tarantula (HaTx1) were derived from Protein Data Bank (PDB) accession numbers 1ROO (mmdbld:5247), 1MTX (mmdbld:4064), 1TXM (mmdbld:6201), 1QUZ (mmdbld:36904), 1OMZ (mmdbld:1816) and 1D1H (mmdbld:14344) using the MMDB Entrez 3D-structure database [J. Chen et al. (2003) Nucleic Acids Res. 31, 474] and viewer.

FIG. 11A-C shows the nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO: 69 and SEQ ID NO: 1358) and encoded amino acid (SEQ ID NO:70, SEQ ID NO:1359 and SEQ ID NO: 1360) sequences of residues 5131-6660 of pAMG21ampR-Fc-pep. The sequences of the Fc domain (SEQ ID NOS: 71 and 72) exclude the five C-terminal glycine residues. This vector enables production of peptibodies in which the peptide-linker portion is at the C-terminus of the Fc domain.

FIG. 11D shows a circle diagram of a peptibody bacterial expression vector pAMG21ampR-Fc-pep having a chloramphenicol acetyltransferase gene (cat; “CmR” site) that is replaced with the peptide-linker sequence.

FIG. 12A-C shows the nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO: 73 and SEQ ID NO: 1361) and encoded amino acid (SEQ ID NO:74, SEQ ID NO: 1362 and SEQ ID NO: 1363) sequences of residues 5131-6319 of pAMG21ampR-Pep-Fc. The sequences of the Fc domain (SEQ ID NOS: 75 and 76) exclude the five N-terminal glycine residues. This vector enables production of peptibodies in which the peptide-linker portion is at the N-terminus of the Fc domain.

FIG. 12D shows a circle diagram of a peptibody bacterial expression vector having a zeocin resistance (ble; “ZeoR”) site that is replaced with the peptide-linker sequence.

FIG. 12E-G shows the nucleic acid (SEQ ID NO:1339) and encoded amino acid sequences of pAMG21ampR-Pep-Fc (SEQ ID NO:1340, SEQ ID NO:1341, and SEQ ID NO:1342). The sequences of the Fc domain (SEQ ID NOS: 75 and 76) exclude the five N-terminal glycine residues. This vector enables production of peptibodies in which the peptide-linker portion is at the N-terminus of the Fc domain.

FIG. 13A is a circle diagram of mammalian expression vector pCDNA3.1(+) CMVi.

FIG. 13B is a circle diagram of mammalian expression vector pCDNA3.1(+)CMVi-Fc-2xG4S-Activin RIIb that contains a Fc region from human IgG1, a 10 amino acid linker and the activin RIIb gene.

FIG. 13C is a circle diagram of the CHO expression vector pDSRa22 containing the Fc-L10-ShK[2-35] coding sequence.

FIG. 14 shows the nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequences (SEQ. ID. NOS: 77 and 78, respectively) of the molecule identified as “Fc-L10-ShK[1-35]” in Example 1 hereinafter. The L10 linker amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 79) is underlined.

FIG. 15 shows the nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequences (SEQ. ID. NOS: 80 and 81, respectively) of the molecule identified as “Fc-L10-ShK[2-35]” in Example 2 hereinafter. The same L10 linker amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 79) as used in Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] (FIG. 14) is underlined.

FIG. 16 shows the nucleotide and encoded amino acid sequences (SEQ. ID. NOS: 82 and 83, respectively) of the molecule identified as “Fc-L25-ShK[2-35]” in Example 2 hereinafter. The L25 linker amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 84) is underlined.

FIG. 17 shows a scheme for N-terminal PEGylation of ShK peptide (SEQ ID NO: 5 and SEQ ID NO:10) by reductive amination, which is also described in Example 32 hereinafter.

FIG. 18 shows a scheme for N-terminal PEGylation of ShK peptide (SEQ ID NO: 5 and SEQ ID NO:10) via amide formation, which is also described in Example 34 hereinafter.

FIG. 19 shows a scheme for N-terminal PEGylation of ShK peptide (SEQ ID NO: 5 and SEQ ID NO:10) by chemoselective oxime formation, which is also described in Example 33 hereinafter.

FIG. 20A shows a reversed-phase HPLC analysis at 214 nm and FIG. 20B shows electrospray mass analysis of folded ShK[2-35], also described as folded-“Des-Arg1-ShK” (Peptide 2).

FIG. 21 shows reversed phase HPLC analysis at 214 nm of N-terminally PEGylated ShK[2-35], also referred to as N-Terminally PEGylated-“Des-Arg1-ShK”.

FIG. 22A shows a reversed-phase HPLC analysis at 214 nm of folded ShK[1-35], also referred to as “ShK”.

FIG. 22B shows electrospray mass analysis of folded ShK[1-35], also referred to as “ShK”.

FIG. 23 illustrates a scheme for N-terminal PEGylation of ShK[2-35] (SEQ ID NO: 92 and SEQ ID NO: 58, also referred to as “Des-Arg1-ShK” or “ShK d1”) by reductive amination, which is also described in Example 31 hereinafter.

FIG. 24A shows a western blot of conditioned medium from HEK 293 cells transiently transfected with Fc-L10-ShK[1-35]. Lane 1: molecular weight markers; Lane 2: 15 μl Fc-L10-ShK; Lane 3: 10 μl Fc-L10-ShK; Lane 4: 5 μl Fc-L10-ShK; Lane 5; molecular weight markers; Lane 6: blank; Lane 7: 15 μl No DNA control; Lane 8: 10 μl No DNA control; Lane 9: 5 μl No DNA control; Lane 10; molecular weight markers.

FIG. 24B shows a western blot of with 15 μl of conditioned medium from clones of Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells stably transfected with Fc-L-ShK[1-35]. Lanes 1-15 were loaded as follows: blank, BB6, molecular weight markers, BBS, BB4, BB3, BB2, BB1, blank, BD6, BD5, molecular weight markers, BD4, BD3, BD2.

FIG. 25A shows a western blot of a non-reducing SDS-PAGE gel containing conditioned medium from 293T cells transiently transfected with Fc-L-SmIIIA.

FIG. 25B shows a western blot of a reducing SDS-PAGE gel containing conditioned medium from 293T cells transiently transfected with Fc-L-SmIIIA.

FIG. 26A shows a Spectral scan of 10 μl purified Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] product from stably transfected CHO cells diluted in 700 μl PBS (blanking buffer) using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer and a 1-cm path length quartz cuvette.

FIG. 26B shows Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE of the final Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] product. Lanes 1-12 were loaded as follows: Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product non-reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product non-reduced, blank, 10 μg product non-reduced, Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product reduced, blank, and 10 μg product reduced.

FIG. 26C shows size exclusion chromatography on 20 μg of the final Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, and pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm.

FIG. 26D shows a MALDI mass spectral analysis of the final sample of Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses.

FIG. 27A shows a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE of the final purified Fc-L10-ShK[2-35] product from stably transfected CHO cells. Lane 1-12 were loaded as follows: Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product non-reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product non-reduced, blank, 10 μg product non-reduced, Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product reduced, blank, and 10 μg product reduced.

FIG. 27B shows size exclusion chromatography on 50 μg of the purified Fc-L10-ShK[2-35] injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, and pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm.

FIG. 27C shows a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE of Fc-L5-ShK[2-35] purified from stably transfected CHO cells. Lane 1-12 are loaded as follows: Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product non-reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product non-reduced, blank, 10 μg product non-reduced, Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product reduced, blank, and 10 μg product reduced.

FIG. 27D shows a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE of Fc-L25-ShK[2-35] purified from stably transfected CHO cells. Lane 1-12 are loaded as follows: Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product non-reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product non-reduced, blank, 10 μg product non-reduced, Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product reduced, blank, and 10 μg product reduced.

FIG. 27E shows a spectral scan of 10 μl of the Fc-L10-ShK[2-35] product diluted in 700 μl PBS (blanking buffer) using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer and a 1 cm path length quartz cuvette.

FIG. 27F shows a MALDI mass spectral analysis of the final sample of Fc-L10-ShK[2-35] analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from about 200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses.

FIG. 27G shows a spectral scan of 10 μl of the Fc-L5-ShK[2-35] product diluted in 700 μl PBS (blanking buffer) using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer and a 1 cm path length quartz cuvette.

FIG. 27H shows the size exclusion chromatography on 50 mg of the final Fc-L5-ShK[2-35] product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH2PO4, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm.

FIG. 27I shows a MALDI mass spectral analysis of the final sample of Fc-L5-ShK[2-35] analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses.

FIG. 27J shows a Spectral scan of 20 μl of the product diluted in 700 μl PBS (blanking buffer) using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer and a 1 cm path length quartz cuvette.

FIG. 27K shows the size exclusion chromatography on 50 μg of the final Fc-L25-ShK[2-35] product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm.

FIG. 27L shows a MALDI mass spectral analysis of the final sample of Fc-L25-ShK[2-35] analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from about 200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses.

FIG. 28A shows a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE of Fc-L10-KTX1 purified and refolded from bacterial cells. Lane 1-12 are loaded as follows: Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product non-reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product non-reduced, blank, 10 μg product non-reduced, Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product reduced, blank, and 10 μg product reduced.

FIG. 28B shows size exclusion chromatography on 45 μg of purified Fc-L10-KTX1 injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm.

FIG. 28C shows a Spectral scan of 20 μl of the Fc-L10-KTX1 product diluted in 700 μl PBS (blanking buffer) using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer and a 1 cm path length quartz cuvette.

FIG. 28D shows a MALDI mass spectral analysis of the final sample of Fc-L10-KTX1 analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses.

FIG. 29A shows a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE of Fc-L-AgTx2 purified and refolded from bacterial cells. Lane 1-12 are loaded as follows: Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product non-reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product non-reduced, blank, 10 μg product non-reduced, Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product reduced, blank, and 10 μg product reduced.

FIG. 29B shows a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE of Fc-L10-HaTx1 purified and refolded from bacterial cells. Lane 1-12 are loaded as follows: Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product non-reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product non-reduced, blank, 10 μg product non-reduced, Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product reduced, blank, and 10 μg product reduced, spectral scan of the purified material.

FIG. 29C shows a Spectral scan of 20 μl of the Fc-L10-AgTx2 product diluted in 700 μl PBS (blanking buffer) using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer and a 1 cm path length quartz cuvette.

FIG. 29D shows the Size exclusion chromatography on 20 μg of the final Fc-L10-AgTx2 product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm.

FIG. 29E shows a MALDI mass spectral analysis of the final sample of Fc-L10-AgTx2 analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from about 200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses.

FIG. 29F shows a Spectral scan of 20 μl of the Fc-L10-HaTx1 product diluted in 700 μl PBS (blanking buffer) using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer and a 1 cm path length quartz cuvette.

FIG. 29G shows the size exclusion chromatography on 20 μg of the final Fc-L10-HaTx1 product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm.

FIG. 29H shows a MALDI mass spectral analysis of the final sample of Fc-L10-HaTx1 analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses.

FIG. 30A shows Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] purified from CHO cells produces a concentration dependent block of the outward potassium current recorded from HEK293 cell stably expressing the human Kv1.3 channel.

FIG. 30B shows the time course of potassium current block by Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] at various concentrations. The IC50 was estimated to be 15±2 pM (n=4 cells).

FIG. 30C shows synthetic ShK[1-35] (also referred to as “ShK” alone) produces a concentration dependent block of the outward potassium current recorded from HEK293 cell stably expressing human Kv1.3 channel.

FIG. 30D shows the time course of ShK[1-35] block at various concentrations. The IC50 for ShK was estimated to be 12±1 pM (n=4 cells).

FIG. 31A shows synthetic peptide analog ShK[2-35] producing a concentration dependent block of the outward potassium current as recorded from HEK293 cells stably expressing human Kv1.3 channel with an IC50 of 49±5 pM (n=3 cells).

FIG. 31B shows the CHO-derived Fc-L10-ShK[2-35] peptibody producing a concentration dependent block of the outward potassium current as recorded from HEK293 cell stably expressing human Kv1.3 channel with an IC50 of 115±18 pM (n=3 cells).

FIG. 31C shows the Fc-L5-ShK[2-35] peptibody produces a concentration dependent block of the outward potassium current recorded from HEK293 cell stably expressing human Kv1.3 channel with an IC50 of 100 pM (n=3 cells).

FIG. 32A shows Fc-L-KTX1 peptibody purified from bacterial cells producing a concentration dependent block of the outward potassium current as recorded from HEK293 cell stably expressing human Kv1.3 channel.

FIG. 32B shows the time course of potassium current block by Fc-L10-KTX1 at various concentrations.

FIG. 33 shows by immunohistochemistry that CHO-derived Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] peptibody stains HEK 293 cells stably transfected with human Kv1.3 (FIG. 33A), whereas untransfected HEK 293 cells are not stained with the peptibody (FIG. 33B).

FIG. 34 shows results of an enzyme-immunoassay using fixed HEK 293 cells stably transfected with human Kv1.3. FIG. 34A shows the CHO-derived Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] (referred to here simply as “Fc-L10-ShK”) peptibody shows a dose-dependent increase in response, whereas the CHO-Fc control (“Fc control”) does not. FIG. 34B shows the Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] peptibody (referred to here as “Fc-ShK”) does not elicit a response from untransfected HEK 293 cells using similar conditions and also shows other negative controls.

FIG. 35 shows the CHO-derived Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] peptibody shows a dose-dependent inhibition of IL-2 (FIG. 35A) and IFNγ (FIG. 35B) production from PMA and αCD3 antibody stimulated human PBMCs. The peptibody shows a novel pharmacology exhibiting a complete inhibition of the response, whereas the synthetic ShK[1-35] peptide alone shows only a partial inhibition.

FIG. 36 shows the mammalian-derived Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] peptibody inhibits T cell proliferation (3H-thymidine incorporation) in human PBMCs from two normal donors stimulated with antibodies to CD3 and CD28. FIG. 36A shows the response of donor 1 and FIG. 36B the response of donor 2. Pre-incubation with the anti-CD32 (FcgRII) blocking antibody did not alter the sensitivity toward the peptibody.

FIG. 37 shows the purified CHO-derived Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] peptibody causes a dose-dependent inhibition of IL-2 (FIG. 37A) and IFNγ (FIG. 37B) production from αCD3 and αCD28 antibody stimulated human PBMCs.

FIG. 38A shows the PEGylated ShK[2-35] synthetic peptide produces a concentration dependent block of the outward potassium current recorded from HEK293 cell stably expressing human Kv1.3 channel and the time course of potassium current block at various concentrations is shown in FIG. 38B.

FIG. 39A shows a spectral scan of 50 μl of the Fc-L10-ShK(1-35) product diluted in 700 μl PBS (blanking buffer) using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer and a 1 cm path length quartz cuvette.

FIG. 39B shows a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE of the final Fc-L10-ShK(1-35) product. Lane 1-12 are loaded as follows: Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product non-reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product non-reduced, blank, 10 μg product non-reduced, Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product reduced, blank, and 10 μg product reduced.

FIG. 39C shows the Size exclusion chromatography on 50 μg of the final Fc-L10-ShK(1-35) product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm.

FIG. 40A shows a Spectral scan of 20 μl of the Fc-L10-ShK(2-35) product diluted in 700 μl PBS (blanking buffer) using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer and a 1 cm path length quartz cuvette.

FIG. 40B shows a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE of the final Fc-L10-ShK(2-35) product. Lanes 1-12 are loaded as follows: Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product non-reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product non-reduced, blank, 10 μg product non-reduced, Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product reduced, blank, and 10 μg product reduced.

FIG. 40C shows the size exclusion chromatography on 50 μg of the final Fc-L10-ShK(2-35) product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm.

FIG. 40D shows a MALDI mass spectral analysis of the final sample of Fc-L10-ShK(2-35) analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses.

FIG. 41A shows spectral scan of 50 μl of the Fc-L10-OSK1 product diluted in 700 μl Formulation Buffer using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer and a 1 cm path length quartz cuvette.

FIG. 41B shows Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE of the final Fc-L10-OSK1 product. Lanes 1-12 are loaded as follows: Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product non-reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product non-reduced, blank, 10 μg product non-reduced, Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product reduced, blank, and 10 μg product reduced.

FIG. 41C shows size exclusion chromatography on 123 μg of the final Fc-L10-OSK1 product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm.

FIG. 41D shows liquid chromatography—mass spectral analysis of approximately 4 μg of the final Fc-L10-OSK1 sample using a Vydac C₄ column with part of the effluent directed into a LCQ ion trap mass spectrometer. The mass spectrum was deconvoluted using the Bioworks software provided by the mass spectrometer manufacturer.

FIG. 42A-B shows nucleotide and amino acid sequences (SEQ ID NO: 1040 and SEQ ID NO: 1041, respectively) of Fc-L10-OSK1.

FIG. 43A-B shows nucleotide and amino acid sequences (SEQ ID NO: 1042 and SEQ ID NO: 1043, respectively) of Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S].

FIG. 44A-B shows nucleotide and amino acid sequences (SEQ ID NO: 1044 and SEQ ID NO: 1045, respectively) of Fc-L10-OSK1[E16K,K20D].

FIG. 45A-B shows nucleotide and amino acid sequences (SEQ ID NO: 1046 and SEQ ID NO: 1047, respectively) of Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S,E16K,K20D].

FIG. 46 shows a Western blot (from tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE) with anti-human Fc antibodies. Lanes 1-6 were loaded as follows: 15 μl of Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S,E16K,K20D]; 15 μl of Fc-L10-OSK1[E16K,K20D]; 15 μl of Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S]; 15 μl of Fc-L10-OSK1; 15 μl of “No DNA” control; molecular weight markers

FIG. 47 shows a Western blot (from tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE) with anti-human Fc antibodies. Lanes 1-5 were loaded as follows: 2 μl of Fc-L10-OSK1; 5 μl of Fc-L10-OSK1; 10 μl of Fc-L10-OSK1; 20 ng Human IgG standard; molecular weight markers.

FIG. 48 shows a Western blot (from tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE) with anti-human Fc antibodies. Lanes 1-13 were loaded as follows: 20 ng Human IgG standard; D1; C3; C2; B6; B5; B2; B1; A6; A5; A4; A3; A2 (5 μl of clone-conditioned medium loaded in lanes 2-13).

FIG. 49A shows a spectral scan of 50 μl of the Fc-L10-OsK1 product diluted in 700 μl PBS (blanking buffer) using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer and a 1 cm path length quartz cuvette.

FIG. 49B shows Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE of the final Fc-L10-OsK1 product. Lane 1-12 are loaded as follows: Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product non-reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product non-reduced, blank, 10 μg product non-reduced, Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product reduced, blank, and 10 μg product reduced.

FIG. 49C shows Size exclusion chromatography on 149 μg of the final Fc-L10-OsK1 product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm.

FIG. 49D shows MALDI mass spectral analysis of the final sample of Fc-L10-OsK1 analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses.

FIG. 50A shows a spectral scan of 50 μl of the Fc-L10-OsK1(K7S) product diluted in 700 μl PBS (blanking buffer) using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer and a 1 cm path length quartz cuvette.

FIG. 50B shows Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE of the final Fc-L10-OsK1(K7S) product. Lane 1-12 are loaded as follows: Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product non-reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product non-reduced, blank, 10 μg product non-reduced, Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product reduced, blank, and 10 μg product reduced.

FIG. 50C shows size exclusion chromatography on 50 μg of the final Fc-L10-OsK1(K7S) product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm.

FIG. 50D shows MALDI mass spectral analysis of a sample of the final product Fc-L10-OsK1(K7S) analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses.

FIG. 51A shows a spectral scan of 50 μl of the Fc-L10-OsK1(E16K, K20D) product diluted in 700 μl PBS (blanking buffer) using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer and a 1 cm path length quartz cuvette.

FIG. 51B shows Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE of the final Fc-L10-OsK1(E16K, K20D) product. Lane 1-12 are loaded as follows: Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product non-reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product non-reduced, blank, 10 μg product non-reduced, Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product reduced, blank, and 10 μg product reduced.

FIG. 51C shows size exclusion chromatography on 50 μg of the final Fc-L10-OsK1(E16K, K20D) product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm.

FIG. 51D shows MALDI mass spectral analysis of a sample of the final product Fc-L10-OsK1(E16K, K20D) analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses.

FIG. 52A shows a spectral scan of 50 μl of the Fc-L10-OsK1(K7S, E16K, K20D) product diluted in 700 μl PBS (blanking buffer) using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer and a 1 cm path length quartz cuvette.

FIG. 52B shows Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE of the final Fc-L10-OsK1(K7S, E16K, K20D) product. Lanes 1-12 are loaded as follows: Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product non-reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product non-reduced, blank, 10 μg product non-reduced, Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product reduced, blank, and 10 μg product reduced.

FIG. 52C shows size exclusion chromatography on 50 μg of the final Fc-L10-OsK1(K7S, E16K, K20D) product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm.

FIG. 52D shows MALDI mass spectral analysis of a sample of the final product Fc-L10-OsK1(K7S, E16K, K20D) analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses.

FIG. 53 shows inhibition of the outward potassium current recorded from HEK293 cell stably expressing human Kv1.3 channel by synthetic Oski, a 38-residue toxin peptide of the Asian scorpion Orthochirus scrobiculosus venom. FIG. 53A shows a concentration dependent block of the outward potassium current recorded from HEK293 cell stably expressing human Kv1.3 channel by the synthetic Osk1 toxin peptide. FIG. 53B shows the time course of the synthetic Osk1 toxin peptide block at various concentrations. The IC50 for the synthetic Osk1 toxin peptide was estimated to be 39±12 pM (n=4 cells).

FIG. 54 shows that modification of the synthetic OSK1 toxin peptide by fusion to the Fc-fragment of an antibody (OSK1-peptibody) retained the inhibitory activity against the human Kv1.3 channel. FIG. 54A shows a concentration dependent block of the outward potassium current recorded from HEK293 cells stably expressing human Kv1.3 channel by OSK1 linked to a human IgG1 Fc-fragment with a linker chain length of 10 amino acid residues (Fc-L10-OSK1). The fusion construct was stably expressed in Chinese Hamster Ovarian (CHO) cells. FIG. 54B shows the time course of the Fc-L10-OSK1 block at various concentrations. The IC50 for Fc-L10-OSK1 was estimated to be 198±35 pM (n=6 cells), approximately 5-fold less potent than the synthetic OSK1 toxin peptide.

FIG. 55 shows that a single amino-acid residue substitution of the OSK1-peptibody retained the inhibitory activity against the human Kv1.3 channel. FIG. 55A shows a concentration dependent block of the outward potassium current recorded from HEK293 cell stably expressing human Kv1.3 channel by OSK1-peptibody with a single amino acid substitution (lysine to serine at the 7^(th) position from N-terminal, [K7S]) and linked to a human IgG1 Fc-fragment with a linker chain length of 10 amino acid residues (Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S]). The fusion construct was stably expressed in Chinese Hamster Ovarian (CHO) cells. FIG. 55B shows the time course of potassium current block by Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S] at various concentrations. The IC50 was estimated to be 372±71 pM (n=4 cells), approximately 10-fold less potent than the synthetic OSK1 toxin peptide.

FIG. 56 shows that a two amino-acid residue substitution of the OSK1-peptibody retained the inhibitory activity against the human Kv1.3 channel. FIG. 56A shows a concentration dependent block of the outward potassium current recorded from HEK293 cell stably expressing human Kv1.3 channel by OSK1-peptibody with two amino acid substitutions (glutamic acid to lysine and lysine to aspartic acid at the 16^(th) and 20^(th) position from N-terminal respectively, [E16KK20D]) and linked to a human IgG1 Fc-fragment with a linker chain length of 10 amino acid residues (Fc-L10-OSK1[E16KK20D]). The fusion construct was stably expressed in Chinese Hamster Ovarian (CHO) cells. FIG. 56B shows the time course of potassium current block by Fc-L10-OSK1[E16KK20D] at various concentrations. The IC50 was estimated to be 248±63 pM (n=3 cells), approximately 6-fold less potent than the synthetic OSK1 toxin peptide.

FIG. 57 shows that a triple amino-acid residue substitution of the OSK1-peptibody retained the inhibitory activity against the human Kv1.3 channel, but the potency of inhibition was significantly reduced when compared to the synthetic OSK1 toxin peptide. FIG. 57A shows a concentration dependent block of the outward potassium current recorded from HEK293 cell stably expressing human Kv1.3 channel by OSK1-peptibody with triple amino acid substitutions (lysine to serine, glutamic acid to lysine and lysine to aspartic acid at the 7^(th), 16^(th) and 20^(th) position from N-terminal respectively, [K7SE16KK20D]) and linked to a human IgG1 Fc-fragment with a linker chain length of 10 amino acid residues (Fc-L10-OSK1[K7SE16KK20D]). The fusion construct was stably expressed in Chinese Hamster Ovarian (CHO) cells. FIG. 57B shows the time course of potassium current block by Fc-L10-OSK1[K7SE16KK20D] at various concentrations. The IC50 was estimated to be 812±84 pM (n=3 cells), approximately 21-fold less potent than the synthetic OSK1 toxin peptide.

FIG. 58 shows Standard curves for ShK (FIG. 58A) and 20K PEG-ShK[1-35] (FIG. 58B) containing linear regression equations for each Standard at a given percentage of serum.

FIG. 59 shows the pharmacokinetic profile in rats of 20K PEG ShK[1-35] molecule after IV injection.

FIG. 60 shows Kv1.3 inhibitory activity in serum samples (5%) of rats receiving a single equal molar IV injection of Kv1.3 inhibitors ShK versus 20K PEG-ShK[1-35].

FIG. 61 illustrates an Adoptive Transfer EAE model experimental design (n=5 rats per treatment group). Dosing values in microgram per kilogram (mg/kg) are based on peptide content.

FIG. 62 shows that treatment with PEG-ShK ameliorated disease in rats in the adoptive transfer EAE model. Clinical scoring: 0=No signs, 0.5=distal limp tail, 1.0=limp tail, 2.0=mild paraparesis, ataxia, 3.0=moderate paraparesis, 3.5=one hind leg paralysis, 4.0=complete hind leg paralysis, 5.0=complete hind leg paralysis and incontinence, 5.5=tetraplegia, 6.0=moribund state or death. Rats reaching a score of 5.5 to 6 died or were euthanized. Mean±sem values are shown. (n=5 rats per treatment group.)

FIG. 63 shows that treatment with PEG-ShK prevented loss of body weight in the adoptive transfer EAE model. Rats were weighed on days—1, 4, 6, and 8 (for surviving rats). Mean±sem values are shown.

FIG. 64 shows that thapsigargin-induced IL-2 production in human whole blood was suppressed by the Kv1.3 channel inhibitors ShK[1-35] and Fc-L10-ShK[2-35]. The calcineurin inhibitor cyclosporine A also blocked the response. The BKCa channel inhibitor iberiotoxin (IbTx) showed no significant activity. The response of whole blood from two separate donors is shown in FIG. 64A and FIG. 64B.

FIG. 65 shows that thapsigargin-induced IFN-g production in human whole blood was suppressed by the Kv1.3 channel inhibitors ShK[1-35] and Fc-L10-ShK[2-35]. The calcineurin inhibitor cyclosporine A also blocked the response. The BKCa channel inhibitor iberiotoxin (IbTx) showed no significant activity. The response of whole blood from two separate donors is shown in FIG. 65A and FIG. 65B.

FIG. 66 shows that thapsigargin-induced upregulation of CD40L on T cells in human whole blood was suppressed by the Kv1.3 channel inhibitors ShK[1-35] and Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] (Fc-ShK). The calcineurin inhibitor cyclosporine A (CsA) also blocked the response. FIG. 66A shows results of an experiment looking at the response of total CD4+ T cells. FIG. 66B shows results of an experiment that looked at total CD4+ T cells, as well as CD4+CD45+ and CD4+CD45− T cells. In FIG. 66B, the BKCa channel inhibitor iberiotoxin (IbTx) and the Kv1.1 channel inhibitor dendrotoxin-K (DTX-K) showed no significant activity.

FIG. 67 shows that thapsigargin-induced upregulation of the IL-2R on T cells in human whole blood was suppressed by the Kv1.3 channel inhibitors ShK[1-35] and Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] (Fc-ShK). The calcineurin inhibitor cyclosporine A (CsA) also blocked the response. FIG. 67A shows results of an experiment looking at the response of total CD4+ T cells. FIG. 67B shows results of an experiment that looked at total CD4+ T cells, as well as CD4+CD45+ and CD4+CD45− T cells. In FIG. 67B, the BKCa channel inhibitor iberiotoxin (IbTx) and the Kv1.1 channel inhibitor dendrotoxin-K (DTX-K) showed no significant activity.

FIG. 68 shows cation exchange chromatograms of PEG-peptide purification on SP Sepharose HP columns for PEG-Shk purification (FIG. 68A) and PEG-OSK-1 purification (FIG. 68B).

FIG. 69 shows RP-HPLC chromatograms on final PEG-peptide pools to demonstrate purity of PEG-Shk purity>99% (FIG. 69A) and PEG-Osk1 purity>97% (FIG. 69B).

FIG. 70 shows the amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 976) of an exemplary FcLoop-L2-OsK1-L2 having three linked domains: Fc N-terminal domain (amino acid residues 1-139); OsK1 (underlined amino acid residues 142-179); and Fc C-terminal domain (amino acid residues 182-270).

FIG. 71 shows the amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 977) of an exemplary FcLoop-L2-ShK-L2 having three linked domains: Fc N-terminal domain (amino acid residues 1-139); ShK (underlined amino acid residues 142-176); and Fc C-terminal domain (amino acid residues 179-267).

FIG. 72 shows the amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 978) of an exemplary FcLoop-L2-ShK-L4 having three linked domains: Fc N-terminal domain (amino acid residues 1-139); ShK (underlined amino acid residues 142-176); and Fc C-terminal domain (amino acid residues 181-269).

FIG. 73 shows the amino acid sequence (SEQ ID NO: 979) of an exemplary FcLoop-L4-OsK1-L2 having three linked domains: Fc N-terminal domain (amino acid residues 1-139); OsK1 (underlined amino acid residues 144-181); and Fc C-terminal domain (amino acid residues 184-272).

FIG. 74 shows that the 20K PEGylated ShK[1-35] provided potent blockade of human Kv1.3 as determined by whole cell patch clamp electrophysiology on HEK293/Kv1.3 cells. The data represents blockade of peak current.

FIG. 75 shows schematic structures of some other exemplary embodiments of the composition of matter of the invention. “X²” and “X³” represent toxin peptides or linker-toxin peptide combinations (i.e., -(L)_(f)-P-(L)_(g)-) as defined herein. As described herein but not shown in FIG. 75, an additional X¹ domain and one or more additional PEG moieties are also encompassed in other embodiments. The specific embodiments shown here are as follows:

FIG. 75C, FIG. 75D, FIG. 75G and FIG. 75H: show a single chain molecule and can also represent the DNA construct for the molecule.

FIG. 75A, FIG. 75B, FIG. 75E and FIG. 75F: show doubly disulfide-bonded Fc dimers (in position F²); FIG. 75A and FIG. 75B show a dimer having the toxin peptide portion on both chains in position X³; FIG. 75E and FIG. 75F show a dimer having the toxin peptide portion on both chains In position X².

FIG. 76A shows a spectral scan of 50 μl of the ShK[2-35]-Fc product diluted in 700 μl PBS (blanking buffer) using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer and a 1 cm path length quartz cuvette.

FIG. 76B shows Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE of the final ShK[2-35]-Fc product. Lanes 1-12 were loaded as follows: Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product non-reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product non-reduced, blank, 10 μg product non-reduced, Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product reduced, blank, and 10 μg product reduced.

FIG. 76C shows size exclusion chromatography on 70 μg of the final ShK[2-35]-Fc product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm.

FIG. 76D shows LC-MS analysis of the final ShK[2-35]-Fc sample using an Agilent 1100 HPCL running reverse phase chromatography, with the column effluent directly coupled to an electrospray source of a Thermo Finnigan LCQ ion trap mass spectrometer. Relevant spectra were summed and deconvoluted to mass data with the Bioworks software package.

FIG. 77A shows a spectral scan of 20 μl of the met-ShK[1-35]-Fc product diluted in 700 μl PBS (blanking buffer) using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer and a 1 cm path length quartz cuvette.

FIG. 77B shows Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE of the final met-ShK[1-35]-Fc product. Lanes 1-12 were loaded as follows: Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product non-reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product non-reduced, blank, 10 μg product non-reduced, Novex Mark12 wide range protein standards, 0.5 μg product reduced, blank, 2.0 μg product reduced, blank, and 10 μg product reduced.

FIG. 77C shows size exclusion chromatography on 93 μg of the final met-ShK[1-35]-Fc product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm.

FIG. 77D shows MALDI mass spectral analysis of the final met-ShK[1-35]-Fc sample analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS OF THE INVENTION Definition of Terms

The terms used throughout this specification are defined as follows, unless otherwise limited in specific instances. As used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a”, “an”, and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.

The term “half-life extending moiety” (i.e., F¹ or F² in Formula I) refers to a pharmaceutically acceptable moiety, domain, or “vehicle” covalently linked or conjugated to the toxin peptide, that prevents or mitigates in vivo proteolytic degradation or other activity-diminishing chemical modification of the toxin peptide, increases half-life or other pharmacokinetic properties such as but not limited to increasing the rate of absorption, reduces toxicity, improves solubility, increases biological activity and/or target selectivity of the toxin peptide with respect to a target ion channel of interest, increases manufacturability, and/or reduces immunogenicity of the toxin peptide, compared to an unconjugated form of the toxin peptide.

By “PEGylated peptide” is meant a peptide or protein having a polyethylene glycol (PEG) moiety covalently bound to an amino acid residue of the peptide itself or to a peptidyl or non-peptidyl linker (including but not limited to aromatic linkers) that is covalently bound to a residue of the peptide.

By “polyethylene glycol” or “PEG” is meant a polyalkylene glycol compound or a derivative thereof, with or without coupling agents or derivatization with coupling or activating moieties (e.g., with aldehyde, hydroxysuccinimidyl, hydrazide, thiol, triflate, tresylate, azirdine, oxirane, orthopyridyl disulphide, vinylsulfone, iodoacetamide or a maleimide moiety). In accordance with the present invention, useful PEG includes substantially linear, straight chain PEG, branched PEG, or dendritic PEG. (See, e.g., Merrill, U.S. Pat. No. 5,171,264; Harris et al., Multiarmed, monofunctional, polymer for coupling to molecules and surfaces, U.S. Pat. No. 5,932,462; Shen, N-maleimidyl polymer derivatives, U.S. Pat. No. 6,602,498).

The term “peptibody” refers to molecules of Formula I in which F¹ and/or F² is an immunoglobulin Fc domain or a portion thereof, such as a CH2 domain of an Fc, or in which the toxin peptide is inserted into a human IgG1 Fc domain loop, such that F¹ and F² are each a portion of an Fc domain with a toxin peptide inserted between them (See, e.g., FIGS. 70-73 and Example 49 herein). Peptibodies of the present invention can also be PEGylated as described further herein, at either an Fc domain or portion thereof, or at the toxin peptide(s) portion of the inventive composition, or both.

The term “native Fc” refers to molecule or sequence comprising the sequence of a non-antigen-binding fragment resulting from digestion of whole antibody, whether in monomeric or multimeric form. The original immunoglobulin source of the native Fc is preferably of human origin and can be any of the immunoglobulins, although IgG1 or IgG2 are preferred. Native Fc's are made up of monomeric polypeptides that can be linked into dimeric or multimeric forms by covalent (i.e., disulfide bonds) and non-covalent association. The number of intermolecular disulfide bonds between monomeric subunits of native Fc molecules ranges from 1 to 4 depending on class (e.g., IgG, IgA, IgE) or subclass (e.g., IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgA1, IgGA2). One example of a native Fc is a disulfide-bonded dimer resulting from papain digestion of an IgG (see Ellison et al. (1982), Nucleic Acids Res. 10: 4071-9). The term “native Fc” as used herein is generic to the monomeric, dimeric, and multimeric forms.

The term “Fc variant” refers to a molecule or sequence that is modified from a native Fc but still comprises a binding site for the salvage receptor, FcRn. Several published patent documents describe exemplary Fc variants, as well as interaction with the salvage receptor. See International applications WO 97/34 631 (published 25 Sep. 1997; WO 96/32 478, corresponding to U.S. Pat. No. 6,096,891, issued Aug. 1, 2000, hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety; and WO 04/110 472. Thus, the term “Fc variant” includes a molecule or sequence that is humanized from a non-human native Fc. Furthermore, a native Fc comprises sites that can be removed because they provide structural features or biological activity that are not required for the fusion molecules of the present invention. Thus, the term “Fc variant” includes a molecule or sequence that lacks one or more native Fc sites or residues that affect or are involved in (1) disulfide bond formation, (2) incompatibility with a selected host cell (3) N-terminal heterogeneity upon expression in a selected host cell, (4) glycosylation, (5) interaction with complement, (6) binding to an Fc receptor other than a salvage receptor, or (7) antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC). Fc variants are described in further detail hereinafter.

The term “Fc domain” encompasses native Fc and Fc variant molecules and sequences as defined above. As with Fc variants and native Fc's, the term “Fc domain” includes molecules in monomeric or multimeric form, whether digested from whole antibody or produced by other means.

The term “multimer” as applied to Fc domains or molecules comprising Fc domains refers to molecules having two or more polypeptide chains associated covalently, noncovalently, or by both covalent and non-covalent interactions. IgG molecules typically form dimers; IgM, pentamers; IgD, dimers; and IgA, monomers, dimers, trimers, or tetramers. One skilled in the art can form multimers by exploiting the sequence and resulting activity of the native Ig source of the Fc or by derivatizing (as defined below) such a native Fc.

The term “dimer” as applied to Fc domains or molecules comprising Fc domains refers to molecules having two polypeptide chains associated covalently or non-covalently. Thus, exemplary dimers within the scope of this invention are as shown in FIG. 2.

The terms “derivatizing” and “derivative” or “derivatized” comprise processes and resulting compounds respectively in which (1) the compound has a cyclic portion; for example, cross-linking between cysteinyl residues within the compound; (2) the compound is cross-linked or has a cross-linking site; for example, the compound has a cysteinyl residue and thus forms cross-linked dimers in culture or in vivo; (3) one or more peptidyl linkage is replaced by a non-peptidyl linkage; (4) the N-terminus is replaced by —NRR¹, NRC(O)R¹, —NRC(O)OR¹, —NRS(O)₂R¹, —NHC(O)NHR, a succinimide group, or substituted or unsubstituted benzyloxycarbonyl-NH—, wherein R and R¹ and the ring substituents are as defined hereinafter; (5) the C-terminus is replaced by —C(O)R² or —NR³R⁴ wherein R², R³ and R⁴ are as defined hereinafter; and (6) compounds in which individual amino acid moieties are modified through treatment with agents capable of reacting with selected side chains or terminal residues. Derivatives are further described hereinafter.

The term “peptide” refers to molecules of 2 to about 80 amino acid residues, with molecules of about 10 to about 60 amino acid residues preferred and those of about 30 to about 50 amino acid residuess most preferred. Exemplary peptides can be randomly generated by any known method, carried in a peptide library (e.g., a phage display library), or derived by digestion of proteins. In any peptide portion of the inventive compositions, for example a toxin peptide or a peptide linker moiety described herein, additional amino acids can be included on either or both of the N- or C-termini of the given sequence. Of course, these additional amino acid residues should not significantly interfere with the functional activity of the composition. “Toxin peptides” include peptides having the same amino acid sequence of a naturally occurring pharmacologically active peptide that can be isolated from a venom, and also include modified peptide analogs of such naturally occurring molecules. Examples of toxin peptides useful in practicing the present invention are listed in Tables 1-32. The toxin peptide (“P”, or equivalently shown as “P¹” in FIG. 2) comprises at least two intrapeptide disulfide bonds, as shown, for example, in FIG. 9. Accordingly, this invention concerns molecules comprising:

-   -   a) C¹—C³ and C²—C⁴ disulfide bonding in which C¹, C², C³, and C⁴         represent the order in which cysteine residues appear in the         primary sequence of the toxin peptide stated conventionally with         the N-terminus of the peptide on the left, with the first and         third cysteines in the amino acid sequence forming a disulfide         bond, and the second and fourth cysteines forming a disulfide         bond. Examples of toxin peptides with such a C¹-C³, C²-C⁴         disulfide bonding pattern include, but are not limited to,         apamin peptides, α-conopeptides, PnIA peptides, PnIB peptides,         and MII peptides, and analogs of any of the foregoing.     -   b) C¹-C⁶, C²-C⁴ and C³-C⁵ disulfide bonding in which, as         described above, C¹, C², C³, C⁴, C⁵ and C⁶ represent the order         of cysteine residues appearing in the primary sequence of the         toxin peptide stated conventionally with the N-terminus of the         peptide(s) on the left, with the first and sixth cysteines in         the amino acid sequence forming a disulfide bond, the second and         fourth cysteines forming a disulfide bond, and the third and         fifth cysteines forming a disulfide bond. Examples of toxin         peptides with such a C¹-C⁶, C²-C⁴, C³-C⁵ disulfide bonding         pattern include, but are not limited to, ShK, BgK, HmK, AeKS,         AsK, and DTX1, and analogs of any of the foregoing.     -   c) C¹-C⁴, C²-C⁵ and C³-C⁶ disulfide bonding in which, as         described above, C¹, C², C³, C⁴, C⁵ and C⁶ represent the order         of cysteine residues appearing in the primary sequence of the         toxin peptide stated conventionally with the N-terminus of the         peptide(s) on the left, with the first and fourth cysteines in         the amino acid sequence forming a disulfide bond, the second and         fifth cysteines forming a disulfide bond, and the third and         sixth cysteines forming a disulfide bond. Examples of toxin         peptides with such a C¹-C⁴, C²-C⁵, C³-C⁶ disulfide bonding         pattern include, but are not limited to, ChTx, MgTx, OSK1, KTX1,         AgTx2, Pi2, Pi3, NTX, HgTx1, BeKM1, BmKTX, P01, BmKK6, Tc32,         Tc1, BmTx1, BmTX3, IbTx, P05, ScyTx, TsK, HaTx1, ProTX1, PaTX2,         Ptu1, ωGVIA, ωMVIIA, and SmIIIa, and analogs of any of the         foregoing.     -   d) C¹-C⁵, C²-C⁶, C³-C⁷, and C⁴-C⁸ disulfide bonding in which C¹,         C², C³, C⁴, C⁵, C⁶, C⁷ and C⁸ represent the order of cysteine         residues appearing in the primary sequence of the toxin peptide         stated conventionally with the N-terminus of the peptide(s) on         the left, with the first and fifth cysteines in the amino acid         sequence forming a disulfide bond, the second and sixth         cysteines forming a disulfide bond, the third and seventh         cysteines forming a disulfide bond, and the fourth and eighth         cysteines forming a disulfide bond. Examples of toxin peptides         with such a C¹-C⁵, C²-C⁶, C³-C⁷, C⁴-C⁸, disulfide bonding         pattern include, but are not limited to, Anuoroctoxin (AnTx),         Pi1, HsTx1, MTX (P12A, P20A), and Pi4 peptides, and analogs of         any of the foregoing.     -   e) C¹-C⁴, C²-C⁶, C³-C⁷, and C⁵-C⁸ disulfide bonding in which C¹,         C², C³, C⁴, C⁵, C⁶, C⁷ and C⁸ represent the order of cysteine         residues appearing in the primary sequence of the toxin peptide         stated conventionally with the N-terminus of the peptide(s) on         the left, with the first and fourth cysteines in the amino acid         sequence forming a disulfide bond, the second and sixth         cysteines forming a disulfide bond, the third and seventh         cysteines forming a disulfide bond, and the fifth and eighth         cysteines forming a disulfide bond. Examples of toxin peptides         with such a C¹-C⁴, C²-C⁶, C₃-C₇, C⁵-C⁸ disulfide bonding pattern         include, but are not limited to, Chlorotoxin, Bm-12b, and, and         analogs of either.     -   f) C¹-C⁵, C²-C⁶, C³-C⁴, and C⁷-C⁸ disulfide bonding in which C¹,         C², C³, C⁴, C⁵, C⁶, C⁷ and C⁸ represent the order of cysteine         residues appearing in the primary sequence of the toxin peptide         stated conventionally with the N-terminus of the peptide(s) on         the left, with the first and fifth cysteines in the amino acid         sequence forming a disulfide bond, the second and sixth         cysteines forming a disulfide bond, the third and fourth         cysteines forming a disulfide bond, and the seventh and eighth         cysteines forming a disulfide bond. Examples of toxin peptides         with such a C¹-C⁵, C²-C⁶, C₃-C₄, C⁷-C⁸ disulfide bonding pattern         include, but are not limited to, Maurotoxin peptides and analogs         thereof.

The term “randomized” as used to refer to peptide sequences refers to fully random sequences (e.g., selected by phage display methods) and sequences in which one or more residues of a naturally occurring molecule is replaced by an amino acid residue not appearing in that position in the naturally occurring molecule. Exemplary methods for identifying peptide sequences include phage display, E. coli display, ribosome display, yeast-based screening, RNA-peptide screening, chemical screening, rational design, protein structural analysis, and the like.

The term “pharmacologically active” means that a substance so described is determined to have activity that affects a medical parameter (e.g., blood pressure, blood cell count, cholesterol level) or disease state (e.g., cancer, autoimmune disorders). Thus, pharmacologically active peptides comprise agonistic or mimetic and antagonistic peptides as defined below.

The terms “-mimetic peptide” and “-agonist peptide” refer to a peptide having biological activity comparable to a naturally occurring toxin peptide molecule, e.g., naturally occurring ShK toxin peptide. These terms further include peptides that indirectly mimic the activity of a naturally occurring toxin peptide molecule, such as by potentiating the effects of the naturally occurring molecule.

The term “-antagonist peptide” or “inhibitor peptide” refers to a peptide that blocks or in some way interferes with the biological activity of a receptor of interest, or has biological activity comparable to a known antagonist or inhibitor of a receptor of interest (such as, but not limited to, an ion channel).

The term “acidic residue” refers to amino acid residues in D- or L-form having sidechains comprising acidic groups. Exemplary acidic residues include D and E.

The term “amide residue” refers to amino acids in D- or L-form having sidechains comprising amide derivatives of acidic groups. Exemplary residues include N and Q.

The term “aromatic residue” refers to amino acid residues in D- or L-form having sidechains comprising aromatic groups. Exemplary aromatic residues include F, Y, and W.

The term “basic residue” refers to amino acid residues in D- or L-form having sidechains comprising basic groups. Exemplary basic residues include H, K, R, N-methyl-arginine, ω-aminoarginine, ω-methyl-arginine, 1-methyl-histidine, 3-methyl-histidine, and homoarginine (hR) residues.

The term “hydrophilic residue” refers to amino acid residues in D- or L-form having sidechains comprising polar groups. Exemplary hydrophilic residues include C, S, T, N, Q, D, E, K, and citrulline (Cit) residues.

The term “nonfunctional residue” refers to amino acid residues in D- or L-form having sidechains that lack acidic, basic, or aromatic groups. Exemplary nonfunctional amino acid residues include M, G, A, V, I, L and norleucine (Nle).

The term “neutral polar residue” refers to amino acid residues in D- or L-form having sidechains that lack basic, acidic, or polar groups. Exemplary neutral polar amino acid residues include A, V, L, I, P, W, M, and F.

The term “polar hydrophobic residue” refers to amino acid residues in D- or L-form having sidechains comprising polar groups. Exemplary polar hydrophobic amino acid residues include T, G, S, Y, C, Q, and N.

The term “hydrophobic residue” refers to amino acid residues in D- or L-form having sidechains that lack basic or acidic groups. Exemplary hydrophobic amino acid residues include A, V, L, I, P, W, M, F, T, G, S, Y, C, Q, and N.

In some useful embodiments of the compositions of the invention, the amino acid sequence of the toxin peptide is modified in one or more ways relative to a native toxin peptide sequence of interest, such as, but not limited to, a native ShK or OSK1 sequence, their peptide analogs, or any other toxin peptides having amino acid sequences as set for in any of Tables 1-32. The one or more useful modifications can include amino acid additions or insertions, amino acid deletions, peptide truncations, amino acid substitutions, and/or chemical derivatization of amino acid residues, accomplished by known chemical techniques. Such modifications can be, for example, for the purpose of enhanced potency, selectivity, and/or proteolytic stability, or the like. Those skilled in the art are aware of techniques for designing peptide analogs with such enhanced properties, such as alanine scanning, rational design based on alignment mediated mutagenesis using known toxin peptide sequences and/or molecular modeling. For example, ShK analogs can be designed to remove protease cleavage sites (e.g., trypsin cleavage sites at K or R residues and/or chymotrypsin cleavage sites at F, Y, or W residues) in a ShK peptide- or ShK analog-containing composition of the invention, based partially on alignment mediated mutagenesis using HmK (see, e.g., FIG. 6) and molecular modeling. (See, e.g., Kalman et al., ShK-Dap22, a potent Kv1.3-specific immunosuppressive polypeptide, J. Biol. Chem. 273(49):32697-707 (1998); Kem et al., U.S. Pat. No. 6,077,680; Mouhat et al., OsK1 derivatives, WO 2006/002850 A2)).

The term “protease” is synonymous with “peptidase”. Proteases comprise two groups of enzymes: the endopeptidases which cleave peptide bonds at points within the protein, and the exopeptidases, which remove one or more amino acids from either N- or C-terminus respectively. The term “proteinase” is also used as a synonym for endopeptidase. The four mechanistic classes of proteinases are: serine proteinases, cysteine proteinases, aspartic proteinases, and metallo-proteinases. In addition to these four mechanistic classes, there is a section of the enzyme nomenclature which is allocated for proteases of unidentified catalytic mechanism. This indicates that the catalytic mechanism has not been identified.

Cleavage subsite nomenclature is commonly adopted from a scheme created by Schechter and Berger (Schechter I. & Berger A., On the size of the active site in proteases. I. Papain, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communication, 27:157 (1967); Schechter I. & Berger A., On the active site of proteases. 3. Mapping the active site of papain; specific inhibitor peptides of papain, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communication, 32:898 (1968)). According to this model, amino acid residues in a substrate undergoing cleavage are designated P1, P2, P3, P4 etc. in the N-terminal direction from the cleaved bond. Likewise, the residues in the C-terminal direction are designated P1′, P2′, P3′, P4′. etc.

The skilled artisan is aware of a variety of tools for identifying protease binding or protease cleavage sites of interest. For example, the PeptideCutter software tool is available through the ExPASy (Expert Protein Analysis System) proteomics server of the Swiss Institute of Bioinformatics (SIB; www.expasy.org/tools/peptidecutter). PeptideCutter searches a protein sequence from the SWISS-PROT and/or TrEMBL databases or a user-entered protein sequence for protease cleavage sites. Single proteases and chemicals, a selection or the whole list of proteases and chemicals can be used. Different forms of output of the results are available: tables of cleavage sites either grouped alphabetically according to enzyme names or sequentially according to the amino acid number. A third option for output is a map of cleavage sites. The sequence and the cleavage sites mapped onto it are grouped in blocks, the size of which can be chosen by the user. Other tools are also known for determining protease cleavage sites. (E.g., Turk, B. et al., Determination of protease cleavage site motifs using mixture-based oriented peptide libraries, Nature Biotechnology, 19:661-667 (2001); Barrett A. et al., Handbook of proteolytic enzymes, Academic Press (1998)).

The serine proteinases include the chymotrypsin family, which includes mammalian protease enzymes such as chymotrypsin, trypsin or elastase or kallikrein. The serine proteinases exhibit different substrate specificities, which are related to amino acid substitutions in the various enzyme subsites interacting with the substrate residues. Some enzymes have an extended interaction site with the substrate whereas others have a specificity restricted to the P1 substrate residue.

Trypsin preferentially cleaves at R or K in position P1. A statistical study carried out by Keil (1992) described the negative influences of residues surrounding the Arg- and Lys-bonds (i.e. the positions P2 and P1′, respectively) during trypsin cleavage. (Keil, B., Specificity of proteolysis, Springer-Verlag Berlin-Heidelberg-NewYork, 335 (1992)). A proline residue in position P1′ normally exerts a strong negative influence on trypsin cleavage. Similarly, the positioning of R and K in P1′ results in an inhibition, as well as negatively charged residues in positions P2 and P1′.

Chymotrypsin preferentially cleaves at a W, Y or F in position P1 (high specificity) and to a lesser extent at L, M or H residue in position P1. (Keil, 1992). Exceptions to these rules are the following: When W is found in position P1, the cleavage is blocked when M or P are found in position P1′ at the same time. Furthermore, a proline residue in position P1′ nearly fully blocks the cleavage independent of the amino acids found in position P1. When an M residue is found in position P1, the cleavage is blocked by the presence of a Y residue in position P1′. Finally, when H is located in position P1, the presence of a D, M or W residue also blocks the cleavage.

Membrane metallo-endopeptidase (NEP; neutral endopeptidase, kidney-brush-border neutral proteinase, enkephalinase, EC 3.4.24.11) cleaves peptides at the amino side of hydrophobic amino acid residues. (Connelly, J C et al., Neutral Endopeptidase 24.11 in Human Neutrophils: Cleavage of Chemotactic Peptide, PNAS, 82(24):8737-8741 (1985)).

Thrombin preferentially cleaves at an R residue in position P1. (Keil, 1992). The natural substrate of thrombin is fibrinogen. Optimum cleavage sites are when an R residue is in position P1 and Gly is in position P2 and position P1′. Likewise, when hydrophobic amino acid residues are found in position P4 and position P3, a proline residue in position P2, an R residue in position P1, and non-acidic amino acid residues in position P1′ and position P2′. A very important residue for its natural substrate fibrinogen is a D residue in P10.

Caspases are a family of cysteine proteases bearing an active site with a conserved amino acid sequence and which cleave peptides specifically following D residues. (Earnshaw W C et al., Mammalian caspases: Structure, activation, substrates, and functions during apoptosis, Annual Review of Biochemistry, 68:383-424 (1999)).

The Arg-C proteinase preferentially cleaves at an R residue in position P1. The cleavage behavior seems to be only moderately affected by residues in position P1′. (Keil, 1992). The Asp-N endopeptidase cleaves specifically bonds with a D residue in position P1′. (Keil, 1992).

The foregoing is merely exemplary and by no means an exhaustive treatment of knowledge available to the skilled artisan concerning protease binding and/or cleavage sites that the skilled artisan may be interested in eliminating in practicing the invention.

In other examples, a toxin peptide amino acid sequence modified from a naturally occurring toxin peptide amino acid sequence includes at least one amino acid residue inserted or substituted therein, relative to the amino acid sequence of the native toxin peptide sequence of interest, in which the inserted or substituted amino acid residue has a side chain comprising a nucleophilic or electrophilic reactive functional group by which the peptide is conjugated to a linker or half-life extending moiety. In accordance with the invention, useful examples of such a nucleophilic or electrophilic reactive functional group include, but are not limited to, a thiol, a primary amine, a seleno, a hydrazide, an aldehyde, a carboxylic acid, a ketone, an aminooxy, a masked (protected) aldehyde, or a masked (protected) keto functional group. Examples of amino acid residues having a side chain comprising a nucleophilic reactive functional group include, but are not limited to, a lysine residue, an α,β-diaminopropionic acid residue, an α,γ-diaminobutyric acid residue, an ornithine residue, a cysteine, a homocysteine, a glutamic acid residue, an aspartic acid residue, or a selenocysteine residue.

In further describing toxin peptides herein, a one-letter abbreviation system is frequently applied to designate the identities of the twenty “canonical” amino acid residues generally incorporated into naturally occurring peptides and proteins (Table 1A). Such one-letter abbreviations are entirely interchangeable in meaning with three-letter abbreviations, or non-abbreviated amino acid names. Within the one-letter abbreviation system used herein, an uppercase letter indicates a L-amino acid, and a lower case letter indicates a D-amino acid, unless otherwise noted herein. For example, the abbreviation “R” designates L-arginine and the abbreviation “r” designates D-arginine.

TABLE 1A One-letter abbreviations for the canonical amino acids. Three-letter abbreviations are in parentheses. Alanine (Ala) A Glutamine (Gln) Q Leucine (Leu) L Serine (Ser) S Arginine (Arg) R Glutamic Acid (Glu) E Lysine (Lys) K Threonine (Thr) T Asparagine (Asn) N Glycine (Gly) G Methionine (Met) M Tryptophan (Trp) W Aspartic Acid (Asp) D Histidine (His) H Phenylalanine (Phe) F Tyrosine (Tyr) Y Cysteine (Cys) C Isoleucine (Ile) I Proline (Pro) P Valine (Val) V

An amino acid substitution in an amino acid sequence is typically designated herein with a one-letter abbreviation for the amino acid residue in a particular position, followed by the numerical amino acid position relative to the native toxin peptide sequence of interest, which is then followed by the one-letter symbol for the amino acid residue substituted in. For example, “T30D” symbolizes a substitution of a threonine residue by an aspartate residue at amino acid position 30, relative to a hypothetical native toxin peptide sequence. By way of further example, “R18hR” or “R18Cit” indicates a substitution of an arginine residue by a homoarginine or a citrulline residue, respectively, at amino acid position 18, relative to the hypothetical native toxin peptide. An amino acid position within the amino acid sequence of any particular toxin peptide (or peptide analog) described herein may differ from its position relative to the native sequence, i.e., as determined in an alignment of the N-terminal or C-terminal end of the peptide's amino acid sequence with the N-terminal or C-terminal end, as appropriate, of the native toxin peptide sequence. For example, amino acid position 1 of the sequence SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC (ShK(2-35); SEQ ID NO:92), a N-terminal truncation of the native ShK sequence, thus aligned with the C-terminal of native ShK(1-35) (SEQ ID NO:5), corresponds to amino acid position 2 relative to the native sequence, and amino acid position 34 of SEQ ID NO:92 corresponds to amino acid position 35 relative to the native sequence (SEQ ID NO:5).

In certain embodiments of the present invention, amino acid substitutions encompass, non-canonical amino acid residues, which can include naturally rare (in peptides or proteins) amino acid residues or unnatural amino acid residues. Non-canonical amino acid residues can be incorporated into the peptide by chemical peptide synthesis rather than by synthesis in biological systems, such as recombinantly expressing cells, or alternatively the skilled artisan can employ known techniques of protein engineering that use recombinantly expressing cells. (See, e.g., Link et al., Non-canonical amino acids in protein engineering, Current Opinion in Biotechnology, 14(6):603-609 (2003)). The term “non-canonical amino acid residue” refers to amino acid residues in D- or L-form that are not among the 20 canonical amino acids generally incorporated into naturally occurring proteins, for example, β-amino acids, homoamino acids, cyclic amino acids and amino acids with derivatized side chains. Examples include (in the L-form or D-form): citrulline (Cit), homocitrulline (hCit), N-methylcitrulline (NMeCit), N-methylhomocitrulline (NMeHoCit), ornithine (Orn or O), N-Methylornithine (NMeOrn), sarcosine (Sar), homolysine (hK or Hlys), homoarginine (hR or hArg), homoglutamine (hQ), N-methylarginine (NMeR), N-methylleucine (NMeL), N-methylhomolysine (NMeHoK), N-methylglutamine (NMeQ), norleucine (Nle), norvaline (Nva), 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline (Tic), nitrophenylalanine (nitrophe), aminophenylalanine (aminophe), benzylphenyalanine (benzylphe), γ-carboxyglutamic acid (γ-carboxyglu), hydroxyproline (hydroxypro), p-carboxyl-phenylalanine (Cpa), α-aminoadipic acid (Aad), acetylarginine (acetylarg), α,β-diaminopropionoic acid (Dpr), α,γ-diaminobutyric acid (Dab), diaminopropionic acid (Dap), β-(1-Naphthyl)-alanine (1Na1), β-(2-Naphthyl)-alanine (2Na1), cyclohexylalanine (Cha), 4-methyl-phenylalanine (MePhe), β,β-diphenyl-alanine (BiPhA), aminobutyric acid (Abu), 4-phenyl-phenylalanine (4Bip), α-amino-isobutyric acid (Aib), and derivatized forms of any of these as described herein. Nomenclature and Symbolism for Amino Acids and Peptides by the UPAC-IUB Joint Commission on Biochemical Nomenclature (JCBN) have been published in the following documents: Biochem. J., 1984, 219, 345-373; Eur. J. Biochem., 1984, 138, 9-37; 1985, 152, 1; 1993, 213, 2; Internat. J. Pept. Prot. Res., 1984, 24, following p 84; J. Biol. Chem., 1985, 260, 14-42; Pure Appl. Chem., 1984, 56, 595-624; Amino Acids and Peptides, 1985, 16, 387-410; Biochemical Nomenclature and Related Documents, 2nd edition, Portland Press, 1992, pages 39-69].

As stated herein, in accordance with the present invention, peptide portions of the inventive compositions, such as the toxin peptide or a peptide linker, can also be chemically derivatized at one or more amino acid residues. Peptides that contain derivatized amino acid residues can be synthesized by known organic chemistry techniques. “Chemical derivative” or “chemically derivatized” in the context of a peptide refers to a subject peptide having one or more residues chemically derivatized by reaction of a functional side group. Such derivatized molecules include, for example, those molecules in which free amino groups have been derivatized to form amine hydrochlorides, p-toluene sulfonyl groups, carbobenzoxy groups, t-butyloxycarbonyl groups, chloroacetyl groups or formyl groups. Free carboxyl groups may be derivatized to form salts, methyl and ethyl esters or other types of esters or hydrazides. Free hydroxyl groups may be derivatized to form O-acyl or O-alkyl derivatives. The imidazole nitrogen of histidine may be derivatized to form N-im-benzylhistidine. Also included as chemical derivatives are those peptides which contain one or more naturally occurring amino acid derivatives of the twenty canonical amino acids, whether in L- or D-form. For example, 4-hydroxyproline may be substituted for proline; 5-hydroxylysine maybe substituted for lysine; 3-methylhistidine may be substituted for histidine; homoserine may be substituted for serine; and ornithine may be substituted for lysine.

In some embodiments of the present invention, basic residues (e.g., lysine) of the toxin peptide of interest can be replaced with other residues (nonfunctional residues preferred). Such molecules will be less basic than the molecules from which they are derived and otherwise retain the activity of the molecules from which they are derived, which can result in advantages in stability and immunogenicity; the present invention should not, however, be limited by this theory.

Additionally, physiologically acceptable salts of the inventive compositions are also encompassed, including when the inventive compositions are referred to herein as “molecules” or “compounds.”. By “physiologically acceptable salts” is meant any salts that are known or later discovered to be pharmaceutically acceptable. Some examples are: acetate; trifluoroacetate; hydrohalides, such as hydrochloride and hydrobromide; sulfate; citrate; maleate; tartrate; glycolate; gluconate; succinate; mesylate; besylate; and oxalate salts.

Structure of Compounds:

In general. Recombinant proteins have been developed as therapeutic agents through, among other means, covalent attachment to half-life extending moieties. Such moieties include the “Fc” domain of an antibody, as is used in Enbrel® (etanercept), as well as biologically suitable polymers (e.g., polyethylene glycol, or “PEG”), as is used in Neulasta® (pegfilgrastim). Feige et al. described the use of such half-life extenders with peptides in U.S. Pat. No. 6,660,843, issued Dec. 9, 2003 (hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety).

The present inventors have determined that molecules of this invention—peptides of about 80 amino acids or less with at least two intrapeptide disulfide bonds—possess therapeutic advantages when covalently attached to half-life extending moieties. Molecules of the present invention can further comprise an additional pharmacologically active, covalently bound peptide, which can be bound to the half-life extending moiety (F¹ and/or F²) or to the peptide portion (P). Embodiments of the inventive compositions containing more than one half-life extending moiety (F¹ and F²) include those in which F¹ and F² are the same or different half-life extending moieties. Examples (with or without a linker between each domain) include structures as illustrated in FIG. 75 as well as the following embodiments (and others described herein and in the working Examples):

20KPEG-toxin peptide-Fc domain, consistent with the formula [(F¹)₁—(X²)₁—(F²)₁];

20KPEG-toxin peptide-Fc CH2 domain, consistent with the formula [(F¹)₁—(X²)₁—(F²)₁];

20KPEG-toxin peptide-HSA, consistent with the formula [(F¹)₁—(X²)₁—(F²)₁];

20KPEG-Fc domain-toxin peptide, consistent with the formula [(F¹)₁—(F²)₁—(X³)₁];

20KPEG-Fc CH2 domain-toxin peptide, consistent with the formula [(F¹)₁—(F²)₁—(X³)₁]; and

20KPEG-HSA-toxin peptide, consistent with the formula [(F¹)₁—(F²)₁—(X³)₁].

Toxin peptides. Any number of toxin peptides (i.e., “P”, or equivalently shown as “P¹” in FIG. 2) can be used in conjunction with the present invention. Of particular interest are the toxin peptides ShK, HmK, MgTx, AgTx2, OsK1 (also referred to as “OSK1”), Agatoxins, and HsTx1, as well as modified analogs of these, and other peptides that mimic the activity of such toxin peptides. As stated herein above, if more than one toxin peptide “P” is present in the inventive composition, “P” can be independently the same or different from any other toxin peptide(s) also present in the inventive composition. For example, in a composition having the formula P-(L)_(g)-F¹-(L)_(f)-P, both of the toxin peptides, “P”, can be the same peptide analog of ShK, different peptide analogs of ShK, or one can be a peptide analog of ShK and the other a peptide analog of OSK1.

In some embodiments of the invention, other peptides of interest are especially useful in molecules having additional features over the molecules of structural Formula I. In such molecules, the molecule of Formula I further comprises an additional pharmacologically active, covalently bound peptide, which is an agonistic peptide, an antagonistic peptide, or a targeting peptide; this peptide can be conjugated to F¹ or F² or P. Such agonistic peptides have activity agonistic to the toxin peptide but are not required to exert such activity by the same mechanism as the toxin peptide. Peptide antagonists are also useful in embodiments of the invention, with a preference for those with activity that can be complementary to the activity of the toxin peptide. Targeting peptides are also of interest, such as peptides that direct the molecule to particular cell types, organs, and the like. These classes of peptides can be discovered by methods described in the references cited in this specification and other references. Phage display, in particular, is useful in generating toxin peptides for use in the present invention. Affinity selection from libraries of random peptides can be used to identify peptide ligands for any site of any gene product. Dedman et al. (1993), J. Biol. Chem. 268: 23025-30. Phage display is particularly well suited for identifying peptides that bind to such proteins of interest as cell surface receptors or any proteins having linear epitopes. Wilson et al. (1998), Can. J. Microbiol. 44: 313-29; Kay et al. (1998), Drug Disc. Today 3: 370-8. Such proteins are extensively reviewed in Herz et al. (1997), J. Receptor and Signal Transduction Res. 17(5): 671-776, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Such proteins of interest are preferred for use in this invention.

Particularly preferred peptides appear in the following tables. These peptides can be prepared by methods disclosed in the art or as described hereinafter. Single letter amino acid abbreviations are used. Unless otherwise specified, each X is independently a nonfunctional residue.

TABLE 1 Kv1.3 inhibitor peptide sequences Short-hand SEQ ID Sequence/structure designation NO: LVKCRGTSDCGRPCQQQTGCPNSKCINRMCKCYGC Pi1 21 TISCTNPKQCYPHCKKETGYPNAKCMNRKCKCFGR Pi2 17 TISCTNEKQCYPHCKKETGYPNAKCMNRKCKCFGR Pi3 18 IEAIRCGGSRDCYRPCQKRTGCPNAKCINKTCKCYGCS Pi4 19 ASCRTPKDCADPCRKETGCPYGKCMNRKCKCNRC HsTx1 61 GVPINVSCTGSPQCIKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNRKCHCTPK AgTx2 23 GVPINVKCTGSPQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCINGKCHCTPK AgTx1 85 GVIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1 25 ZKECTGPQHCTNFCRKNKCTHGKCMNRKCKCFNCK Anuroctoxin 62 TIINVKCTSPKQCSKPCKELYGSSAGAKCMNGKCKCYNN NTX 30 TVIDVKCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGIRAGAKCMNGKCKCYPH HgTx1 27 QFTNVSCTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx 36 VFINAKCRGSPECLPKCKEAIGKAAGKCMNGKCKCYP Titystoxin-Ka 86 VCRDWFKETACRHAKSLGNCRTSQKYRANCAKTCELC BgK  9 VGINVKCKHSGQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCINGKCDCTPKG BmKTX 26 QFTDVKCTGSKQCWPVCKQMFGKPNGKCMNGKCRCYS BmTx1 40 VFINVKCRGSKECLPACKAAVGKAAGKCMNGKCKCYP Tc30 87 TGPQTTCQAAMCEAGCKGLGKSMESCQGDTCKCKA Tc32 13

TABLE 2 ShK peptide and ShK peptide analog sequences Short-hand SEQ ID Sequence/structure designation NO: RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK 5 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQSKHSMKYRLSFCRKTSGTC ShK-S17/S32 88 RSSIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTS ShK-S3/S35 89 SSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-S1 90 (N-acetylarg) ShK-N-acetylarg1 91 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-d1 92 CIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-d2 93 ASCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A1 94 RSCADTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A4 95 RSCADTIPKSRCTAAQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A4/A15 96 RSCADTIPKSRCTAAQCKHSMKYRASFCRKTCGTC ShK-A4/A15/A25 97 RSCIDAIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A6 98 RSCIDTAPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A7 99 RSCIDTIAKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A8 100 RSCIDTIPASRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A9 101 RSCIDTIPESRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-E9 102 RSCIDTIPQSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-Q9 103 RSCIDTIPKARCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A10 104 RSCIDTIPKSACTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A11 105 RSCIDTIPKSECTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-E11 106 RSCIDTIPKSQCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-Q11 107 RSCIDTIPKSRCAAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A13 108 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAAQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A15 109 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAWQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-W15 110 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAX^(s15)QCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-X15 111 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAAQCKHSMKYRASFCRKTCGTC ShK-A15/A25 112 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFACKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A16 113 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFECKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-E16 114 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCAHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A18 115 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCEHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-E18 116 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKASMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A19 117 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKKSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-K19 118 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHAMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A20 119 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSAKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A21 120 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSX^(s21)KYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-X21 121 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHS(norleu)KYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-Nle21 122 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A22 123 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMEYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-E22 124 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMRYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-R22 125 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMX^(s22)YRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-X22 126 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSM(norleu)YRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-Nle22 127 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSM(orn)YRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-0rn22 128 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSM(homocit)YRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-Homocit22 129 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSM(diaminopropionic YRLS ShK-Diamino- 130 FCRKTCGTC propionic22 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKARLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A23 131 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKSRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-S23 132 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKFRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-F23 133 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKX^(s23)RLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-X23 134 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMK(nitrophe)RLSFCRKTCGT ShK-Nitrophe23 135 C RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMK(aminophe)RLSFCRKTCGT ShK-Aminophe23 136 C RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMK(benzylphe)RLSFCRKTCG ShK-Benzylphe23 137 TC RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYALSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A24 138 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYELSFCRKTCGTC ShK-E24 139 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRASFCRKTCGTC ShK-A25 140 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLAFCRKTCGTC ShK-A26 141 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSACRKTCGTC ShK-A27 142 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSX^(s27)CRKTCGTC ShK-X27 143 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCAKTCGTC ShK-A29 144 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRATCGTC ShK-A30 145 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKACGTC ShK-A31 146 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGAC ShK-A34 147 SCADTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A4d1 148 SCADTIPKSRCTAAQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A4/A15d1 149 SCADTIPKSRCTAAQCKHSMKYRASFCRKTCGTC ShK-A4/A15/A25 150 d1 SCIDAIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A6 d1 151 SCIDTAPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A7 d1 152 SCIDTIAKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A8 d1 153 SCIDTIPASRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A9 d1 154 SCIDTIPESRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-E9 d1 155 SCIDTIPQSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-Q9 d1 156 SCIDTIPKARCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A10 d1 157 SCIDTIPKSACTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A11 d1 158 SCIDTIPKSECTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-E11 d1 159 SCIDTIPKSQCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-Q11 d1 160 SCIDTIPKSRCAAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A13 d1 161 SCIDTIPKSRCTAAQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A15 d1 162 SCIDTIPKSRCTAWQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-W15 d1 163 SCIDTIPKSRCTAX^(s15)QCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-X15 d1 164 SCIDTIPKSRCTAAQCKHSMKYRASFCRKTCGTC ShK-A15/A25 d1 165 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFACKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A16 d1 166 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFECKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-E16 d1 167 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCAHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A18 d1 168 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCEHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-E18 d1 169 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKASMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A19 d1 170 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKKSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-K19 d1 171 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHAMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A20 d1 172 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSAKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A21 d1 173 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSX^(s21)KYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-X21 d1 174 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHS(norleu)KYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-N1e21 d1 175 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A22 d1 176 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMEYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-E22 d1 177 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMRYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-R22 d1 178 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMX^(s22)YRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-X22 d1 179 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSM(norleu)YRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-N1e22 d1 180 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSM(orn)YRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-Orn22 d1 181 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSM(homocit)YRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-Homocit22 182 d1 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSM(diaminopropionic)YRLSF ShK-Diamino- 183 CRKTCGTC propionic22 d1 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKARLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A23 d1 184 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKSRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-S23 d1 185 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKFRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-F23 d1 186 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKX^(s23)RLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-X23 d1 187 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMK(nitrophe)RLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-Nitrophe23 188 d1 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMK(aminophe)RLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-Aminophe23 189 d1 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMK(benzylphe)RLSFCRKTCGT ShK-Benzylphe23 190 C d1 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYALSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A24 d1 191 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYELSFCRKTCGTC ShK-E24 d1 192 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRASFCRKTCGTC ShK-A25 d1 193 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLAFCRKTCGTC ShK-A26 d1 194 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSACRKTCGTC ShK-A27 d1 195 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSX^(s27)CRKTCGTC ShK-X27 d1 196 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCAKTCGTC ShK-A29 d1 197 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRATCGTC ShK-A30 d1 198 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKACGTC ShK-A31 d1 199 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGAC ShK-A34 d1 200 YSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-Y1 548 KSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-K1 549 HSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-H1 550 QSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-Q1 551 PPRSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC PP-ShK 552 MRSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC M-ShK 553 GRSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC G-ShK 554 YSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-Y1/A22 555 KSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-K1/A22 556 HSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-H1/A22 557 QSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-Q1/A22 558 PPRSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC PP-ShK-A22 559 MRSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC M-ShK-A22 560 GRSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC G-ShK-A22 561 RSCIDTIPASRCTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A9/A22 884 SCIDTIPASRCTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A9/A22 d1 885 RSCIDTIPVSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-V9 886 RSCIDTIPVSRCTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-V9/A22 887 SCIDTIPVSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-V9 d1 888 SCIDTIPVSRCTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-V9/A22 d1 889 RSCIDTIPESRCTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-E9/A22 890 SCIDTIPESRCTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-E9/A22 d1 891 RSCIDTIPKSACTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A11/A22 892 SCIDTIPKSACTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A11/22 d1 893 RSCIDTIPKSECTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-E11/A22 894 SCIDTIPKSECTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-E11/A22 d1 895 RSCIDTIPKSRCTDFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-D14 896 RSCIDTIPKSRCTDFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-D14/A22 897 SCIDTIPKSRCTDFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-D14 d1 898 SCIDTIPKSRCTDFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-D14/A22 d1 899 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAAQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A15A/22 900 SCIDTIPKSRCTAAQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A15/A22 d1 901 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAIQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-I15 902 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAIQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-I15/A22 903 SCIDTIPKSRCTAIQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-II15 d1 904 SCIDTIPKSRCTAIQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-I15/A22 d1 905 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAVQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-V15 906 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAVQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-V15/A22 907 SCIDTIPKSRCTAVQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-V15 d1 908 SCIDTIPKSRCTAVQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-V15/A22 d1 909 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFRCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-R16 910 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFRCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-R16/A22 911 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFRCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-R16 d1 912 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFRCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-R16/A22 d1 913 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFKCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-K16 914 RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFKCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-K16/A22 915 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFKCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-K16 d1 916 SCIDTIPKSRCTAFKCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-K16/A22 d1 917 RSCIDTIPASECTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A9/E11 918 RSCIDTIPASECTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A9/E11/A22 919 SCIDTIPASECTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A9/E11 d1 920 SCIDTIPASECTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A9/E11/A22 921 d1 RSCIDTIPVSECTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-V9/E11 922 RSCIDTIPVSECTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-V9/E11/A22 923 SCIDTIPVSECTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-V9/E11 d1 924 SCIDTIPVSECTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-V9/E11/A22 925 d1 RSCIDTIPVSACTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-V9/A11 926 RSCIDTIPVSACTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-V9/A11/A22 927 SCIDTIPVSACTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-V9/A11 d1 928 SCIDTIPVSACTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-V9/A11/A22 929 d1 RSCIDTIPASACTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A9/A11 930 RSCIDTIPASACTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A9/A11/A22 931 SCIDTIPASACTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A9/A11 d1 932 SCIDTIPASACTAFQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK-A9/A11/A22 933 d1 RSCIDTIPKSECTDIRCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK- 934 E11/D14/I15/R16 RSCIDTIPKSECTDIRCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK- 935 El1/D14/I15/R16/ A22 SCIDTIPKSECTDIRCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK- 936 E11/D14/I15/R16 d1 SCIDTIPKSECTDIRCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK- 937 El1/D14/I15//R16 A22 d1 RSCIDTIPVSECTDIRCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK- 938 V9/E11/D14/I15/ R16 RSCIDTIPVSECTDIRCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK- 939 V9/E11/D14/I15/ R16/A22 SCIDTIPVSECTDIRCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK- 940 V9/E11/D14/I15/ R16 d1 SCIDTIPVSECTDIRCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK- 941 V9/E11/D14/I15/ R16/A22 d1 RSCIDTIPVSECTDIQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK- 942 V9/E11/D14/I15 RSCIDTIPVSECTDIQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK- 943 V9/E11/D14/I15/A 22 SCIDTIPVSECTDIQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK- 944 V9/E11/D14/I15 d1 SCIDTIPVSECTDIQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK- 945 V9/E11/D14/I15/A 22 d1 RTCKDLIPVSECTDIRCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK- 946 T2/K4/L6/V9/E11/ D14/I15/R16 RTCKDLIPVSECTDIRCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK- 947 T2/K4/L6/V9/E11/ D14/I15/R16/A22 TCKDLIPVSECTDIRCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK- 948 T2/K4/L6/V9/E11/ D14/I15/R16 d1 TCKDLIPVSECTDIRCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK- 949 T2/K4/L6/V9/E11/ D14/I15/R16/A22 d1 (L-Phosphotyrosine)- ShK(L5) 950 AEEARSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC QSCADTIPKSRCTAAQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK Q1/A4/A15 1295 QSCADTIPKSRCTAAQCKHSMAYRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK 1296 Q1/A4/A15/A22 QSCADTIPKSRCTAAQCKHSM(Dap)YRLSFCRKTCGTC ShK 1297 Q1/A4/A15/Dap2 2 QSCADTIPKSRCTAAQCKHSMKYRASFCRKTCGTC ShK 1298 Q1/A4/A15/A25 QSCADTIPKSRCTAAQCKHSMAYRASFCRKTCGTC ShK 1299 Q1/A4/A15/A22/A 25 QSCADTIPKSRCTAAQCKHSM(Dap)YRASFCRKTCGTC ShK 1300 Q1/A4/A15/Dap2 2/A25

Many peptides as described in Table 2 can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,077,680 issued Jun. 20, 2000 to Kern et al., which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Other peptides of Table 2 can be prepared by techniques known in the art. For example, ShK(L5) (SEQ ID NO: 950) can be prepared as described in Beeton et al., Targeting effector memory T cells with a selective peptide inhibitor of Kv1.3 channels for therapy of autoimmune diseases, Molec. Pharmacol. 67(4): 1369-81 (2005), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. In Table 2 and throughout the specification, X^(s15), X^(s21), X^(s22), X^(s23) and X^(s27) each independently refer to nonfunctional amino acid residues.

TABLE 3 HmK, BgK, AeK and AsKS peptide and peptide analog sequences Short-hand SEQ Sequence/structure designation ID NO: RTCKDLIPVSECTDIRCRTSMKYRLNLCRKTCGSC HmK 6 ATCKDLIPVSECTDIRCRTSMKYRLNLCRKTCGSC HmK-A1 201 STCKDLIPVSECTDIRCRTSMKYRLNLCRKTCGSC HmK-S1 202 TCKDLIPVSECTDIRCRTSMKYRLNLCRKTCGSC HmK-d1 203 SCKDLIPVSECTDIRCRTSMKYRLNLCRKTCGSC HmK-d1/S2 204 TCIDLIPVSECTDIRCRTSMKYRLNLCRKTCGSC HmK-d1/I4 205 TCKDTIPVSECTDIRCRTSMKYRLNLCRKTCGSC HmK-d1/T6 206 TCKDLIPKSECTDIRCRTSMKYRLNLCRKTCGSC HmK-d1/K9 207 TCKDLIPVSRCTDIRCRTSMKYRLNLCRKTCGSC HmK- 208 d1/R11 TCKDLIPVSECTAIRCRTSMKYRLNLCRKTCGSC HmK- 209 d1/A14 TCKDLIPVSECTDFRCRTSMKYRLNLCRKTCGSC HmK- 210 d1/F15 TCKDLIPVSECTDIQCRTSMKYRLNLCRKTCGSC HmK- 211 d1/Q16 TCKDLIPVSECTDIRCKTSMKYRLNLCRKTCGSC HmK- 212 d1/K18 TCKDLIPVSECTDIRCRHSMKYRLNLCRKTCGSC HmK- 213 d1/H19 TCKDLIPVSECTDIRCRTSMKYRLSLCRKTCGSC HmK- 214 d1/S26 TCKDLIPVSECTDIRCRTSMKYRLNFCRKTCGSC HmK- 215 d1/F27 TCKDLIPVSECTDIRCRTSMKYRLNLCRKTCGTC HmK- 216 d1/T34 TCKDLIPVSRCTDIRCRTSMKYRLNFCRKTCGSC HmK- 217 d1/R11/F27 ATCKDLIPVSRCTDIRCRTSMKYRLNFCRKTCGSC HmK- 218 A1/R11/F27 TCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGSC HmK-d1/Z1 219 TCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCRTSMKYRLNFCRKTCGSC HmK-d1/Z2 220 TCADLIPASRCTAIACRTSMKYRLNFCRKTCGSC HmK-d1/Z3 221 TCADLIPASRCTAIACKHSMKYRLNFCRKTCGSC HmK-d1/Z4 222 TCADLIPASRCTAIACAHSMKYRLNFCRKTCGSC HmK-d1/Z5 223 RTCKDLIPVSECTDIRCRTSMX^(h22)YRLNLCRKTCGSC HmK-X22 224 ATCKDLX^(h6)PVSRCTDIRCRTSMKX^(h22)RLNX^(h26)CRKTCGSC HmK-X6, 225 22, 26 VCRDWFKETACRHAKSLGNCRTSQKYRANCAKTCELC BgK 9 ACRDWFKETACRHAKSLGNCRTSQKYRANCAKTCELC BgK-A1 226 VCADWFKETACRHAKSLGNCRTSQKYRANCAKTCELC BgK-A3 227 VCRDAFKETACRHAKSLGNCRTSQKYRANCAKTCELC BgK-A5 228 VCRDWFKATACRHAKSLGNCRTSQKYRANCAKTCELC BgK-A8 229 VCRDWFKEAACRHAKSLGNCRTSQKYRANCAKTCELC BgK-A9 230 VCRDWFKETACAHAKSLGNCRTSQKYRANCAKTCELC BgK-A12 231 VCRDWFKETACRHAASLGNCRTSQKYRANCAKTCELC BgK-A15 232 VCRDWFKETACRHAKALGNCRTSQKYRANCAKTCELC BgK-A16 233 VCRDWFKETACRHAKSAGNCRTSQKYRANCAKTCELC BgK-A17 234 VCRDWFKETACRHAKSLGNCATSQKYRANCAKTCELC BgK-A21 235 VCRDWFKETACRHAKSLGNCRASQKYRANCAKTCELC BgK-A22 236 VCRDWFKETACRHAKSLGNCRTSQKYAANCAKTCELC BgK-A27 237 VCRDWFKETACRHAKSLGNCRTSQKYRANCAATCELC BgK-A32 238 VCRDWFKETACRHAKSLGNCRTSQKYRANCAKACELC BgK-A33 239 VCRDWFKETACRHAKSLGNCRTSQKYRANCAKTCALC BgK-A35 240 VCRDWFKETACRHAKSLGNCRTSQKYRANCAKTCEAC BgK-A37 241 GCKDNFSANTCKHVKANNNCGSQKYATNCAKTCGKC AeK 7 ACKDNFAAATCKHVKENKNCGSQKYATNCAKTCGKC AsKS 8

In Table 3 and throughout the specification, X^(h6), X^(h22), X^(h26) are each independently nonfunctional residues.

TABLE 4 MgTx peptide and MgTx peptide analog sequences Short-hand SEQ Sequence/structure designation ID NO: TIINVKCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCYPH MgTx 28 TIINVACTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCYPH MgTx-A6 242 TIINVSCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCYPH MgTx-S6 243 TIINVKCTSPAQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCYPH MgTx-A11 244 TIINVKCTSPKQCLPPCAAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCYPH MgTx-A18 245 TIINVKCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAACMNGKCKCYPH MgTx-A28 246 TIINVKCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGACKCYPH MgTx-A33 247 TIINVKCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCACYPH MgTx-A35 248 TIINVKCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCYPN MgTx-H39N 249 TIINVACTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCYPN MgTx- 250 A6/H39N TIINVSCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCYS MgTx- 251 S6/38/d39 TIITISCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCYPH MgTx-T4/I5/S6 252 TISCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCYPH MgTx- 253 d3/T4/I5/S6 TISCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCFGR MgTx-Pi2 254 NVACTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCYPH MgTx-d3/A6 255 QFTNVSCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCYS MgTx-ChTx 256 QFTDVDCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCYQ MgTx-IbTx 257 IINVSCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCYPH MgTx-Z1 258 IITISCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCYPH MgTx-Z2 259 GVIINVSCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGQSAGAKCMNGKCKCYPH MgTx-Z3 260

Many peptides as described in Table 4 can be prepared as described in WO 95/03065, published Feb. 2, 1995, for which the applicant is Merck & Co., Inc. That application corresponds to U.S. Ser. No. 07/096,942, filed 22 Jul. 1993, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

TABLE 5 AgTx2 peptide and AgTx2 peptide analog sequences Short-hand Sequence/structure designation SEQ ID NO: GVPINVSCTGSPQCIKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNRKCHCTPK AgTx2 23 GVPIAVSCTGSPQCIKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNRKCHCTPK AgTx2-A5 261 GVPINVSCTGSPQCIAPCKDAGMRFGKCMNRKCHCTPK AgTx2-A16 262 GVPINVSCTGSPQCIKPCADAGMRFGKCMNRKCHCTPK AgTx2-A19 263 GVPINVSCTGSPQCIKPCKDAGMAFGKCMNRKCHCTPK AgTx2-A24 264 GVPINVSCTGSPQCIKPCKDAGMRFGACMNRKCHCTPK AgTx2-A27 265 GVPINVSCTGSPQCIKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNAKCHCTPK AgTx2-A31 266 GVPINVSCTGSPQCIKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNRACHCTPK AgTx2-A32 267 GVPINVSCTGSPQCIKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNRKCHCTPA AgTx2-A38 268 GVPIAVSCTGSPQCIKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNRKCHCTPA AgTx2-A5/A38 269 GVPINVSCTGSPQCIKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK AgTx2-G31 270 GVPIIVSCKGSRQCIKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK AgTx2- 271 OSK_z1 GVPIIVSCKISRQCIKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK AgTx2- 272 OSK_z2 GVPIIVKCKGSRQCIKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK AgTx2- 273 OSK_z3 GVPIIVKCKISRQCIKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK AgTx2- 274 OSK_z4 GVPIIVKCKISRQCIKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK AgTx2- 275 OSK_z5

TABLE 6 Heteromitrus spinnifer (HsTx1) peptide and HsTx1 peptide analog sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: ASCRTPKDCADPCRKETGCPYGKCMNRKCKCNRC HsTx1 61 ASCXTPKDCADPCRKETGCPYGKCMNRKCKCNRC HsTx1-X4 276 ASCATPKDCADPCRKETGCPYGKCMNRKCKCNRC HsTx1-A4 277 ASCRTPXDCADPCRKETGCPYGKCMNRKCKCNRC HsTx1-X7 278 ASCRTPADCADPCRKETGCPYGKCMNRKCKCNRC HsTx1-A7 279 ASCRTPKDCADPCXKETGCPYGKCMNRKCKCNRC HsTx1-X14 280 ASCRTPKDCADPCAKETGCPYGKCMNRKCKCNRC HsTx1-A14 281 ASCRTPKDCADPCRXETGCPYGKCMNRKCKCNRC HsTx1-X15 282 ASCRTPKDCADPCRAETGCPYGKCMNRKCKCNRC HsTx1-A15 283 ASCRTPKDCADPCRKETGCPYGXCMNRKCKCNRC HsTx1-X23 284 ASCRTPKDCADPCRKETGCPYGACMNRKCKCNRC HsTx1-A23 285 ASCRTPKDCADPCRKETGCPYGKCMNXKCKCNRC HsTx1-X27 286 ASCRTPKDCADPCRKETGCPYGKCMNAKCKCNRC HsTx1-A27 287 ASCRTPKDCADPCRKETGCPYGKCMNRXCKCNRC HsTx1-X28 288 ASCRTPKDCADPCRKETGCPYGKCMNRACKCNRC HsTx1-A28 289 ASCRTPKDCADPCRKETGCPYGKCMNRKCXCNRC HsTx1-X30 290 ASCRTPKDCADPCRKETGCPYGKCMNRKCACNRC HsTx1-A30 291 ASCRTPKDCADPCRKETGCPYGKCMNRKCKCNXC HsTx1-X33 292 ASCRTPKDCADPCRKETGCPYGKCMNRKCKCNAC HsTx1-A33 293

Peptides as described in Table 5 can be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,689,749, issued Feb. 10, 2004 to Lebrun et al., which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

TABLE 7 Orthochirus scrobiculosus (OSK1) peptide and OSK1 peptide analog sequences Short-hand SEQ ID Sequence/structure designation NO: GVIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1 25 GVIINVSCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-S7 1303 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-K16 294 GVIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-D20 295 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-K16, D20 296 GVIINVSCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-S7, K16, D20 1308 GVIINVKCKISPQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-P12, K16, D20 297 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK OSK1-K16, D20, Y36 298 Ac-GVIINVKCKISPQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Ac-OSK1-P12, 562 K16, D20 GVIINVKCKISPQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ OSK1-P12, K16, 563 D20-NH₂ Ac-GVIINVKCKISPQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Ac-OSK1-P12, 564 K16, D20-NH₂ GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK-NH₂ OSK1-K16, D20, 565 Y36-NH₂ Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK Ac-OSK1-K16, 566 D20, Y36 Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK-NH₂ Ac-OSK1-K16, D20, 567 Y36-NH₂ GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ OSK1-K16-NH₂ 568 Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Ac-OSK1-K16 569 Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Ac-OSK1-K16-NH₂ 570 Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Ac-OSK1-D20 571 GVIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ OSK1-D20-NH₂ 572 Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Ac-OSK1-D20-NH₂ 573 GVIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ OSK1-NH₂ 574 Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Ac-OSK1 575 Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Ac-OSK1-NH₂ 576 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ OSK1-K16, D20-NH₂ 577 Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Ac-OSK1-K16, 578 D20 Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Ac-OSK1-K16, D20- 579 NH₂ VIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Δ1-OSK1 580 Ac-VIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Ac-Δ1-OSK1 581 VIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Δ1-OSK1-NH₂ 582 Ac-VIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Ac-Δ1-OSK1-NH₂ 583 GVIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK OSK1-A34 584 Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK Ac-OSK1-A34 585 GVIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK-NH₂ OSK1-A34-NH₂ 586 Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK-NH₂ Ac-OSK1-A34-NH₂ 587 VIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Δ1-OSK1-K16, D20 588 Ac-VIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Ac-Δ1-OSK1-K16, 589 D20 VIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Δ1-OSK1-K16, D20- 590 NH₂ Ac-VIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Ac-Δ1-OSK1-K16, 591 D20-NH₂ NVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK (Δ1-4)-OSK1-K16, 592 D20 Ac-NVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Ac-(Δ1-4)-OSK1- 593 K16, D20 NVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ (Δ1-4)-OSK1-K16, 594 D20-NH₂ Ac-NVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Ac-(Δ1-4)-OSK1- 595 K16, D20-NH₂ KCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK (Δ1-6)-OSK1-K16, 596 D20 Ac-KCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Ac-(Δ1-6)-OSK1- 597 K16, D20 KCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ (Δ1-6)-OSK1-K16, 598 D20-NH₂ Ac-KCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Ac-(Δ1-6)-OSK1- 599 K16, D20-NH₂ CKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK (Δ1-7)-OSK1-K16, 600 D20 Ac-CKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Ac-(Δ1-7)-OSK1- 601 K16, D20 CKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ (Δ1-7)-OSK1-K16, 602 D20-NH₂ Ac-CKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Ac-(Δ1-7)-OSK1- 603 K16, D20-NH₂ GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRNGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-K16, D20, 604 N25 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRNGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ OSK1-K16, D20, 605 N25-NH₂ Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRNGKCMNGKCHCTPK Ac-OSK1-K16, 606 D20, N25 Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRNGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Ac-OSK1-K16, D20, 607 N25-NH₂ GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNRKCHCTPK OSK1-K16, D20, 608 R31 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNRKCHCTPK-NH₂ OSK1-K16, D20, 609 R31-NH₂ Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNRKCHCTPK Ac-OSK1-K16, 610 D20, R31 Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNRKCHCTPK-NH₂ Ac-OSK1-K16, D20, 611 R31-NH₂ GVIINVKCKISKQCLKPCRDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-K12, K16, 612 R19, D20 Ac-GVIINVKCKISKQCLKPCRDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Ac-OSK1-K12, K16, 613 R19, D20 GVIINVKCKISKQCLKPCRDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ OSK1-K12, K16, 614 R19, D20-NH₂ Ac-GVIINVKCKISKQCLKPCRDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Ac-OSK1-K12, K16, 615 R19, D20-NH₂ TIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Δ1-OSK1-T2, K16, 616 D20 Ac-TIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Ac-Δ1-OSK1-T2, 617 K16, D20 TIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Δ1-OSK1-T2, K16, 618 D20-NH₂ Ac-TIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Ac-Δ1-OSK1-T2, 619 K16, D20-NH₂ GVKINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-K3 620 Ac-GVKINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Ac-OSK1-K3 621 GVKINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ OSK1-K3-NH₂ 622 Ac-GVKINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Ac-OSK1-K3-NH₂ 623 GVKINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK OSK1-K3, A34 624 GVKINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-K3, K16, D20 625 GVKINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK OSK1-K3, K16, D20, 626 A34 Ac-GVKINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK Ac-OSK1-K3, A34 627 GVKINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK-NH₂ OSK1-K3, A34-NH₂ 628 Ac-GVKINVKCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK-NH₂ Ac-OSK1-K3, A34- 629 NH₂ Ac-GVKINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK Ac-OSK1-K3, K16, 630 D20, A34 GVKINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK-NH₂ OSK1-K3, K16, D20, 631 A34-NH₂ Ac-GVKINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK-NH₂ Ac-OSK1-K3, K16, 632 D20, A34-NH₂ Ac-GVKINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK Ac-OSK1-K3, K16, 633 D20 GVKINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ OSK1-K3, K16, D20- 634 NH₂ Ac-GVKINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH₂ Ac-OSK1-K3, K16, 635 D20-NH₂ GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCT Δ36-38-OSK1-K16, 636 D20 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-O16, D20 980 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-hLys 981 16, D20 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-hArg 982 16, D20 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-Cit 16, D20 983 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-hCit 984 16, D20 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-Dpr 16, D20 985 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-Dab 16, D20 986 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK OSK1-O16, D20, Y36 987 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK OSK1-hLys 988 16, D20, Y36 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK OSK1-hArg 989 16, D20, Y36 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK OSK1-Cit 990 16, D20, Y36 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK OSK1-hCit 991 16, D20, Y36 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK OSK1-Dpr 992 16, D20, Y36 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK OSK1-Dab 993 16, D20, Y36 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYPK OSK1- 994 K16, D20, A34, Y36 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCGCYPK OSK1- 995 K16, D20, G34, Y36 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACFPK OSK1- 996 K16, D20, A34, F36 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACWPK OSK1- 997 K16, D20, A34, W36 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYPK OSK1- 998 K16, E20, A34, Y36 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK OSK1-O16, D20, A34 999 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK OSK1-hLys 1000 16, D20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK OSK1-hArg 1001 16, D20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK OSK1-Cit 1002 16, D20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-hCit 1003 16, D20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK OSK1-Dpr 1004 16, D20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK OSK1-Dab 1005 16, D20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1006 O16, D20, GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1007 hLys 16, D20 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1008 hArg 16, D20 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC Δ36-38, OSK1-Cit 1009 16, D20 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1010 hCit 16, D20 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC Δ36-38, OSK1-Dpr 1011 16, D20 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1012 Dab16, D20 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1013 O16, D20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1014 hLys 16, D20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1015 hArg 16, D20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC Δ36-38, OSK1-Cit 1016 16, D20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1017 hCit 16, D20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC Δ36-38, OSK1-Dpr 1018 16, D20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC Δ36-38, OSK1-Dab 1019 16, D20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCGCYGG OSK1- 1020 K16, D20, G34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG OSK1- 1021 O16, D20, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG OSK1-hLys 1022 16, D20, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG OSK1-hArg 1023 16, D20, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG OSK1-Cit 1024 16, D20, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG OSK1-hCit 1025 16, D20, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG OSK1-Dpr 1026 16, D20, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG OSK1- 1027 K16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG OSK1- 1028 O16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG OSK1-hLys 1029 16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG OSK1-hArg 1030 16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG OSK1-Cit 1031 16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG OSK1-hCit 1032 16, D20, A34, Y3, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG OSK1-Dpr 1033 16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG OSK1-Dab 1034 16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYG Δ38, OSK1- 1035 K16, D20, A34, Y36, G37 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG OSK1- 1036 O16, D20, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG OSK1-hLys 1037 16, D20, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG OSK1-hArg 1038 16, D20, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG OSK1-Cit 1039 16, D20, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG OSK1-hCit 1040 16, D20, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG OSK1-Dpr 1041 16, D20, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACFGG OSK1- 1042 K16, D20, A34, F36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG OSK1- 1043 O16, D20, A34, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG OSK1-hLys 1044 16, D20, A34, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG OSK1-hArg 1045 16, D20, A34, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG OSK1-Cit 1046 16, D20, A34, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG OSK1-hCit 1047 16, D20, A34, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG OSK1-Dpr 1048 16, D20, A34, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG OSK1-Dab 1049 16, D20, A34, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGG Δ38, OSK1- 1050 K16, D20, A34, G36-37 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYG Δ38, OSK1- 1051 K16, D20, A35, Y36, G37 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGG Δ38, OSK1- 1052 O16, D20, A35, Y36, G37 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-hLys 1053 16, E20 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-hArg 1054 16, E20 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-Cit 16, E20 1055 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-hCit 1056 16, E20 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-Dpr 16, E20 1057 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-Dab 16, E20 1058 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK OSK1-O16, E20, Y36 1059 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK OSK1-hLys 1060 16, E20, Y36 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK OSK1-hArg 1061 16, E20, Y36 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK OSK1-Cit 1062 16, E20, Y36 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK OSK1-hCit 1063 16, E20, Y36 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK OSK1-Dpr 1064 16, E20, Y36 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK OSK1-Dab 1065 16, E20, Y36 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK OSK1-O16, E20, A34 1066 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK OSK1-hLys 1067 16, E20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK OSK1-hArg 1068 16, E20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK OSK1-Cit 1069 16, E20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK OSK1-hCit 1070 16, E20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK OSK1-Dpr 1071 16, E20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK OSK1-Dab 1072 16, E20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1073 O16, E20, GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1074 hLys 16, E20 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1075 hArg 16, E20 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC Δ36-38, OSK1-Cit 1076 16, E20 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1077 hCit16, E20 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC Δ36-38, OSK1-Dpr 1078 16, E20 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1079 O16, E20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1080 hLys 16, E20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1081 hArg 16, E20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC Δ36-38, OSK1-Cit 1082 16, E20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC Δ36-38, OSK1- 1083 hCit 16, E20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC Δ36-38, OSK1-Dpr 1084 16, E20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC Δ36-38, OSK1-Dab 1085 16, E20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG OSK1- 1086 K16, E20, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG OSK1- 1087 O16, E20, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYG Δ38 OSK1- 1088 K16, E20, Y36, G37 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYG Δ38 OSK1- 1089 K16, E20, A34, Y36, G37 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG OSK1-hLys 1090 16, E20, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG OSK1-hArg 1091 16, E20, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG OSK1-Cit 1092 16, E20, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG Δ37-38, OSK1- 1093 hCit 16, E20, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG OSK1-Dpr 1094 16, E20, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG OSK1-Dab 1095 16, E20, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYG Δ38, OSK1- 1096 K16, E20, A34, Y36, G37 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG OSK1- 1097 O16, E20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG OSK1-hLys 1098 16, E20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG OSK1-hArg 1099 16, E20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG OSK1-Cit 1100 16, E20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG OSK1-hCit 1101 16, E20, A34, Y3, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG OSK1-Dpr 1102 16, E20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG OSK1-Dab 1103 16, E20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACFGG OSK1- 1104 K16, D20, A34, F36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG OSK1- 1105 O16, E20, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG OSK1-hLys 1106 16, E20, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG OSK1-hArg 1107 16, E20, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG OSK1-Cit 1108 16, E20, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG OSK1-hCit 1109 16, E20, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG OSK1-Dpr 1110 16, E20, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG OSK1- 1111 O16, E20, A34, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG OSK1-hLys 1112 16, E20, A34, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG OSK1-hArg 1113 16, E20, A34, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG OSK1-Cit 1114 16, E20, A34, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTP OSK1-hCit 1115 16, E20, A34, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTP OSK1-Dpr 1116 16, E20, A34, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTP OSK1-Dab 1117 16, E20, A34, G36-38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH2 OSK1-O16, D20- 1118 amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK- OSK1-hLys 1119 NH2 16, D20-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK- OSK1-hArg 1120 NH2 16, D20-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH2 OSK1-Cit 1121 16, D20-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK- OSK1-hCit 1122 NH2 16, D20-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH2 OSK1-Dpr 1123 16, D20-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH2 OSK1-Dab 16, D20 1124 GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK-NH2 OSK1- 1125 O16, D20, Y36- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK- OSK1-hLys 1126 NH2 16, D20, Y36- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK- OSK1-hArg 1127 NH2 16, D20, Y36- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK-NH2 OSK1-Cit 1128 16, D20, Y36- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK- OSK1-hCit 1129 NH2 16, D20, Y36- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK-NH2 OSK1-Dpr 1130 16, D20, Y36- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK-NH2 OSK1-Dab 1131 16, D20, Y36- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK-NH2 OSK1- 1132 O16, D20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK- OSK1-hLys 1133 NH2 16, D20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK- OSK1-hArg 1134 NH2 16, D20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK-NH2 OSK1-Cit 1135 16, D20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK- OSK1-hCit 1136 NH2 16, D20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK-NH2 OSK1-Dpr 1137 16, D20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK-NH2 OSK1-Dab 1138 16, D20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1- 1139 O16, D20, - amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1- 1140 hLys 16, D20- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1- 1141 hArg 16, D20- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1-Cit 1142 16, D20-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1- 1143 hCit16, D20- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1-Dpr 1144 16, D20-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1- 1145 O16, D20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1- 1146 hLys 16, D20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1- 1147 hArg 16, D20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1-Cit 1148 16, D20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1- 1149 hCit16, D20, A34 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1-Dpr 1150 16, D20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1-Dab 1151 16, D20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG-NH2 OSK1- 1152 O16, D20, Y36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG-NH2 OSK1- 1153 O16, D20, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG- OSK1-hLys 1154 NH2 16, D20, Y36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG- OSK1-hArg 1155 NH2 16, D20, Y36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG-NH2 OSK1-Cit 1156 16, D20, Y36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG- OSK1- 1157 NH2 hCit16, D20, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG-NH2 OSK1-Dpr 1158 16, D20, Y36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCFGG-NH2 OSK1- 1159 K16, D20, F36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYG-NH2 Δ38-OSK1- 1160 K16, D20, Y36, G37- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYG-NH2 Δ38-OSK1- 1161 K16, D20, A34, Y36, G37-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG-NH2 OSK1- 1162 O16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG- OSK1-hLys 1163 NH2 16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG- OSK1-hArg 1164 NH2 16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG-NH2 OSK1-Cit 1165 16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG- OSK1- 1166 NH2 hCit16, D20, A34, Y3, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG-NH2 OSK1-Dpr 1167 16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG-NH2 OSK1-Dab 1168 16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG-NH2 OSK1- 1169 K16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG-NH2 OSK1- 1170 O16, D20, G36-38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG- OSK1-hLys 1171 NH2 16, D20, G36-38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG- OSK1-hArg 1172 NH2 16, D20, G36-38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG-NH2 OSK1-Cit 1173 16, D20, G36-38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG- OSK1- 1174 NH2 hCit16, D20, G36- 38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG-NH2 OSK1-Dpr 1175 16, D20, G36-38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG-NH2 OSK1- 1176 K16, D20, A34, G36- 38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACFGG-NH2 OSK1- 1177 O16, D20, A34, F36, G37-38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG-NH2 OSK1- 1178 O16, D20, A34, G36- 38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG- OSK1-hLys 1179 NH2 16, D20, A34, G36- 38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG- OSK1-hArg 1180 NH2 16, D20, A34, G36- 38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG-NH2 OSK1-Cit 1181 16, D20, A34, G36- 38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG- OSK1- 1182 NH2 hCit16, D20, A34, G36- 38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG-NH2 OSK1-Dpr 1183 16, D20, A34, G36- 38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG-NH2 OSK1-Dab 1184 16, D20, A34, G36- 38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH2 OSK1-O16, E20- 1185 amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK- OSK1-hLys 1186 NH2 16, E20-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK- OSK1-hArg 1187 NH2 16, E20-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH2 OSK1-Cit 1188 16, E20-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK- OSK1- 1189 NH2 hCit16, E20- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH2 OSK1-Dpr 1190 16, E20-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK-NH2 OSK1-Dab 1191 16, E20-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK-NH2 OSK1- 1192 O16, E20, Y36- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK- OSK1-hLys 1193 NH2 16, E20, Y36- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK- OSK1-hArg 1194 NH2 16, E20, Y36- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK-NH2 OSK1-Cit 1195 16, E20, Y36- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK- OSK1- 1196 NH2 hCit16, E20, Y36- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK-NH2 OSK1-Dpr 1197 16, E20, Y36- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK-NH2 OSK1-Dab 1198 16, E20, Y36- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK-NH2 OSK1- 1199 O16, E20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK- OSK1-hLys 1200 NH2 16, E20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK- OSK1-hArg 1201 NH2 16, E20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK-NH2 OSK1-Cit 1202 16, E20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK- OSK1- 1203 NH2 hCit16, E20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK-NH2 OSK1-Dpr 1204 16, E20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTPK-NH2 OSK1-Dab 1205 16, E20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1- 1206 O16, E20, - amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1- 1207 hLys 16, E20- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1- 1208 hArg 16, E20- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1-Cit 1209 16, E20-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1- 1210 hCit16, E20- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1-Dpr 1211 16, E20-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1- 1212 O16, E20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1- 1213 hLys16, E20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1- 1214 hArg16, E20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1-Cit 1215 16, E20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1- 1216 hCit16, E20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1-Dpr 1217 16, E20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC-NH2 Δ36-38, OSK1-Dab 1218 16, E20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCWGG-NH2 OSK1- 1219 O16, E20, W36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG-NH2 OSK1- 1220 O16, E20, Y36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG- OSK1-hLys 1221 NH2 16, E20, Y36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG- OSK1-hArg 1222 NH2 16, E20, Y36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG-NH2 OSK1-Cit 1223 16, E20, Y36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG- OSK1-hCit 1224 NH2 16, E20, Y36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG-NH2 OSK1-Dpr 1225 16, E20, Y36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG-NH2 OSK1-Dpr 1226 16, E20, Y36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG-NH2 OSK1- 1227 K16, E20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG-NH2 OSK1- 1228 O16, E20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG- OSK1-hLys 1229 NH2 16, E20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG- OSK1-hArg 1230 NH2 16, E20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG-NH2 OSK1-Cit 1231 16, E20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG- OSK1-hCit 1232 NH2 16, E20, A34, Y3, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG-NH2 OSK1-Dpr 1233 16, E20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG-NH2 OSK1-Dab 1234 16, E20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG-NH2 OSK1- 1235 O16, E20, G36-38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG- OSK1-hLys 1236 NH2 16, E20, G36-38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG- OSK1-hArg 1237 NH2 16, E20, G36-38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG-NH2 OSK1-Cit 1238 16, E20, G36-38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG- OSK1-hCit 1239 NH2 16, E20, G36-38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG-NH2 OSK1-Dpr 1240 16, E20, G36-38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLOPCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG-NH2 OSK1- 1241 O16, E20, A34, G36- 38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hLys]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG- OSK1-hLys 1242 NH2 16, E20, A34, G36- 38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hArg]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG- OSK1-hArg 1243 NH2 16, E20, A34, G36- 38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Cit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG-NH2 OSK1-Cit 1244 16, E20, A34, G36- 38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[hCit]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACTP-NH2 Δ38 OSK1-hCit 1245 16, E20, A34- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dpr]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG-NH2 OSK1-Dpr 1246 16, E20, A34, G36- 38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCL[Dab]PCKEAGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG-NH2 OSK1-Dab 1247 16, E20, A34, G36- 38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCK[Cpa]AGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG-NH2 OSK1-K 1248 16, CPA20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCK[Cpa]AGMRFGKCMNGKCACGGG-NH2 OSK1-K 1249 16, CPA20, A34, G36- 38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCK[Cpa]AGMRFGKCMNGKCACY-NH2 Δ37-38OSK1-K 1250 16, CPA20, A34, Y36- amide Ac-GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG-NH2 Acetyl-OSK1-K 1251 16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCK[Aad]AGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG-NH2 OSK1-K 16, 1252 Aad20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCK[Aad]AGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG-NH2 OSK1-K 16, 1253 Aad20, Y36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCK[Aad]AGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG OSK1-K 16, 1254 Aad20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLHPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG-NH2 OSK1-H 1255 16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLHPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACYGG OSK1-H 1256 16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLHPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCACY-NH2 Δ37-38-OSK1-H 1257 16, D20, A34, Y36- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLHPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG-NH2 OSK1-H 1258 16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLHPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYGG OSK1-H 1259 16, D20, A34, Y36, G37, G38 GVIINVKCKISRQCLHPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCYPK OSK1-H 1260 16, D20, A34, Y36, GVIINVKCKISRQCLHPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC Δ36-38 OSK1-H 1261 16, D20, A34, Y36, GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC[1Nal]GG- OSK1-K 1262 NH2 16, D20, A34, 1Nal36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC[1Nal]PK- OSK1-K 1263 NH2 16, D20, A34, 1Nal36- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC[2Nal]GG- OSK1-K 1264 NH2 16, D20, A34, 2Nal36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC[Cha]GG-NH2 OSK1-K 1265 16, D20, A34, Cha36, G37, G38-amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC[MePhe]GG- OSK1-K 1266 NH2 16, D20, A34, MePhe36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC[BiPhA]GG- OSK1-K 1267 NH2 16, D20, A34, BiPhA36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKC[Aib]CYGG-NH2 OSK1-K 16, D20, 1268 Aib34, Y36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKC[Abu]CYGG-NH2 OSK1-K 16, D20, 1269 Abu34, Y36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC[1Nal] Δ37-38 OSK1-H 1270 16, D20, A34, 1Nal36, - amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLHPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC[1Nal]GG- OSK1-H 1271 NH2 16, D20, A34, 1Nal36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC[4Bip]-NH2 Δ37-38 OSK1-H 1272 16, D20, A34, 4Bip 36, -amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLHPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCAC[4Bip]GG- OSK1-H 1273 NH2 16, D20, A34, 4Bip 36, G37, G38- amide GVIINVKCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCGGG OSK1- 1274 K16, E20, G36-38

Any of the sequences set forth in Table 7, can also be derivatized at either its N-terminal or C-terminal with a fatty acid having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms and from 0 to 2 carbon-carbon double bonds, or a derivative thereof such as an w-amino-fatty acid. (E.g., Mouhat et al., WO 2006/002850 A2, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety). Examples of such fatty acids include valeric acid or (for the C-terminal) w-amino-valeric acid

TABLE 8 Pi2 peptide and PiP2 s peptide analog equences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: TISCTNPKQCYPHCKKETGYPNAKCMNRKCKCFGR Pi2 17 TISCTNPXQCYPHCKKETGYPNAKCMNRKCKCFGR Pi2-X8 299 TISCTNPAQCYPHCKKETGYPNAKCMNRKCKCFGR Pi2-A8 300 TISCTNPKQCYPHCXKETGYPNAKCMNRKCKCFGR Pi2-X15 301 TISCTNPKQCYPHCAKETGYPNAKCMNRKCKCFGR Pi2-A15 302 TISCTNPKQCYPHCKXETGYPNAKCMNRKCKCFGR Pi2-X16 303 TISCTNPKQCYPHCKAETGYPNAKCMNRKCKCFGR Pi2-A16 304 TISCTNPKQCYPHCKKETGYPNAXCMNRKCKCFGR Pi2-X24 305 TISCTNPKQCYPHCKKETGYPNAACMNRKCKCFGR Pi2-A24 306 TISCTNPKQCYPHCKKETGYPNAKCMNXKCKCFGR Pi2-X28 307 TISCTNPKQCYPHCKKETGYPNAKCMNAKCKCFGR Pi2-A28 308 TISCTNPKQCYPHCKKETGYPNAKCMNRXCKCFGR Pi2-X29 309 TISCTNPKQCYPHCKKETGYPNAKCMNRACKCFGR Pi2-A29 310 TISCTNPKQCYPHCKKETGYPNAKCMNRKCXCFGR Pi2-X31 311 TISCTNPKQCYPHCKKETGYPNAKCMNRKCACFGR Pi2-A31 312 TISCTNPKQCYPHCKKETGYPNAKCMNRKCKCFGX Pi2-X35 313 TISCTNPKQCYPHCKKETGYPNAKCMNRKCKCFGA Pi2-A35 314 TISCTNPKQCYPHCKKETGYPNAKCMNRKCKCFG Pi2-d35 315

TABLE 9 Anuroctoxin (AnTx) peptide and peptide analog sequences SEQ ID Sequence/structure Short-hand designation NO: ZKECTGPQHCTNFCRKNKCTHGKCMNRKCKCFNCK Anuroctoxin (AnTx) 62  KECTGPQHCTNFCRKNKCTHGKCMNRKCKCFNCK AnTx-d1 316  XECTGPQHCTNFCRKNKCTHGKCMNRKCKCFNCK AnTx-d1, X2 317  AECTGPQHCTNFCRKNKCTHGKCMNRKCKCFNCK AnTx-d1, A2 318

TABLE 10 Noxiustoxin (NTX) peptide and NTX peptide analog sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: TIINVKCTSPKQCSKPCKELYGSSAGAKCMNGKCK NTX 30 CYNN TIINVACTSPKQCSKPCKELYGSSAGAKCMNGKCK NTX-A6 319 CYNN TIINVKCTSPKQCSKPCKELYGSSRGAKCMNGKCK NTX-R25 320 CYNN TIINVKCTSSKQCSKPCKELYGSSAGAKCMNGKCK NTX-S10 321 CYNN TIINVKCTSPKQCWKPCKELYGSSAGAKCMNGKCK NTX-W14 322 CYNN TIINVKCTSPKQCSKPCKELYGSSGAKCMNGKCK NTX-A25d 323 CYNN TIINVKCTSPKQCSKPCKELFGVDRGKCMNGKCK NTX-IbTx1 324 CYNN TIINVKCTSPKQCWKPCKELFGVDRGKCMNGKCK NTX-IBTX2 325 CYN

TABLE 11 Kaliotoxin1 (KTX1) peptide and KTX1 peptide analog sequences SEQ ID Sequence/structure Short-hand designation NO: GVEINVKCSGSPQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNRKCHCTPK KTX1 24  VRIPVSCKHSGQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCDCTPK KTX2 326 GVEINVSCSGSPQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNRKCHCTPK KTX1-S7 327 GVEINVACSGSPQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNRKCHCTPK KTX1-A7 328

TABLE 12 IKCa1 inhibitor peptide sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCK MTX 20 CYGC QFTNVSCTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKC ChTx 36 RCYS QFTQESCTASNQCWSICKRLHNTNRGKCMNKKC ChTx-Lq2 329 RCYS

TABLE 13 Maurotoxin (MTx) peptide amd MTx peptide analog sequences SEQ ID Sequence/structure Short-hand designation NO: VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX 20 VSCAGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-A4 330 VSCTGAKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-A6 331 VSCTGSADCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-A7 332 VSCTGSKDCAAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-A10 333 VSCTGSKDCYAPCQKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-Q14 334 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRQQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-Q15 335 VSCTGSKDCYAPCQQQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-Q14, 15 336 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYAC MTX-A33 337 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPYGKCMNRKCKCNRC MTX-HsTx1 338 VSCTGSKDCYAACRKQTGCANAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-Al2, 20 339 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGX^(M19)PNAKCINKSCKCYGX^(M34) MTX-X19, 34 340 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGSPNAKCINKSCKCYGS MTX-S19, 34 341 VSCTGSADCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-A7 342 VVIGQRCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC TsK-MTX 343 VSCRGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-R4 1301 VSCGGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-G4 1302 VSCTTSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-T5 1304 VSCTASKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-A5 1305 VSCTGTKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-T6 1306 VSCTGPKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-P6 1307 VSCTGSKDCGAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-G10 1309 VSCTGSKDCYRPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-R11 1311 VSCTGSKDCYDPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-D11 1312 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKRTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-R16 1315 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKETGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-E16 1316 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPYAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-Y21 1317 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNSKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-S22 1318 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNGKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-G22 1319 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINRSCKCYGC MTX-R27 1320 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKTCKCYGC MTX-T28 1321 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKMCKCYGC MTX-M28 1322 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKKCKCYGC MTX-K28 1323 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCNGC MTX-N32 1324 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYRC MTX-R33 1325 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGCS MTX-S35 1326  SCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-d1 1327  SCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGCS MTX-S35 d1 1328 VSCTGSKDCYAPCAKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-A14 1329 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRAQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-A15 1330 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAACINKSCKCYGC MTX-A23 1331 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINASCKCYGC MTX-A27 1332 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCACYGC MTX-A30 1333 VSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCAGC MTX-A32 1334 ASCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-A1 1335 MSCTGSKDCYAPCRKQTGCPNAKCINKSCKCYGC MTX-M1 1336

In Table 13 and throughout this specification, X^(m19) and X^(m34) are each independently nonfunctional residues.

TABLE 14 Charybdotoxin(ChTx) peptide and ChTx peptide analog sequences SEQ ID Sequence/structure Short-hand designation NO: QFTNVSCTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx 36 QFTNVSCTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKECRCYS ChTx-E32 59 QFTNVSCTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKDCRCYS ChTx-D32 344       CTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-d1-d6 345 QFTNVSCTTSKECWSVCQRLFGVDRGKCMGKKCRCYQ ChTx-IbTx 346 QFTNVSCTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNGKCRCYS ChTx-G31 1369 QFTNVSCTTSKECLSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-L14 1370 QFTNVSCTTSKECASVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-A14 1371 QFTNVSCTTSKECWAVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-A15 1372 QFTNVSCTTSKECWPVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-P15 1373 QFTNVSCTTSKECWSACQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-A16 1374 QFTNVSCTTSKECWSPCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-P16 1375 QFTNVSCTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSAGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-A25 1376 QFTNVACTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-A6 1377 QFTNVKCTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-K6 1378 QFTNVSCTTAKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-A10 1379 QFTNVSCTTPKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-P10 1380 QFTNVSCTTSKACWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-Al2 1381 QFTNVSCTTSKQCWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-Q12 1382 AFTNVSCTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-A1 1383 TFTNVSCTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-T1 1384 QATNVSCTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-A2 1385 QITNVSCTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-I2 1386 QFANVSCTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-A3 1387 QFINVSCTTSKECWSVCQRLHNTSRGKCMNKKCRCYS ChTx-I3 1388 TIINVKCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGTSRGKCMNKKCRCYSP ChTx-MgTx 1389 TIINVSCTSPKQCLPPCKAQFGTSRGKCMNKKCRCYSP ChTx-MgTx-b 1390

TABLE 15 SKCa inhibitor peptide sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: CNCKAPETALCARRCQQHG Apamin 68 AFCNLRMCQLSCRSLGLLGKCIGDKCECVKH ScyTx 51 AVCNLKRCQLSCRSLGLLGKCIGDKCECVKHG BmP05 50 TVCNLRRCQLSCRSLGLLGKCIGVKCECVKH P05 52 AFCNLRRCELSCRSLGLLGKCIGEECKCVPY Tamapin 53 VSCEDCPEHCSTQKAQAKCDNDKCVCEPI P01 16 VVIGQRCYRSPDCYSACKKLVGKATGKCTNG TsK 47 RCDC

TABLE 16 Apamin peptide and peptide analog inhibitor sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: CNCKAPETALCARRCQQHG Apamin(Ap) 68 CNCXAPETALCARRCQQHG Ap-X4 348 CNCAAPETALCARRCQQHG Ap-A4 349 CNCKAPETALCAXRCQQHG Ap-X13 350 CNCKAPETALCAARCQQHG Ap-A13 351 CNCKAPETALCARXCQQHG Ap-X14 352 CNCKAPETALCARACQQHG Ap-A14 353

TABLE 17 Scyllatoxin (ScyTx), BmP05, P05, Tamapin, P01 peptide and peptide analog inhibitor sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: AFCNLRMCQLSCRSLGLLGKCIGDKCECVKH ScyTx 51 AFCNLRRCQLSCRSLGLLGKCIGDKCECVKH ScyTx-R7 354 AFCNLRMCQLSCRSLGLLGKCMGKKCRCVKH ScyTx-IbTx 355 AFSNLRMCQLSCRSLGLLGKSIGDKCECVKH ScyTx-C/S 356 AFCNLRRCELSCRSLGLLGKCIGEECKCVPY Tamapin 53

TABLE 18 BKCa inhibitor peptide sequences SEQ ID Sequence/structure Short-hand designation NO:    QFTDVDCSVSKECWSVCKDLFGVDRGKCMGKKCRCYQ IbTx 38    TFIDVDCTVSKECWAPCKAAFGVDRGKCMGKKCKCYV Slotoxin (SloTx) 39    QFTDVKCTGSKQCWPVCKQMFGKPNGKCMNGKCRCYS BmTx1 40 WCSTCLDLACGASRECYDPCFKAFGRAHGKCMNNKCRCYTN BuTx 41   FGLIDVKCFASSECWTACKKVTGSGQGKCQNNQCRCY MartenTx 35   ITINVKCTSPQQCLRPCKDRFGQHAGGKCINGKCKCYP CllTx1 29

TABLE 19 IbTx, Slotoxin, BmTx1, & BuTX (Slotoxin family) peptide and peptide analog inhibitor sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: QFTDVDCSVSKECWSVCKDLFGVDRGKCMGK IbTx 38 KCRCYQ QFTDVDCSVSXECWSVCKDLFGVDRGKCMGK IbTx-X11 357 KCRCYQ QFTDVDCSVSAECWSVCKDLFGVDRGKCMGK IbTx-A11 358 KCRCYQ QFTDVDCSVSKECWSVCXDLFGVDRGKCMGK IbTx-X18 359 KCRCYQ QFTDVDCSVSKECWSVCADLFGVDRGKCMGK IbTx-A18 360 KCRCYQ QFTDVDCSVSKECWSVCKDLFGVDXGKCMGK IbTx-X25 361 KCRCYQ QFTDVDCSVSKECWSVCKDLFGVDAGKCMGK IbTx-A25 362 KCRCYQ QFTDVDCSVSKECWSVCKDLFGVDRGXCMGK IbTx-X27 363 KCRCYQ QFTDVDCSVSKECWSVCKDLFGVDRGACMGK IbTx-A27 364 KCRCYQ QFTDVDCSVSKECWSVCKDLFGVDRGKCMGX IbTx-X31 365 KCRCYQ QFTDVDCSVSKECWSVCKDLFGVDRGKCMGA IbTx-A31 366 KCRCYQ QFTDVDCSVSKECWSVCKDLFGVDRGKCMGK IbTx-X32 367 XCRCYQ QFTDVDCSVSKECWSVCKDLFGVDRGKCMGK IbTx-A32 368 ACRCYQ QFTDVDCSVSKECWSVCKDLFGVDRGKCMGK IbTx-X34 369 KCXCYQ QFTDVDCSVSKECWSVCKDLFGVDRGKCMGK IbTx-A34 370 KCACYQ QFTDVKCTGSKQCWPVCKQMFGKPNGKCMNG BmTx1 371 KCRCYS QFTDVXCTGSKQCWPVCKQMFGKPNGKCMNG BmTx1-X6 372 KCRCYS QFTDVACTGSKQCWPVCKQMFGKPNGKCMNG BmTx1-A6 373 KCRCYS QFTDVKCTGSXQCWPVCKQMFGKPNGKCMNG BmTx1-X11 374 KCRCYS QFTDVKCTGSAQCWPVCKQMFGKPNGKCMNG BmTx1-A11 375 KCRCYS QFTDVKCTGSKQCWPVCXQMFGKPNGKCMNG BmTx1-X18 376 KCRCYS QFTDVKCTGSKQCWPVCAQMFGKPNGKCMNG BmTx1-A18 377 KCRCYS QFTDVKCTGSKQCWPVCKQMFGXPNGKCMNG BmTx1-X23 378 KCRCYS QFTDVKCTGSKQCWPVCKQMFGAPNGKCMNG BmTx1-A23 379 KCRCYS QFTDVKCTGSKQCWPVCKQMFGKPNGXCMNG BmTx1-X27 380 KCRCYS QFTDVKCTGSKQCWPVCKQMFGKPNGACMNG BmTx1-A27 381 KCRCYS QFTDVKCTGSKQCWPVCKQMFGKPNGKCMNG BmTx1-X32 382 XCRCYS QFTDVKCTGSKQCWPVCKQMFGKPNGKCMNG BmTx1-A32 383 ARCYS QFTDVKCTGSKQCWPVCKQMFGKPNGKCMNG BmTx1-X34 384 KCXYS QFTDVKCTGSKQCWPVCKQMFGKPNGKCMNG BmTx1-A34 385 KCAYS WCSTCLDLACGASRECYDPCFKAFGRAHGKC BuTx 386 MNNKCRCYTN WCSTCLDLACGASXCYDPCFKAFGRAHGKCM BuTx-X14 387 NNKCRCYTN WCSTCLDLACGASACYDPCFKAFGRAHGKCM BuTx-A14 388 NNKCRCYTN WCSTCLDLACGASRECYDPCFXFGRAHGKCM BuTx-X22 389 NNKCRCYTN WCSTCLDLACGASRECYDPCFAGRAHGKCMN BuTx-A22 390 NKCRCYTN WCSTCLDLACGASRECYDPCFKAFGXHGKCM BuTx-X26 391 NNKCRCYTN WCSTCLDLACGASRECYDPCFKAFGAHGKCM BuTx-A26 392 NNKCRCYTN WCSTCLDLACGASRECYDPCFKAFGRAHGXM BuTx-X30 393 NNKCRCYTN WCSTCLDLACGASRECYDPCFKAFGRAHGAM BuTx-A30 394 NNKCRCYTN WCSTCLDLACGASRECYDPCFKAFGRAHGKC BuTx-X35 395 MNNXRCYTN WCSTCLDLACGASRECYDPCFKAFGRAHGKC BuTx-A35 396 MNNARCYTN WCSTCLDLACGASRECYDPCFKAFGRAHGKC BuTx-X37 397 MNNKCXYTN WCSTCLDLACGASRECYDPCFKAFGRAHGKC BuTx-A37 398 MNNKCAYTN

TABLE 20 Martentoxin peptide and peptide analog inhibitor sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: FGLIDVKCFASSECWTACKKVTGSGQGKCQN MartenTx 35 NQCRCY FGLIDVXCFASSECWTACKKVTGSGQGKCQN MartenTx-X7 399 NQCRCY FGLIDVACFASSECWTACKKVTGSGQGKCQN MartenTx-A7 400 NQCRCY FGLIDVKCFASSECWTACXKVTGSGQGKCQN MartenTx- 401 NQCRCY X19 FGLIDVKCFASSECWTACAKVTGSGQGKCQN MartenTx- 402 NQCRCY A19 FGLIDVKCFASSECWTACKXVTGSGQGKCQN MartenTx- 403 NQCRCY X20 FGLIDVKCFASSECWTACKAVTGSGQGKCQN MartenTx- 404 NQCRCY A20 FGLIDVKCFASSECWTACKKVTGSGQGXCQN MartenTx- 405 NQCRCY X28 FGLIDVKCFASSECWTACKKVTGSGQGACQN MartenTx- 406 NQCRCY A28 FGLIDVKCFASSECWTACKKVTGSGQGKCQN MartenTx- 407 NQCXCY X35 FGLIDVKCFASSECWTACKKVTGSGQGKCQN MartenTx- 408 NQCACY A35

TABLE 21 N type Ca²⁺ channel inhibitor peptide sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: CKGKGAKCSRLMYDCCTGSCRSGKC MVIIA 65 CKSPGSSCSPTSYNCCRSCNPYTKRCY GVIA 64 CKSKGAKCSKLMYDCCTGSCSGTVGRC CVIA 409 CKLKGQSCRKTSYDCCSGSCGRSGKC SVIB 347 AEKDCIAPGAPCFGTDKPCCNPRAWCSSYAN Ptu1 66 KCL CKGKGASCRKTMYDCCRGSCRSGRC CVIB 1364 CKGKGQSCSKLMYDCCTGSCSRRGKC CVIC 1365 CKSKGAKCSKLMYDCCSGSCSGTVGRC CVID 1366 CLSXGSSCSXTSYNCCRSCNXYSRKCY TVIA 1367

TABLE 22 ωMVIIA peptide and peptide analog inhibitor sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: CKGKGAKCSRLMYDCCTGSCRSGKC MVIIA 65 CXGKGAKCSRLMYDCCTGSCRSGKC MVIIA-X2 410 CAGKGAKCSRLMYDCCTGSCRSGKC MVIIA-A2 411 CKGXGAKCSRLMYDCCTGSCRSGKC MVIIA-X4 412 CKGAGAKCSRLMYDCCTGSCRSGKC MVIIA-A4 413 CKGKGAXCSRLMYDCCTGSCRSGKC MVIIA-X7 414 CKGKGAACSRLMYDCCTGSCRSGKC MVIIA-A7 415 CKGKGAKCSXLMYDCCTGSCRSGKC MVIIA-X10  416 CKGKGAKCSALMYDCCTGSCRSGKC MVIIA-A10  417 CKGKGAKCSRLMYDCCTGSCXSGKC MVIIA-X21  418 CKGKGAKCSRLMYDCCTGSCASGKC MVIIA-A21  419 CKGKGAKCSRLMYDCCTGSCRSGXC MVIIA-X24  420 CKGKGAKCSRLMYDCCTGSCRSGAC MVIIA-A24  421

TABLE 23 ωGVIA peptide and peptide analog inhibitor sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: CKSPGSSCSPTSYNCCRSCNPYTKRCY GVIA 64 CXSPGSSCSPTSYNCCRSCNPYTKRCY GVIA-X2 422 CASPGSSCSPTSYNCCRSCNPYTKRCY GVIA-A2 423 CKSPGSSCSPTSYNCCXSCNPYTKRCY GVIA-X17 424 CKSPGSSCSPTSYNCCASCNPYTKRCY GVIA-A17 425 CKSPGSSCSPTSYNCCRSCNPYTXRCY GVIA-X24 426 CKSPGSSCSPTSYNCCRSCNPYTARCY GVIA-A24 427 CKSPGSSCSPTSYNCCRSCNPYTKXCY GVIA-X25 428 CKSPGSSCSPTSYNCCRSCNPYTKACY GVIA-A25 429

TABLE 24 Ptu1 peptide and peptide analog inhibitor sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: AEKDCIAPGAPCFGTDKPCCNPRAWCSSYAN Ptu1 66 KCL AEXDCIAPGAPCFGTDKPCCNPRAWCSSYAN Ptu1-X3 430 KCL AEADCIAPGAPCFGTDKPCCNPRAWCSSYAN Ptu1-A3 431 KCL AEKDCIAPGAPCFGTDXPCCNPRAWCSSYAN Ptu1-X17 432 KCL AEKDCIAPGAPCFGTDAPCCNPRAWCSSYAN Ptu1-A17 433 KCL AEKDCIAPGAPCFGTDKPCCNPXAWCSSYAN Ptu1-X23 434 KCL AEKDCIAPGAPCFGTDKPCCNPAAWCSSYAN Ptu1-A23 435 KCL AEKDCIAPGAPCFGTDKPCCNPRAWCSSYAN Ptu1-X32 436 XCL AEKDCIAPGAPCFGTDKPCCNPRAWCSSYAN Ptu1-A32 437 ACL

TABLE 25 Thrixopelma pruriens (ProTx1) and ProTx1 peptide analogs and other T type Ca²⁺ channel inhibitor peptide sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: ECRYWLGGCSAGQTCCKHLVCSRRHGWCVWD ProTx1 56 GTFS ECXYWLGGCSAGQTCCKHLVCSRRHGWCVWD ProTx1-X3 438 GTFS ECAYWLGGCSAGQTCCKHLVCSRRHGWCVWD ProTx1-A3 439 GTFS ECRYWLGGCSAGQTCCXHLVCSRRHGWCVWD ProTx1-X17 440 GTFS ECRYWLGGCSAGQTCCAHLVCSRRHGWCVWD ProTx1-A17 441 GTFS ECRYWLGGCSAGQTCCKHLVCSXRHGWCVWD ProTx1-X23 442 GTFS ECRYWLGGCSAGQTCCKHLVCSARHGWCVWD ProTx1-A23 443 GTFS ECRYWLGGCSAGQTCCKHLVCSRXHGWCVWD ProTx1-X24 444 GTFS ECRYWLGGCSAGQTCCKHLVCSRAHGWCVWD ProTx1-A24 445 GTFS KIDGYPVDYW NCKRICWYNN KYCNDLCKGL Kurtoxin 1276 KADSGYCWGW TLSCYCQGLP DNARIKRSGR CRA

TABLE 26 BeKM1 M current inhibitor peptide and BeKM1 peptide analog sequences SEQ ID Sequence/structure Short-hand designation NO: RPTDIKCSESYQCFPVCKSRFGKTNGRCVNGFCDCF BeKM1 63  PTDIKCSESYQCFPVCKSRFGKTNGRCVNGFCDCF BeKM1-d1 446 XPTDIKCSESYQCFPVCKSRFGKTNGRCVNGFCDCF BeKM1-X1 447 APTDIKCSESYQCFPVCKSRFGKTNGRCVNGFCDCF BeKM1-A1 448 RPTDIXCSESYQCFPVCKSRFGKTNGRCVNGFCDCF BeKM1-X6 449 RPTDIACSESYQCFPVCKSRFGKTNGRCVNGFCDCF BeKM1-A6 450 RPTDIKCSESYQCFPVCXSRFGKTNGRCVNGFCDCF BeKM1-X18 451 RPTDIKCSESYQCFPVCASRFGKTNGRCVNGFCDCF BeKM1-A18 452 RPTDIKCSESYQCFPVCKSXFGKTNGRCVNGFCDCF BeKM1-X20 453 RPTDIKCSESYQCFPVCKSAFGKTNGRCVNGFCDCF BeKM1-A20 454 RPTDIKCSESYQCFPVCKSRFGXTNGRCVNGFCDCF BeKM1-X23 455 RPTDIKCSESYQCFPVCKSRFGATNGRCVNGFCDCF BeKM1-A23 456 RPTDIKCSESYQCFPVCKSRFGKTNGXCVNGFCDCF BeKM1-X27 457 RPTDIKCSESYQCFPVCKSRFGKTNGACVNGFCDCF BeKM1-A27 458

TABLE 27 Na⁺ channel inhibitor peptide sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: QRCCNGRRGCSSRWCRDHSRCC SmIIIa 459 RDCCTOOKKCKDRQCKOQRCCA μ-GIIIA 460 RDCCTOORKCKDRRCKOMRCCA μ-GIIIB 461 ZRLCCGFOKSCRSRQCKOHRCC μ-PIIIA 462 ZRCCNGRRGCSSRWCRDHSRCC μ-SmIIIA 463 ACRKKWEYCIVPIIGFIYCCPGLICGPFVCV μO-MrVIA 464 ACSKKWEYCIVPIIGFIYCCPGLICGPFVCV μO-MrVIB 465 EACYAOGTFCGIKOGLCCSEFCLPGVCFG δ-PVIA 466 DGCSSGGTFCGIHOGLCCSEFCFLWCITFID δ-SVIE 467 WCKQSGEMCNLLDQNCCDGYCIVLVCT δ-TxVIA 468 VKPCRKEGQLCDPIFQNCCRGWNCVLFCV δ-GmVIA 469

TABLE 28 Cl⁻ channel inhibitor peptide sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: MCMPCFTTDHQMARKCDDCCGGKGRGKCYGP CTX 67 QCLCR MCMPCFTTDHQMAXKCDDCCGGKGRGKCYGP CTX-X14 470 QCLCR MCMPCFTTDHQMAAKCDDCCGGKGRGKCYGP CTX-A14 471 QCLCR MCMPCFTTDHQMARXCDDCCGGKGRGKCYGP CTX-X15 472 QCLCR MCMPCFTTDHQMARACDDCCGGKGRGKCYGP CTX-A15 473 QCLCR MCMPCFTTDHQMARKCDDCCGGXGRGKCYGP CTX-X23 474 QCLCR MCMPCFTTDHQMARKCDDCCGGAGRGKCYGP CTX-A23 475 QCLCR MCMPCFTTDHQMARKCDDCCGGKGXGKCYGP CTX-X25 476 QCLCR MCMPCFTTDHQMARKCDDCCGGKGAGKCYGP CTX-A25 477 QCLCR MCMPCFTTDHQMARKCDDCCGGKGRGXCYGP CTX-X27 478 QCLCR MCMPCFTTDHQMARKCDDCCGGKGRGACYGP CTX-A27 479 QCLCR MCMPCFTTDHQMARKCDDCCGGKGRGKCYGP CTX-X36 480 QCLCX MCMPCFTTDHQMARKCDDCCGGKGRGKCYGP CTX-A36 481 QCLCA MCMPCFTTDHQMARKCDDCCGGKGRGKCYGP CTX-d36 482 QCLC QTDGCGPCFTTDANMARKCRECCGGNGKCFG Bm-12b 483 PQCLCNRE QTDGCGPCFTTDANMAXKCRECCGGNGKCFG Bm-12b-X17 484 PQCLCNRE QTDGCGPCFTTDANMAAKCRECCGGNGKCFG Bm-12b-A17 485 PQCLCNRE QTDGCGPCFTTDANMARXCRECCGGNGKCFG Bm-12b-X18 486 PQCLCNRE QTDGCGPCFTTDANMARACRECCGGNGKCFG Bm-12b-A18 487 PQCLCNRE QTDGCGPCFTTDANMARKCXECCGGNGKCFG Bm-12b-X20 488 PQCLCNRE QTDGCGPCFTTDANMARKCAECCGGNGKCFG Bm-12b-A20 489 PQCLCNRE QTDGCGPCFTTDANMARKCRECCGGNGXCFG Bm-12b-X28 490 PQCLCNRE QTDGCGPCFTTDANMARKCRECCGGNGACFG Bm-12b-A28 491 PQCLCNRE QTDGCGPCFTTDANMARKCRECCGGNGKCFG Bm-12b-X38 492 PQCLCNXE QTDGCGPCFTTDANMARKCRECCGGNGKCFG Bm-12b-A38 493 PQCLCNAE

TABLE 29 Kv2.1 inhibitor peptide sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: ECRYLFGGCKTTSDCCKHLGCKFRDKYCAWD HaTx1 494 FTFS ECXYLFGGCKTTSDCCKHLGCKFRDKYCAWD HaTx1-X3 495 FTFS ECAYLFGGCKTTSDCCKHLGCKFRDKYCAWD HaTx1-A3 496 FTFS ECRYLFGGCXTTSDCCKHLGCKFRDKYCAWD HaTx1-X10 497 FTFS ECRYLFGGCATTSDCCKHLGCKFRDKYCAWD HaTx1-A10 498 FTFS ECRYLFGGCKTTSDCCXHLGCKFRDKYCAWD HaTx1-X17 499 FTFS ECRYLFGGCKTTSDCCAHLGCKFRDKYCAWD HaTx1-A17 500 FTFS ECRYLFGGCKTTSDCCKHLGCXFRDKYCAWD HaTx1-X22 501 FTFS ECRYLFGGCKTTSDCCKHLGCAFRDKYCAWD HaTx1-A22 502 FTFS ECRYLFGGCKTTSDCCKHLGCKFXDKYCAWD HaTx1-X24 503 FTFS ECRYLFGGCKTTSDCCKHLGCKFADKYCAWD HaTx1-A24 504 FTFS ECRYLFGGCKTTSDCCKHLGCKFRDXYCAWD HaTx1-X26 505 FTFS ECRYLFGGCKTTSDCCKHLGCKFRDAYCAWD HaTx1-A26 506 FTFS

TABLE 30 Kv4.3 & Kv4.2 inhibitor peptide sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: YCQKWMWTCDEERKCCEGLVCRLWCKRIINM PaTx2 57 YCQXWMWTCDEERKCCEGLVCRLWCKRIINM PaTx2-X4 507 YCQAWMWTCDEERKCCEGLVCRLWCKRIINM PaTx2-A4 508 YCQKWMWTCDEEXKCCEGLVCRLWCKRIINM PaTx2-X13 509 YCQKWMWTCDEEAKCCEGLVCRLWCKRIINM PaTx2-A13 510 YCQKWMWTCDEERXCCEGLVCRLWCKRIINM PaTx2-X14 511 YCQKWMWTCDEERACCEGLVCRLWCKRIINM PaTx2-A14 512 YCQKWMWTCDEERKCCEGLVCXLWCKRIINM PaTx2-X22 513 YCQKWMWTCDEERKCCEGLVCALWCKRIINM PaTx2-A22 514 YCQKWMWTCDEERKCCEGLVCRLWCXRIINM PaTx2-X26 515 YCQKWMWTCDEERKCCEGLVCRLWCARIINM PaTx2-A26 516 YCQKWMWTCDEERKCCEGLVCRLWCKXIINM PaTx2-X27 517 YCQKWMWTCDEERKCCEGLVCRLWCKAIINM PaTx2-A27 518

TABLE 31 nACHR channel inhibitor peptide sequences SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: GCCSLPPCAANNPDYC PnIA 519 GCCSLPPCALNNPDYC PnIA-L10 520 GCCSLPPCAASNPDYC PnIA-S11 521 GCCSLPPCALSNPDYC PnIB 522 GCCSLPPCAASNPDYC PnIB-A10 523 GCCSLPPCALNNPDYC PnIB-N11 524 GCCSNPVCHLEHSNLC MII 525 GRCCHPACGKNYSC α-MI 526 RD(hydroxypro)CCYHPTCNMSNPQIC α-EI 527 GCCSYPPCFATNPDC α-AuIB 528 RDPCCSNPVCTVHNPQIC α-PIA 529 GCCSDPRCAWRC α-ImI 530 ACCSDRRCRWRC α-ImII 531 ECCNPACGRHYSC α-GI 532 GCCGSY(hydroxypro)NAACH αA-PIVA 533 (hydroxypro)CSCKDR(hydroxypro) SYCGQ GCCPY(hydroxypro)NAACH αA-EIVA 534 (hydroxypro)CGCKVGR(hydroxypro) (hydroxypro)YCDR(hydroxypro)SGG H(hydroxypro)hydroxypro) ψ-PIIIE 535 CCLYGKCRRY(hydroxypro)GCSSASCCQR GCCSDPRCNMNNPDYC EpI 536 GCCSHPACAGNNQHIC GIC 537 IRD(γ-carboxyglu)CCSNPACRVNN GID 538 (hydroxypro)HVC GGCCSHPACAANNQDYC AnIB 539 GCCSYPPCFATNSDYC AuIA 540 GCCSYPPCFATNSGYC AuIC 541

TABLE 32 Agelenopsis aperta (Agatoxin) toxin peptides and peptide analogs and other Ca²⁺ channel inhibiter peptides SEQ Short-hand ID Sequence/structure designation NO: KKKCIAKDYG RCKWGGTPCC RGRGCICSIM ω-Aga-IVA 959 GTNCECKPRL IMEGLGLA EDNCIAEDYG KCTWGGTKCC RGRPCRCSMI ω-Aga-IVB 960 GTNCECTPRL IMEGLSFA SCIDIGGDCD GEKDDCQCCR RNGYCSCYSL ω-Aga-IIIA 961 FGYLKSGCKC VVGTSAEFQG ICRRKARQCY NSDPDKCESH NKPKRR SCIDIGGDCD GEKDDCQCCR RNGYCSCYSL ω-Aga-IIIA- 962 FGYLKSGCKC VVGTSAEFQG ICRRKARTCY T58 NSDPDKCESH NKPKRR SCIDFGGDCD GEKDDCQCCR SNGYCSCYSL ω-Aga-IIIB 963 FGYLKSGCKC EVGTSAEFRR ICRRKAKQCY NSDPDKCVSV YKPKRR SCIDFGGDCD GEKDDCQCCR SNGYCSCYNL ω-Aga-IIIB- 964 FGYLKSGCKC EVGTSAEFRR N29 ICRRKAKQCYNSDPDKCVSV YKPKRR SCIDFGGDCD GEKDDCQCCR SNGYCSCYNL ω-Aga-IIIB- 965 FGYLRSGCKC EVGTSAEFRR ICRRKAKQCY N29/R35 NSDPDKCVSV YKPKRR NCIDFGGDCD GEKDDCQCCX RNGYCSCYNL ω-Aga-IIIC 966 FGYLKRGCKX EVG SCIKIGEDCD GDKDDCQCCR TNGYCSXYXL ω-Aga-IIID 967 FGYLKSG GCIEIGGDCD GYQEKSYCQC CRNNGFCS ω-Aga-IIA 968 AKAL PPGSVCDGNE SDCKCYGKWH ω-Aga-IA 969 KCRCPWKWHF TGEGPCTCEK GMKHTCITKL (major chain) HCPNKAEWGL DW ECVPENGHCR DWYDECCEGF YCSCRQPPKC μ-Aga 970 ICRNNNX DCVGESQQCA DWAGPHCCDG YYCTCRYFPK μ-Aga-6 971 CICVNNN ACVGENKQCA DWAGPHCCDG YYCTCRYFPK μ-Aga-5 972 CICRNNN ACVGENQQCA DWAGPHCCDG YYCTCRYFPK μ-Aga-4 973 CICRNNN ADCVGDGQRC ADWAGPYCCS GYYCSCRSMP μ-Aga-3 1275 YCRCRSDS ECATKNKRCA DWAGPWCCDG LYCSCRSYPG μ-Aga-2 974 CMCRPSS ECVPENGHCR DWYDECCEGF YCSCRQPPKC μ-Aga-1 975 ICRNNN AELTSCFPVGHECDGDASNCNCCGDDVYCGCG Tx-1 1277 WGRWNCKCKVADQSYAYGICKDKVNCPNRHLW PAKVCKKPCRREC GCANAYKSCNGPHTCCWGYNGYKKACICSGXN Tx3-3 1278 WK SCINVGDFCDGKKDCCQCDRDNAFCSCSVIFG Tx3-4 1279 YKTNCRCE SCINVGDFCDGKKDDCQCCRDNAFCSCSVIFG ω-PtXIIA 1280 YKTNCRCEVGTTATSYGICMAKHKCGRQTTCT KPCLSKRCKKNH AECLMIGDTSCVPRLGRRCCYGAWCYCDQQLS Dw13.3 1281 CRRVGRKRECGWVEVNCKCGWSWSQRIDDWRA DYSCKCPEDQ GGCLPHNRFCNALSGPRCCSGLKCKELSIWDS Agelenin 1282 RCL DCVRFWGKCSQTSDCCPHLACKSKWPRNICVW ω-GTx-SIA 1283 DGSV GCLEVDYFCG IPFANNGLCC SGNCVFVCTP ω-conotoxin 1284 Q PnVIA DDDCEPPGNF CGMIKIGPPC CSGWCFFACA ω-conotoxin 1285 PnVIB VCCGYKLCHP C Lambda- 1286 conotoxin CMrVIA MRCLPVLIIL LLLTASAPGV VVLPKTEDDV Lambda- 1287 PMSSVYGNGK SILRGILRNG VCCGYKLCHP conotoxin CCMNIB KIDGYPVDYW NCKRICWYNN KYCNDLCKGL Kurtoxin 1276 KADSGYCWGW TLSCYCQGLP DNARIKRSGR CRACKGKGAPCRKTMYDCCSGSCGRRGKC MVIIC 1368

In accordance with this invention are molecules in which at least one of the toxin peptide (P) portions of the molecule comprises a Kv1.3 antagonist peptide. Amino acid sequences selected from ShK, HmK, MgTx, AgTx1, AgTx2, Heterometrus spinnifer (HsTx1), OSK1, Anuroctoxin(AnTx), Noxiustoxin (NTX), KTX1, Hongotoxin, ChTx, Titystoxin, BgK, BmKTX, BmTx, AeK, AsKS Tc30, Tc32, Pi1, Pi2, and/or Pi3 toxin peptides and peptide analogs of any of these are preferred. Examples of useful Kv1.3 antagonist peptide sequences include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 1, Table 2, Table 3, Table 4, Table 5, Table 6, Table 7, Table 8, Table 9, Table 10, and/or Table 11 herein above;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is an IKCa1 antagonist peptide. Useful IKCa1 antagonist peptides include Maurotoxin (MTx), ChTx, peptides and peptide analogs of either of these, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 12, Table 13, and/or Table 14;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is a SKCa inhibitor peptide. Useful SKCa inhibitor peptides include, Apamin, ScyTx, BmP05, P01, P05, Tamapin, TsK, and peptide analogs of any of these, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 15;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is an apamin peptide, and peptide analogs of apamin, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 16;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is a Scyllotoxin family peptide, and peptide analogs of any of these, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 17;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is a BKCa inhibitor peptide, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 18;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is a Slotoxin family peptide, and peptide analogs of any of these, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 19;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is a Martentoxin peptide, and peptide analogs thereof, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 20;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is a N-type Ca²⁺ channel inhibitor peptide, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 21;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is a ωMVIIA peptide, and peptide analogs thereof, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 22;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is a ωGVIA peptide, and peptide analogs thereof, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 23;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is a Ptu1 peptide, and peptide analogs thereof, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 24;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is a ProTx1 peptide, and peptide analogs thereof, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 25;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is a BeKM1 peptide, and peptide analogs thereof, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 26;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is a Na⁺ channel inhibitor peptide, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 27;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is a Cl⁻ channel inhibitor peptide, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 28;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is a Kv2.1 inhibitor peptide, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 29;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is a Kv4.2/Kv4.3 inhibitor peptide, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 30;

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is a nACHR inhibitor peptide, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 31; and

Other embodiments of the inventive composition include at least one toxin peptide (P) that is an Agatoxin peptide, a peptide analog thereof or other calcium channel inhibitor peptide, examples of which include those having any amino acid sequence set forth in Table 32.

Half-life extending moieties. This invention involves the presence of at least one half-life extending moiety (F¹ and/or F² in Formula I) attached to a peptide through the N-terminus, C-terminus or a sidechain of one of the intracalary amino acid residues. Multiple half-life extending moieties can also be used; e.g., Fc's at each terminus or an Fc at a terminus and a PEG group at the other terminus or at a sidechain. In other embodiments the Fc domain can be PEGylated (e.g., in accordance with the formulae F¹—F²-(L)_(f)-P; P-(L)_(g)-F¹—F²; or P-(L)_(g)-F¹—F²-(L)_(f)-P).

The half-life extending moiety can be selected such that the inventive composition achieves a sufficient hydrodynamic size to prevent clearance by renal filtration in vivo. For example, a half-life extending moiety can be selected that is a polymeric macromolecule, which is substantially straight chain, branched-chain, or dendritic in form. Alternatively, a half-life extending moiety can be selected such that, in vivo, the inventive composition of matter will bind to a serum protein to form a complex, such that the complex thus formed avoids substantial renal clearance. The half-life extending moiety can be, for example, a lipid; a cholesterol group (such as a steroid); a carbohydrate or oligosaccharide; or any natural or synthetic protein, polypeptide or peptide that binds to a salvage receptor.

Exemplary half-life extending moieties that can be used, in accordance with the present invention, include an immunoglobulin Fc domain, or a portion thereof, or a biologically suitable polymer or copolymer, for example, a polyalkylene glycol compound, such as a polyethylene glycol or a polypropylene glycol. Other appropriate polyalkylene glycol compounds include, but are not limited to, charged or neutral polymers of the following types: dextran, polylysine, colominic acids or other carbohydrate based polymers, polymers of amino acids, and biotin derivatives.

Other examples of the half-life extending moiety, in accordance with the invention, include a copolymer of ethylene glycol, a copolymer of propylene glycol, a carboxymethylcellulose, a polyvinyl pyrrolidone, a poly-1,3-dioxolane, a poly-1,3,6-trioxane, an ethylene/maleic anhydride copolymer, a polyaminoacid (e.g., polylysine), a dextran n-vinyl pyrrolidone, a poly n-vinyl pyrrolidone, a propylene glycol homopolymer, a propylene oxide polymer, an ethylene oxide polymer, a polyoxyethylated polyol, a polyvinyl alcohol, a linear or branched glycosylated chain, a polyacetal, a long chain fatty acid, a long chain hydrophobic aliphatic group, an immunoglobulin F_(c) domain or a portion thereof (see, e.g., Feige et al., Modified peptides as therapeutic agents, U.S. Pat. No. 6,660,843), a CH2 domain of Fc, an albumin (e.g., human serum albumin (HSA)); see, e.g., Rosen et al., Albumin fusion proteins, U.S. Pat. No. 6,926,898 and US 2005/0054051; Bridon et al., Protection of endogenous therapeutic peptides from peptidase activity through conjugation to blood components, U.S. Pat. No. 6,887,470), a transthyretin (TTR; see, e.g., Walker et al., Use of transthyretin peptide/protein fusions to increase the serum half-life of pharmacologically active peptides/proteins, US 2003/0195154 μl; 2003/0191056 A1), or a thyroxine-binding globulin (TBG). Thus, exemplary embodiments of the inventive compositions also include HSA fusion constructs such as but not limited to: HSA fusions with ShK, OSK1, or modified analogs of those toxin peptides. Examples include HSA-L10-ShK(2-35); HSA-L10-OsK1(1-38); HSA-L10-ShK(2-35); and HSA-L10-OsK1(1-38).

Other embodiments of the half-life extending moiety, in accordance with the invention, include peptide ligands or small (organic) molecule ligands that have binding affinity for a long half-life serum protein under physiological conditions of temperature, pH, and ionic strength. Examples include an albumin-binding peptide or small molecule ligand, a transthyretin-binding peptide or small molecule ligand, a thyroxine-binding globulin-binding peptide or small molecule ligand, an antibody-binding peptide or small molecule ligand, or another peptide or small molecule that has an affinity for a long half-life serum protein. (See, e.g., Blaney et al., Method and compositions for increasing the serum half-life of pharmacologically active agents by binding to transthyretin-selective ligands, U.S. Pat. No. 5,714,142; Sato et al., Serum albumin binding moieties, US 2003/0069395 μl; Jones et al., Pharmaceutical active conjugates, U.S. Pat. No. 6,342,225). A “long half-life serum protein” is one of the hundreds of different proteins dissolved in mammalian blood plasma, including so-called “carrier proteins” (such as albumin, transferrin and haptoglobin), fibrinogen and other blood coagulation factors, complement components, immunoglobulins, enzyme inhibitors, precursors of substances such as angiotensin and bradykinin and many other types of proteins. The invention encompasses the use of any single species of pharmaceutically acceptable half-life extending moiety, such as, but not limited to, those described herein, or the use of a combination of two or more different half-life extending moieties, such as PEG and immunoglobulin Fc domain or a CH2 domain of Fc, albumin (e.g., HSA), an albumin-binding protein, transthyretin or TBG.

In some embodiments of the invention an Fc domain or portion thereof, such as a CH2 domain of Fc, is used as a half-life extending moiety. The Fc domain can be fused to the N-terminal (e.g., in accordance with the formula F¹-(L)_(f)-P) or C-terminal (e.g., in accordance with the formula P-(L)_(g)-F¹) of the toxin peptides or at both the N and C termini (e.g., in accordance with the formulae F¹-(L)_(f)-P-(L)_(g)-F² or P-(L)_(g)-F¹-(L)_(f)-P). A peptide linker sequence can be optionally included between the Fc domain and the toxin peptide, as described herein. Examples of the formula F¹-(L)_(f)-P include: Fc-L10-ShK(K22A)[2-35]; Fc-L10-ShK(R1K/K22A)[1-35]; Fc-L10-ShK(R1H/K22A)[1-35]; Fc-L10-ShK(R1Q/K22A)[1-35]; Fc-L10-ShK(R1Y/K22A)[1-35]; Fc-L10-PP-ShK(K22A) [1-35]; and any other working examples described herein. Examples of the formula P-(L)_(g)-F¹ include: ShK(1-35)-L10-Fc; OsK1(1-38)-L10-Fc; Met-ShK(1-35)-L10-Fc; ShK(2-35)-L10-Fc; Gly-ShK(1-35)-L10-Fc; Osk1(1-38)-L10-Fc; and any other working examples described herein.

Fc variants are suitable half-life extending moieties within the scope of this invention. A native Fc can be extensively modified to form an Fc variant in accordance with this invention, provided binding to the salvage receptor is maintained; see, for example WO 97/34631, WO 96/32478, and WO 04/110 472. In such Fc variants, one can remove one or more sites of a native Fc that provide structural features or functional activity not required by the fusion molecules of this invention. One can remove these sites by, for example, substituting or deleting residues, inserting residues into the site, or truncating portions containing the site. The inserted or substituted residues can also be altered amino acids, such as peptidomimetics or D-amino acids. Fc variants can be desirable for a number of reasons, several of which are described below. Exemplary Fc variants include molecules and sequences in which:

-   1. Sites involved in disulfide bond formation are removed. Such     removal can avoid reaction with other cysteine-containing proteins     present in the host cell used to produce the molecules of the     invention. For this purpose, the cysteine-containing segment at the     N-terminus can be truncated or cysteine residues can be deleted or     substituted with other amino acids (e.g., alanyl, seryl). In     particular, one can truncate the N-terminal 20-amino acid segment of     SEQ ID NO: 2 or delete or substitute the cysteine residues at     positions 7 and 10 of SEQ ID NO: 2. Even when cysteine residues are     removed, the single chain Fc domains can still form a dimeric Fc     domain that is held together non-covalently. -   2. A native Fc is modified to make it more compatible with a     selected host cell. For example, one can remove the PA sequence near     the N-terminus of a typical native Fc, which can be recognized by a     digestive enzyme in E. coli such as proline iminopeptidase. One can     also add an N-terminal methionine residue, especially when the     molecule is expressed recombinantly in a bacterial cell such as E.     coli. The Fc domain of SEQ ID NO: 2 (FIG. 4) is one such Fc variant. -   3. A portion of the N-terminus of a native Fc is removed to prevent     N-terminal heterogeneity when expressed in a selected host cell. For     this purpose, one can delete any of the first 20 amino acid residues     at the N-terminus, particularly those at positions 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. -   4. One or more glycosylation sites are removed. Residues that are     typically glycosylated (e.g., asparagine) can confer cytolytic     response. Such residues can be deleted or substituted with     unglycosylated residues (e.g., alanine). -   5. Sites involved in interaction with complement, such as the C1q     binding site, are removed. For example, one can delete or substitute     the EKK sequence of human IgG1. Complement recruitment may not be     advantageous for the molecules of this invention and so can be     avoided with such an Fc variant. -   6. Sites are removed that affect binding to Fc receptors other than     a salvage receptor. A native Fc can have sites for interaction with     certain white blood cells that are not required for the fusion     molecules of the present invention and so can be removed. -   7. The ADCC site is removed. ADCC sites are known in the art; see,     for example, Molec. Immunol. 29 (5): 633-9 (1992) with regard to     ADCC sites in IgG1. These sites, as well, are not required for the     fusion molecules of the present invention and so can be removed. -   8. When the native Fc is derived from a non-human antibody, the     native Fc can be humanized. Typically, to humanize a native Fc, one     will substitute selected residues in the non-human native Fc with     residues that are normally found in human native Fc. Techniques for     antibody humanization are well known in the art.

Preferred Fc variants include the following. In SEQ ID NO: 2, the leucine at position 15 can be substituted with glutamate; the glutamate at position 99, with alanine; and the lysines at positions 101 and 103, with alanines. In addition, phenyalanine residues can replace one or more tyrosine residues.

An alternative half-life extending moiety would be a protein, polypeptide, peptide, antibody, antibody fragment, or small molecule (e.g., a peptidomimetic compound) capable of binding to a salvage receptor. For example, one could use as a half-life extending moiety a polypeptide as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,739,277, issued Apr. 14, 1998 to Presta et al. Peptides could also be selected by phage display for binding to the FcRn salvage receptor. Such salvage receptor-binding compounds are also included within the meaning of “half-life extending moiety” and are within the scope of this invention. Such half-life extending moieties should be selected for increased half-life (e.g., by avoiding sequences recognized by proteases) and decreased immunogenicity (e.g., by favoring non-immunogenic sequences, as discovered in antibody humanization).

As noted above, polymer half-life extending moieties can also be used for F¹ and F². Various means for attaching chemical moieties useful as half-life extending moieties are currently available, see, e.g., Patent Cooperation Treaty (“PCT”) International Publication No. WO 96/11953, entitled “N-Terminally Chemically Modified Protein Compositions and Methods,” herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. This PCT publication discloses, among other things, the selective attachment of water-soluble polymers to the N-terminus of proteins.

In some embodiments of the inventive compositions, the polymer half-life extending moiety is polyethylene glycol (PEG), as F¹ and/or F², but it should be understood that the inventive composition of matter, beyond positions F¹ and/or F², can also include one or more PEGs conjugated at other sites in the molecule, such as at one or more sites on the toxin peptide. Accordingly, some embodiments of the inventive composition of matter further include one or more PEG moieties conjugated to a non-PEG half-life extending moiety, which is F¹ and/or F², or to the toxin peptide(s) (P), or to any combination of any of these. For example, an Fc domain or portion thereof (as F1 and/or F2) in the inventive composition can be made mono-PEGylated, di-PEGylated, or otherwise multi-PEGylated, by the process of reductive alkylation.

Covalent conjugation of proteins and peptides with poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG) has been widely recognized as an approach to significantly extend the in vivo circulating half-lives of therapeutic proteins. PEGylation achieves this effect predominately by retarding renal clearance, since the PEG moiety adds considerable hydrodynamic radius to the protein. (Zalipsky, S., et al., Use of functionalized poly(ethylene glycol)s for modification of polypeptides., in poly(ethylene glycol) chemistry: Biotechnical and biomedical applications., J. M. Harris, Ed., Plenum Press: New York., 347-370 (1992)). Additional benefits often conferred by PEGylation of proteins and peptides include increased solubility, resistance to proteolytic degradation, and reduced immunogenicity of the therapeutic polypeptide. The merits of protein PEGylation are evidenced by the commercialization of several PEGylated proteins including PEG-Adenosine deaminase (Adagen™/Enzon Corp.), PEG-L-asparaginase (Oncaspar™/Enzon Corp.), PEG-Interferon α-2b (PEG-Intron™/Schering/Enzon), PEG-Interferon α-2a (PEGASYS™/Roche) and PEG-G-CSF (Neulasta™/Amgen) as well as many others in clinical trials.

Briefly, the PEG groups are generally attached to the peptide portion of the composition of the invention via acylation or reductive alkylation through a reactive group on the PEG moiety (e.g., an aldehyde, amino, thiol, or ester group) to a reactive group on the inventive compound (e.g., an aldehyde, amino, or ester group).

A useful strategy for the PEGylation of synthetic peptides consists of combining, through forming a conjugate linkage in solution, a peptide and a PEG moiety, each bearing a special functionality that is mutually reactive toward the other. The peptides can be easily prepared with conventional solid phase synthesis (see, for example, FIGS. 5 and 6 and the accompanying text herein). The peptides are “preactivated” with an appropriate functional group at a specific site. The precursors are purified and fully characterized prior to reacting with the PEG moiety. Ligation of the peptide with PEG usually takes place in aqueous phase and can be easily monitored by reverse phase analytical HPLC. The PEGylated peptides can be easily purified by preparative HPLC and characterized by analytical HPLC, amino acid analysis and laser desorption mass spectrometry.

PEG is a well-known, water soluble polymer that is commercially available or can be prepared by ring-opening polymerization of ethylene glycol according to methods well known in the art (Sandler and Karo, Polymer Synthesis, Academic Press, New York, Vol. 3, pages 138-161). In the present application, the term “PEG” is used broadly to encompass any polyethylene glycol molecule, in mono-, bi-, or poly-functional form, without regard to size or to modification at an end of the PEG, and can be represented by the formula: X—O(CH₂CH₂O)_(n-1)CH₂CH₂OH,  (X)

where n is 20 to 2300 and X is H or a terminal modification, e.g., a C₁₋₄ alkyl.

In some useful embodiments, a PEG used in the invention terminates on one end with hydroxy or methoxy, i.e., X is H or CH₃ (“methoxy PEG”). It is noted that the other end of the PEG, which is shown in formula (II) terminating in OH, covalently attaches to an activating moiety via an ether oxygen bond, an amine linkage, or amide linkage. When used in a chemical structure, the term “PEG” includes the formula (II) above without the hydrogen of the hydroxyl group shown, leaving the oxygen available to react with a free carbon atom of a linker to form an ether bond. More specifically, in order to conjugate PEG to a peptide, the peptide must be reacted with PEG in an “activated” form. Activated PEG can be represented by the formula: (PEG)-(A)  (XI) where PEG (defined supra) covalently attaches to a carbon atom of the activation moiety (A) to form an ether bond, an amine linkage, or amide linkage, and (A) contains a reactive group which can react with an amino, imino, or thiol group on an amino acid residue of a peptide or a linker moiety covalently attached to the peptide.

Techniques for the preparation of activated PEG and its conjugation to biologically active peptides are well known in the art. (E.g., see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,643,575, 5,919,455, 5,932,462, and 5,990,237; Thompson et al., PEGylation of polypeptides, EP 0575545 B1; Petit, Site specific protein modification, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,451,986, and 6,548,644; S. Herman et al., Poly(ethylene glycol) with reactive endgroups: I. Modification of proteins, J. Bioactive Compatible Polymers, 10:145-187 (1995); Y. Lu et al., Pegylated peptides III: Solid-phase synthesis with PEGylating reagents of varying molecular weight: synthesis of multiply PEGylated peptides, Reactive Polymers, 22:221-229 (1994); A. M. Felix et al., PEGylated Peptides IV: Enhanced biological activity of site-directed PEGylated GRF analogs, Int. J. Peptide Protein Res., 46:253-264 (1995); A. M. Felix, Site-specific poly(ethylene glycol)ylation of peptides, ACS Symposium Series 680(poly(ethylene glycol)): 218-238 (1997); Y. Ikeda et al., Polyethylene glycol derivatives, their modified peptides, methods for producing them and use of the modified peptides, EP 0473084 B1; G. E. Means et al., Selected techniques for the modification of protein side chains, in: Chemical modification of proteins, Holden Day, Inc., 219 (1971)).

Activated PEG, such as PEG-aldehydes or PEG-aldehyde hydrates, can be chemically synthesized by known means or obtained from commercial sources, e.g., Shearwater Polymers, (Huntsville, Al) or Enzon, Inc. (Piscataway, N.J.).

An example of a useful activated PEG for purposes of the present invention is a PEG-aldehyde compound (e.g., a methoxy PEG-aldehyde), such as PEG-propionaldehyde, which is commercially available from Shearwater Polymers (Huntsville, Al). PEG-propionaldehyde is represented by the formula PEG-CH₂CH₂CHO. (See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,252,714). Other examples of useful activated PEG are PEG acetaldehyde hydrate and PEG bis aldehyde hydrate, which latter yields a bifunctionally activated structure. (See., e.g., Bentley et al., Poly(ethylene glycol) aldehyde hydrates and related polymers and applications in modifying amines, U.S. Pat. No. 5,990,237).

Another useful activated PEG for generating the PEG-conjugated peptides of the present invention is a PEG-maleimide compound, such as, but not limited to, a methoxy PEG-maleimide, such as maleimido monomethoxy PEG, are particularly useful for generating the PEG-conjugated peptides of the invention. (E.g., Shen, N-maleimidyl polymer derivatives, U.S. Pat. No. 6,602,498; C. Delgado et al., The uses and properties of PEG-linked proteins., Crit. Rev. Therap. Drug Carrier Systems, 9:249-304 (1992); S. Zalipsky et al., Use of functionalized poly(ethylene glycol)s for modification of polypeptides, in: Poly(ethylene glycol) chemistry: Biotechnical and biomedical applications (J. M. Harris, Editor, Plenum Press: New York, 347-370 (1992); S. Herman et al., Poly(ethylene glycol) with reactive endgroups: I. Modification of proteins, J. Bioactive Compatible Polymers, 10:145-187 (1995); P. J. Shadle et al., Conjugation of polymer to colony stimulating factor-1, U.S. Pat. No. 4,847,325; G. Shaw et al., Cysteine added variants IL-3 and chemical modifications thereof, U.S. Pat. No. 5,166,322 and EP 0469074 B1; G. Shaw et al., Cysteine added variants of EPO and chemical modifications thereof, EP 0668353 A1; G. Shaw et al., Cysteine added variants G-CSF and chemical modifications thereof, EP 0668354 A1; N. V. Katre et al., Interleukin-2 muteins and polymer conjugation thereof, U.S. Pat. No. 5,206,344; R. J. Goodson and N. V. Katre, Site-directed pegylation of recombinant interleukin-2 at its glycosylation site, Biotechnology, 8:343-346 (1990)).

A poly(ethylene glycol) vinyl sulfone is another useful activated PEG for generating the PEG-conjugated peptides of the present invention by conjugation at thiolated amino acid residues, e.g., at C residues. (E.g., M. Morpurgo et al., Preparation and characterization of poly(ethylene glycol) vinyl sulfone, Bioconj. Chem., 7:363-368 (1996); see also Harris, Functionalization of polyethylene glycol for formation of active sulfone-terminated PEG derivatives for binding to proteins and biologically compatible materials, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,446,090; 5,739,208; 5,900,461; 6,610,281 and 6,894,025; and Harris, Water soluble active sulfones of poly(ethylene glycol), WO 95/13312 A1).

Another activated form of PEG that is useful in accordance with the present invention, is a PEG-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester compound, for example, methoxy PEG-N-hydroxysuccinimidyl (NHS) ester.

Heterobifunctionally activated forms of PEG are also useful. (See, e.g., Thompson et al., PEGylation reagents and biologically active compounds formed therewith, U.S. Pat. No. 6,552,170).

Typically, a toxin peptide or, a fusion protein comprising the toxin peptide, is reacted by known chemical techniques with an activated PEG compound, such as but not limited to, a thiol-activated PEG compound, a diol-activated PEG compound, a PEG-hydrazide compound, a PEG-oxyamine compound, or a PEG-bromoacetyl compound. (See, e.g., S. Herman, Poly(ethylene glycol) with Reactive Endgroups: I. Modification of Proteins, J. Bioactive and Compatible Polymers, 10:145-187 (1995); S. Zalipsky, Chemistry of Polyethylene Glycol Conjugates with Biologically Active Molecules, Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, 16:157-182 (1995); R. Greenwald et al., Poly(ethylene glycol) conjugated drugs and prodrugs: a comprehensive review, Critical Reviews in Therapeutic Drug Carrier Systems, 17:101-161 (2000)).

Methods for N-terminal PEGylation are exemplified herein in Examples 31-34, 45 and 47-48, but these are in no way limiting of the PEGylation methods that can be employed by one skilled in the art.

Any molecular mass for a PEG can be used as practically desired, e.g., from about 1,000 or 2,000 Daltons (Da) to about 100,000 Da (n is 20 to 2300). Preferably, the combined or total molecular mass of PEG used in a PEG-conjugated peptide of the present invention is from about 3,000 Da or 5,000 Da, to about 50,000 Da or 60,000 Da (total n is from 70 to 1,400), more preferably from about 10,000 Da to about 40,000 Da (total n is about 230 to about 910). The most preferred combined mass for PEG is from about 20,000 Da to about 30,000 Da (total n is about 450 to about 680). The number of repeating units “n” in the PEG is approximated for the molecular mass described in Daltons. It is preferred that the combined molecular mass of PEG on an activated linker is suitable for pharmaceutical use. Thus, the combined molecular mass of the PEG molecule should not exceed about 100,000 Da.

Polysaccharide polymers are another type of water-soluble polymer that can be used for protein modification. Dextrans are polysaccharide polymers comprised of individual subunits of glucose predominantly linked by α1-6 linkages. The dextran itself is available in many molecular weight ranges, and is readily available in molecular weights from about 1 kD to about 70 kD. Dextran is a suitable water-soluble polymer for use in the present invention as a half-life extending moiety by itself or in combination with another half-life extending moiety (e.g., Fc). See, for example, WO 96/11953 and WO 96/05309. The use of dextran conjugated to therapeutic or diagnostic immunoglobulins has been reported; see, for example, European Patent Publication No. 0 315 456, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Dextran of about 1 kD to about 20 kD is preferred when dextran is used as a half-life extending moiety in accordance with the present invention.

Linkers. Any “linker” group or moiety (i.e., “-(L)_(f)-” or “-(L)_(g)-” in Formulae I-IX) is optional. When present, its chemical structure is not critical, since it serves primarily as a spacer. As stated herein above, the linker moiety (-(L)_(f)- and/or -(L)_(g)-), if present, can be independently the same or different from any other linker, or linkers, that may be present in the inventive composition. For example, an “(L)_(f)” can represent the same moiety as, or a different moiety from, any other “(L)_(f)” or any “(L)_(g)” in accordance with the invention. The linker is preferably made up of amino acids linked together by peptide bonds. Thus, in some embodiments, the linker is made up of from 1 to about 30 amino acids linked by peptide bonds, wherein the amino acids are selected from the 20 naturally occurring amino acids. Some of these amino acids can be glycosylated, as is well understood by those in the art. For example, a useful linker sequence constituting a sialylation site is X₁X₂NX₄X₅G (SEQ ID NO: 637), wherein X₁, X₂, X₄ and X₅ are each independently any amino acid residue.

In some embodiments, the 1 to 20 amino acids are selected from glycine, alanine, proline, asparagine, glutamine, and lysine. Even more preferably, a linker is made up of a majority of amino acids that are sterically unhindered, such as glycine and alanine. Thus, preferred linkers include polyglycines (particularly (Gly)₄, (Gly)₅), poly(Gly-Ala), and polyalanines. Other preferred linkers are those identified herein as “L5” (GGGGS; SEQ ID NO: 638), 110″ (GGGGSGGGGS; SEQ ID NO:79), “L25” GGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSGGGGS; SEQ ID NO:84) and any linkers used in the working examples hereinafter. The linkers described herein, however, are exemplary; linkers within the scope of this invention can be much longer and can include other residues.

In some embodiments of the compositions of this invention, which comprise a peptide linker moiety (L), acidic residues, for example, glutamate or aspartate residues, are placed in the amino acid sequence of the linker moiety (L). Examples include the following peptide linker sequences:

GGEGGG; (SEQ ID NO: 639) GGEEEGGG; (SEQ ID NO: 640) GEEEG; (SEQ ID NO: 641) GEEE; (SEQ ID NO: 642) GGDGGG; (SEQ ID NO: 643) GGDDDGG; (SEQ ID NO: 644) GDDDG; (SEQ ID NO: 645) GDDD; (SEQ ID NO: 646) GGGGSDDSDEGSDGEDGGGGS; (SEQ ID NO: 647) WEWEW; (SEQ ID NO: 648) FEFEF; (SEQ ID NO: 649) EEEWWW; (SEQ ID NO: 650) EEEFFF; (SEQ ID NO: 651) WWEEEWW; (SEQ ID NO: 652) or FFEEEFF. (SEQ ID NO: 653)

In other embodiments, the linker constitutes a phosphorylation site, e.g., X₁X₂YX₃X₄G (SEQ ID NO: 654), wherein X₁, X₂, X₃ and X₄ are each independently any amino acid residue; X₁X₂SX₃X₄G (SEQ ID NO: 655), wherein X₁, X₂, X₃ and X₄ are each independently any amino acid residue; or X₁X₂TX₃X₄G (SEQ ID NO: 656), wherein X₁, X₂, X₃ and X₄ are each independently any amino acid residue.

Non-peptide linkers are also possible. For example, alkyl linkers such as —NH—(CH₂)_(s)— C(O)—, wherein s=2-20 could be used. These alkyl linkers can further be substituted by any non-sterically hindering group such as lower alkyl (e.g., C₁-C₆) lower acyl, halogen (e.g., Cl, Br), CN, NH₂, phenyl, etc. An exemplary non-peptide linker is a PEG linker,

wherein n is such that the linker has a molecular weight of 100 to 5000 kD, preferably 100 to 500 kD. The peptide linkers can be altered to form derivatives in the same manner as described above.

Derivatives. The inventors also contemplate derivatizing the peptide and/or half-life extending moiety portion of the compounds. Such derivatives can improve the solubility, absorption, biological half-life, and the like of the compounds. The moieties can alternatively eliminate or attenuate any undesirable side-effect of the compounds and the like. Exemplary derivatives include compounds in which:

-   1. The compound or some portion thereof is cyclic. For example, the     peptide portion can be modified to contain two or more Cys residues     (e.g., in the linker), which could cyclize by disulfide bond     formation. -   2. The compound is cross-linked or is rendered capable of     cross-linking between molecules. For example, the peptide portion     can be modified to contain one Cys residue and thereby be able to     form an intermolecular disulfide bond with a like molecule. The     compound can also be cross-linked through its C-terminus, as in the     molecule shown below.

-   3. Non-peptidyl linkages (bonds) replace one or more peptidyl     [—C(O)NR—] linkages. Exemplary non-peptidyl linkages are     —CH₂-carbamate [—CH₂—OC(O)NR—], phosphonate, —CH₂-sulfonamide     [—CH₂—S(O)₂NR—], urea [—NHC(O)NH—], —CH₂-secondary amine, and     alkylated peptide [—C(O)NR⁶— wherein R⁶ is lower alkyl]. -   4. The N-terminus is chemically derivatized. Typically, the     N-terminus can be acylated or modified to a substituted amine.     Exemplary N-terminal derivative groups include —NRR¹ (other than     —NH₂), —NRC(O)R¹, —NRC(O)OR¹, —NRS(O)₂R¹, —NHC(O)NHR¹, succinimide,     or benzyloxycarbonyl-NH— (CBZ-NH—), wherein R and R¹ are each     independently hydrogen or lower alkyl and wherein the phenyl ring     can be substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group     consisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, chloro, and bromo. -   5. The free C-terminus is derivatized. Typically, the C-terminus is     esterified or amidated. For example, one can use methods described     in the art to add (NH—CH₂—CH₂—NH₂)₂ to compounds of this invention     having any of SEQ ID NOS: 504 to 508 at the C-terminus. Likewise,     one can use methods described in the art to add —NH₂ to compounds of     this invention having any of SEQ ID NOS: 924 to 955, 963 to 972,     1005 to 1013, or 1018 to 1023 at the C-terminus. Exemplary     C-terminal derivative groups include, for example, —C(O)R² wherein     R² is lower alkoxy or —NR³R⁴ wherein R³ and R⁴ are independently     hydrogen or C₁-C₈ alkyl (preferably C₁-C₄ alkyl). -   6. A disulfide bond is replaced with another, preferably more     stable, cross-linking moiety (e.g., an alkylene). See, e.g.,     Bhatnagar et al. (1996), J. Med. Chem. 39: 3814-9; Alberts et     al. (1993) Thirteenth Am. Pep. Symp., 357-9. -   7. One or more individual amino acid residues are modified. Various     derivatizing agents are known to react specifically with selected     sidechains or terminal residues, as described in detail below.

Lysinyl residues and amino terminal residues can be reacted with succinic or other carboxylic acid anhydrides, which reverse the charge of the lysinyl residues. Other suitable reagents for derivatizing alpha-amino-containing residues include imidoesters such as methyl picolinimidate; pyridoxal phosphate; pyridoxal; chloroborohydride; trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid; O-methylisourea; 2,4 pentanedione; and transaminase-catalyzed reaction with glyoxylate.

Arginyl residues can be modified by reaction with any one or combination of several conventional reagents, including phenylglyoxal, 2,3-butanedione, 1,2-cyclohexanedione, and ninhydrin. Derivatization of arginyl residues requires that the reaction be performed in alkaline conditions because of the high pKa of the guanidine functional group. Furthermore, these reagents can react with the groups of lysine as well as the arginine epsilon-amino group.

Specific modification of tyrosyl residues has been studied extensively, with particular interest in introducing spectral labels into tyrosyl residues by reaction with aromatic diazonium compounds or tetranitromethane. Most commonly, N-acetylimidizole and tetranitromethane are used to form O-acetyl tyrosyl species and 3-nitro derivatives, respectively.

Carboxyl sidechain groups (aspartyl or glutamyl) can be selectively modified by reaction with carbodiimides (R′—N═C═N—R′) such as 1-cyclohexyl-3-(2-morpholinyl-(4-ethyl) carbodiimide or 1-ethyl-3-(4-azonia-4,4-dimethylpentyl) carbodiimide. Furthermore, aspartyl and glutamyl residues can be converted to asparaginyl and glutaminyl residues by reaction with ammonium ions.

Glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues can be deamidated to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues. Alternatively, these residues are deamidated under mildly acidic conditions. Either form of these residues falls within the scope of this invention.

Cysteinyl residues can be replaced by amino acid residues or other moieties either to eliminate disulfide bonding or, conversely, to stabilize cross-linking. See, e.g., Bhatnagar et al. (1996), J. Med. Chem. 39: 3814-9.

Derivatization with bifunctional agents is useful for cross-linking the peptides or their functional derivatives to a water-insoluble support matrix or to other macromolecular half-life extending moieties. Commonly used cross-linking agents include, e.g., 1,1-bis(diazoacetyl)-2-phenylethane, glutaraldehyde, N-hydroxysuccinimide esters, for example, esters with 4-azidosalicylic acid, homobifunctional imidoesters, including disuccinimidyl esters such as 3,3′-dithiobis(succinimidylpropionate), and bifunctional maleimides such as bis-N-maleimido-1,8-octane. Derivatizing agents such as methyl-3-[(p-azidophenyl)dithio]propioimidate yield photoactivatable intermediates that are capable of forming crosslinks in the presence of light. Alternatively, reactive water-insoluble matrices such as cyanogen bromide-activated carbohydrates and the reactive substrates described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,969,287; 3,691,016; 4,195,128; 4,247,642; 4,229,537; and 4,330,440 are employed for protein immobilization.

Carbohydrate (oligosaccharide) groups can conveniently be attached to sites that are known to be glycosylation sites in proteins. Generally, O-linked oligosaccharides are attached to serine (Ser) or threonine (Thr) residues while N-linked oligosaccharides are attached to asparagine (Asn) residues when they are part of the sequence Asn-X-Ser/Thr, where X can be any amino acid except proline. X is preferably one of the 19 naturally occurring amino acids other than proline. The structures of N-linked and O-linked oligosaccharides and the sugar residues found in each type are different. One type of sugar that is commonly found on both is N-acetylneuraminic acid (referred to as sialic acid). Sialic acid is usually the terminal residue of both N-linked and O-linked oligosaccharides and, by virtue of its negative charge, can confer acidic properties to the glycosylated compound. Such site(s) can be incorporated in the linker of the compounds of this invention and are preferably glycosylated by a cell during recombinant production of the polypeptide compounds (e.g., in mammalian cells such as CHO, BHK, COS). However, such sites can further be glycosylated by synthetic or semi-synthetic procedures known in the art.

Other possible modifications include hydroxylation of proline and lysine, phosphorylation of hydroxyl groups of seryl or threonyl residues, oxidation of the sulfur atom in Cys, methylation of the alpha-amino groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains. Creighton, Proteins: Structure and Molecule Properties (W. H. Freeman and Co., San Francisco), pp. 79-86 (1983).

Compounds of the present invention can be changed at the DNA level, as well. The DNA sequence of any portion of the compound can be changed to codons more compatible with the chosen host cell. For E. coli, which is the preferred host cell, optimized codons are known in the art. Codons can be substituted to eliminate restriction sites or to include silent restriction sites, which can aid in processing of the DNA in the selected host cell. The half-life extending moiety, linker and peptide DNA sequences can be modified to include any of the foregoing sequence changes.

A process for preparing conjugation derivatives is also contemplated. Tumor cells, for example, exhibit epitopes not found on their normal counterparts. Such epitopes include, for example, different post-translational modifications resulting from their rapid proliferation. Thus, one aspect of this invention is a process comprising:

-   -   a) selecting at least one randomized peptide that specifically         binds to a target epitope; and     -   b) preparing a pharmacologic agent comprising (i) at least one         half-life extending moiety (Fc domain preferred), (ii) at least         one amino acid sequence of the selected peptide or peptides,         and (iii) an effector molecule.         The target epitope is preferably a tumor-specific epitope or an         epitope specific to a pathogenic organism. The effector molecule         can be any of the above-noted conjugation partners and is         preferably a radioisotope.

Methods of Making

The present invention also relates to nucleic acids, expression vectors and host cells useful in producing the polypeptides of the present invention. Host cells can be eukaryotic cells, with mammalian cells preferred and CHO cells most preferred. Host cells can also be prokaryotic cells, with E. coli cells most preferred.

The compounds of this invention largely can be made in transformed host cells using recombinant DNA techniques. To do so, a recombinant DNA molecule coding for the peptide is prepared. Methods of preparing such DNA molecules are well known in the art. For instance, sequences coding for the peptides could be excised from DNA using suitable restriction enzymes. Alternatively, the DNA molecule could be synthesized using chemical synthesis techniques, such as the phosphoramidate method. Also, a combination of these techniques could be used

The invention also includes a vector capable of expressing the peptides in an appropriate host. The vector comprises the DNA molecule that codes for the peptides operatively linked to appropriate expression control sequences. Methods of effecting this operative linking, either before or after the DNA molecule is inserted into the vector, are well known. Expression control sequences include promoters, activators, enhancers, operators, ribosomal binding sites, start signals, stop signals, cap signals, polyadenylation signals, and other signals involved with the control of transcription or translation.

The resulting vector having the DNA molecule thereon is used to transform an appropriate host. This transformation can be performed using methods well known in the art.

Any of a large number of available and well-known host cells can be used in the practice of this invention. The selection of a particular host is dependent upon a number of factors recognized by the art. These include, for example, compatibility with the chosen expression vector, toxicity of the peptides encoded by the DNA molecule, rate of transformation, ease of recovery of the peptides, expression characteristics, bio-safety and costs. A balance of these factors must be struck with the understanding that not all hosts can be equally effective for the expression of a particular DNA sequence. Within these general guidelines, useful microbial hosts include bacteria (such as E. coli sp.), yeast (such as Saccharomyces sp.) and other fungi, insects, plants, mammalian (including human) cells in culture, or other hosts known in the art.

Next, the transformed host is cultured and purified. Host cells can be cultured under conventional fermentation conditions so that the desired compounds are expressed. Such fermentation conditions are well known in the art. Finally, the peptides are purified from culture by methods well known in the art.

The compounds can also be made by synthetic methods. Solid phase synthesis is the preferred technique of making individual peptides since it is the most cost-effective method of making small peptides. For example, well known solid phase synthesis techniques include the use of protecting groups, linkers, and solid phase supports, as well as specific protection and deprotection reaction conditions, linker cleavage conditions, use of scavengers, and other aspects of solid phase peptide synthesis. Suitable techniques are well known in the art. (E.g., Merrifield (1973), Chem. Polypeptides, pp. 335-61 (Katsoyannis and Panayotis eds.); Merrifield (1963), J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85: 2149; Davis et al. (1985), Biochem. Intl. 10: 394-414; Stewart and Young (1969), Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis; U.S. Pat. No. 3,941,763; Finn et al. (1976), The Proteins (3rd ed.) 2: 105-253; and Erickson et al. (1976), The Proteins (3rd ed.) 2: 257-527; “Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis,” 3rd Edition, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Eds., John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999; NovaBiochem Catalog, 2000; “Synthetic Peptides, A User's Guide,” G. A. Grant, Ed., W.H. Freeman & Company, New York, N.Y., 1992; “Advanced Chemtech Handbook of Combinatorial & Solid Phase Organic Chemistry,” W. D. Bennet, J. W. Christensen, L. K. Hamaker, M. L. Peterson, M. R. Rhodes, and H. H. Saneii, Eds., Advanced Chemtech, 1998; “Principles of Peptide Synthesis, 2nd ed.,” M. Bodanszky, Ed., Springer-Verlag, 1993; “The Practice of Peptide Synthesis, 2nd ed.,” M. Bodanszky and A. Bodanszky, Eds., Springer-Verlag, 1994; “Protecting Groups,” P. J. Kocienski, Ed., Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, Germany, 1994; “Fmoc Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis, A Practical Approach,” W. C. Chan and P. D. White, Eds., Oxford Press, 2000, G. B. Fields et al., Synthetic Peptides: A User's Guide, 1990, 77-183).

Whether the compositions of the present invention are prepared by synthetic or recombinant techniques, suitable protein purification techniques can also be involved, when applicable. In some embodiments of the compositions of the invention, the toxin peptide portion and/or the half-life extending portion, or any other portion, can be prepared to include a suitable isotopic label (e.g., ¹²⁵I, ¹⁴C, ¹³C, ³⁵S, ³H, ²H, ¹³N, ¹⁵N, ¹⁸O, ¹⁷O, etc.), for ease of quantification or detection.

Compounds that contain derivatized peptides or which contain non-peptide groups can be synthesized by well-known organic chemistry techniques.

Uses of the Compounds

In general. The compounds of this invention have pharmacologic activity resulting from their ability to bind to proteins of interest as agonists, mimetics or antagonists of the native ligands of such proteins of interest. Heritable diseases that have a known linkage to ion channels (“channelopathies”) cover various fields of medicine, some of which include neurology, nephrology, myology and cardiology. A list of inherited disorders attributed to ion channels includes:

-   -   cystic fibrosis (Cl⁻ channel; CFTR),     -   Dent's disease (proteinuria and hypercalciuria; Cl⁻ channel;         CLCN5),     -   osteopetrosis (Cl⁻ channel; CLCN7),     -   familial hyperinsulinemia (SUR1; KCNJ11; K channel),     -   diabetes (KATP/SUR channel),     -   Andersen syndrome (KCNJ2, Kir2.1 K channel),     -   Bartter syndrome (KCNJ1; Kir1.1/ROMK; K channel),     -   hereditary hearing loss (KCNQ4; K channel),     -   hereditary hypertension (Liddle's syndrome; SCNN1; epithelial Na         channel),     -   dilated cardiomyopathy (SUR2, K channel),     -   long-QT syndrome or cardiac arrhythmias (cardiac potassium and         sodium channels),     -   Thymothy syndrome (CACNA1C, Cav1.2),     -   myasthenic syndromes (CHRNA, CHRNB, CNRNE; nAChR), and a variety         of other myopathies,     -   hyperkalemic periodic paralysis (Na and K channels),     -   epilepsy (Na⁺ and K⁺ channels),     -   hemiplegic migraine (CACNA1A, Cav2.1 Ca²⁺ channel and ATP1A2),     -   central core disease (RYR1, RyR1; Ca²⁺ channel), and     -   paramyotonia and myotonia (Na⁺, Cl⁻ channels)         See L. J. Ptacek and Y-H Fu (2004), Arch. Neurol. 61:         166-8; B. A. Niemeyer et al. (2001), EMBO reports 21: 568-73; F.         Lehmann-Horn and K. Jurkat-Rott (1999), Physiol. Rev. 79:         1317-72. Although the foregoing list concerned disorders of         inherited origin, molecules targeting the channels cited in         these disorders can also be useful in treating related disorders         of other, or indeterminate, origin.

In addition to the aforementioned disorders, evidence has also been provided supporting ion channels as targets for treatment of:

-   -   sickle cell anemia (IKCa1)—in sickle cell anemia, water loss         from erythrocytes leads to hemoglobin polymerization and         subsequent hemolysis and vascular obstruction. The water loss is         consequent to potassium efflux through the so-called Gardos         channel i.e., IKCa1. Therefore, block of IKCa1 is a potential         therapeutic treatment for sickle cell anemia.     -   glaucoma (BKCa), —in glaucoma the intraocular pressure is too         high leading to optic nerve damage, abnormal eye function and         possibly blindness. Block of BKCa potassium channels can reduce         intraocular fluid secretion and increase smooth muscle         contraction, possibly leading to lower intraocular pressure and         neuroprotection in the eye.     -   multiple sclerosis (Kv, KCa),     -   psoriasis (Kv, KCa),     -   arthritis (Kv, KCa),     -   asthma (KCa, Kv),     -   allergy(KCa, Kv),     -   COPD (KCa, Kv, Ca),     -   allergic rhinitis (KCa, Kv),     -   pulmonary fibrosis,     -   lupus (IKCa1, Kv),     -   transplantation, GvHD (KCa, Kv),     -   inflammatory bone resorption (KCa, Kv),     -   periodontal disease (KCa, Kv),     -   diabetes, type I (Kv), —type I diabetes is an autoimmune disease         that is characterized by abnormal glucose, protein and lipid         metabolism and is associated with insulin deficiency or         resistance. In this disease, Kv1.3-expressing T-lymphocytes         attack and destroy pancreatic islets leading to loss of         beta-cells. Block of Kv1.3 decreases inflammatory cytokines. In         addition block of Kv1.3 facilitates the translocation of GLUT4         to the plasma membrane, thereby increasing insulin sensitivity.     -   obesity (Kv), —Kv1.3 appears to play a critical role in         controlling energy homeostasis and in protecting against         diet-induced obesity. Consequently, Kv1.3 blockers could         increase metabolic rate, leading to greater energy utilization         and decreased body weight.     -   restenosis (KCa, Ca²⁺), —proliferation and migration of vascular         smooth muscle cells can lead to neointimal thickening and         vascular restenosis. Excessive neointimal vascular smooth muscle         cell proliferation is associated with elevated expression of         IKCa1. Therefore, block of IKCa1 could represent a therapeutic         strategy to prevent restenosis after angioplasty.     -   ischaemia (KCa, Ca²⁺), —in neuronal or cardiac ischemia,         depolarization of cell membranes leads to opening of         voltage-gated sodium and calcium channels. In turn this can lead         to calcium overload, which is cytotoxic. Block of voltage-gated         sodium and/or calcium channels can reduce calcium overload and         provide cytoprotective effects. In addition, due to their         critical role in controlling and stabilizing cell membrane         potential, modulators of voltage- and calcium-activated         potassium channels can also act to reduce calcium overload and         protect cells.     -   renal incontinence (KCa), renal incontinence is associated with         overactive bladder smooth muscle cells. Calcium-activated         potassium channels are expressed in bladder smooth muscle cells,         where they control the membrane potential and indirectly control         the force and frequency of cell contraction. Openers of         calcium-activated potassium channels therefore provide a         mechanism to dampen electrical and contractile activity in         bladder, leading to reduced urge to urinate.     -   osteoporosis (Kv),     -   pain, including migraine (Na_(v), TRP [transient receptor         potential channels], P2X, Ca²⁺), N-type voltage-gated calcium         channels are key regulators of nociceptive neurotransmission in         the spinal cord. Ziconotide, a peptide blocker of N-type calcium         channels reduces nociceptive neurotransmission and is approved         worldwide for the symptomatic alleviation of severe chronic pain         in humans. Novel blockers of nociceptor-specific N-type calcium         channels would be improved analgesics with reduced side-effect         profiles.     -   hypertension (Ca²⁺), —L-type and T-type voltage-gated calcium         channels are expressed in vascular smooth muscle cells where         they control excitation-contraction coupling and cellular         proliferation. In particular, T-type calcium channel activity         has been linked to neointima formation during hypertension.         Blockers of L-type and T-type calcium channels are useful for         the clinical treatment of hypertension because they reduce         calcium influx and inhibit smooth muscle cell contraction.     -   wound healing, cell migration serves a key role in wound         healing. Intracellular calcium gradients have been implicated as         important regulators of cellular migration machinery in         keratinocytes and fibroblasts. In addition, ion flux across cell         membranes is associated with cell volume changes. By controlling         cell volume, ion channels contribute to the intracellular         environment that is required for operation of the cellular         migration machinery. In particular, IKCa1 appears to be required         universally for cell migration. In addition, Kv1.3, Kv3.1, NMDA         receptors and N-type calcium channels are associated with the         migration of lymphocytes and neurons.     -   stroke,     -   Alzheimer's,     -   Parkenson's Disease (nACHR, Nav)     -   Bipolar Disorder (Nav, Cav)     -   cancer, many potassium channel genes are amplified and protein         subunits are upregulated in many cancerous condition. Consistent         with a pathophysiological role for potassium channel         upregulation, potassium channel blockers have been shown to         suppress proliferation of uterine cancer cells and         hepatocarcinoma cells, presumably through inhibition of calcium         influx and effects on calcium-dependent gene expression.     -   a variety of neurological, cardiovascular, metabolic and         autoimmune diseases.         -   Both agonists and antagonists of ion channels can achieve             therapeutic benefit. Therapeutic benefits can result, for             example, from antagonizing Kv1.3, IKCa1, SKCa, BKCa, N-type             or T-type Ca²⁺ channels and the like. Small molecule and             peptide antagonists of these channels have been shown to             possess utility in vitro and in vivo. Limitations in             production efficiency and pharmacokinetics, however, have             largely prevented clinical investigation of inhibitor             peptides of ion channels.

Compositions of this invention incorporating peptide antagonists of the voltage-gated potassium channel Kv1.3 are useful as immunosuppressive agents with therapeutic value for autoimmune diseases. For example, such molecules are useful in treating multiple sclerosis, type 1 diabetes, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease, and rheumatoid arthritis. (See, e.g., H. Wulff et al. (2003) J. Clin. Invest. 111, 1703-1713 and H. Rus et al. (2005) PNAS102, 11094-11099; Beeton et al., Targeting effector memory T cells with a selective inhibitor peptide of Kv1.3 channnels for therapy of autoimmune diseases, Molec. Pharmacol. 67(4):1369-81 (2005); 1 Beeton et al. (2006), Kv1.3: therapeutic target for cell-mediated autoimmune disease, electronic preprint at //webfiles.uci.edu/xythoswfs/webui/2670029.1). Inhibitors of the voltage-gated potassium channel Kv1.3 have been examined in a variety of preclinical animal models of inflammation. Small molecule and peptide inhibitors of Kv1.3 have been shown to block delayed type hypersensitivity responses to ovalbumin [C. Beeton et al. (2005) Mol. Pharmacol. 67, 1369] and tetanus toxoid [G. C. Koo et al. (1999) Clin. Immunol. 197, 99]. In addition to suppressing inflammation in the skin, inhibitors also reduced antibody production [G. C. Koo et al. (1997) J. Immunol. 158, 5120]. Kv1.3 antagonists have shown efficacy in a rat adoptive-transfer experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (AT-EAE) model of multiple sclerosis (MS). The Kv1.3 channel is overexpressed on myelin-specific T cells from MS patients, lending further support to the utility Kv1.3 inhibitors may provide in treating MS. Inflammatory bone resorption was also suppressed by Kv1.3 inhibitors in a preclinical adoptive-transfer model of periodontal disease [P. Valverde et al. (2004) J. Bone Mineral Res. 19, 155]. In this study, inhibitors additionally blocked antibody production to a bacterial outer membrane protein, —one component of the bacteria used to induce gingival inflammation. Recently in preclinical rat models, efficacy of Kv1.3 inhibitors was shown in treating pristane-induced arthritis and diabetes [C. Beeton et al. (2006) preprint available at //webfiles.uci.edu/xythoswfs/webui/_xy-2670029_(—)1.]. The Kv1.3 channel is expressed on all subsets of T cells and B cells, but effector memory T cells and class-switched memory B cells are particularly dependent on Kv1.3 [H. Wulff et al. (2004) J. Immunol. 173, 776]. GadS/insulin-specific T cells from patients with new onset type 1 diabetes, myelin-specific T cells from MS patients and T cells from the synovium of rheumatoid arthritis patients all overexpress Kv1.3 [C. Beeton et al. (2006) preprint at //webfiles.uci.edu/xythoswfs/webui/_xy-2670029_(—)1.]. Because mice deficient in Kv1.3 gained less weight when placed on a high fat diet [J. Xu et al. (2003) Human Mol. Genet. 12, 551] and showed altered glucose utilization [J. Xu et al. (2004) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 101, 3112], Kv1.3 is also being investigated for the treatment of obesity and diabetes. Breast cancer specimens [M. Abdul et al. (2003) Anticancer Res. 23, 3347] and prostate cancer cell lines [S. P. Fraser et al. (2003) Pflugers Arch. 446, 559] have also been shown to express Kv1.3, and Kv1.3 blockade may be of utility for treatment of cancer. Disorders that can be treated in accordance with the inventive method of treating an autoimmune disorder, involving Kv1.3 inhibitor toxin peptide(s), include multiple sclerosis, type 1 diabetes, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease, contact-mediated dermatitis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, asthma, allergy, restinosis, systemic sclerosis, fibrosis, scleroderma, glomerulonephritis, Sjogren syndrome, inflammatory bone resorption, transplant rejection, graft-versus-host disease, and systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) and other forms of lupus.

Some of the cells that express the calcium-activated potassium of intermediate conductance IKCa1 include T cells, B cells, mast cells and red blood cells (RBCs). T cells and RBCs from mice deficient in IKCa1 show defects in volume regulation [T. Begenisich et al. (2004) J. Biol. Chem. 279, 47681]. Preclinical and clinical studies have demonstrated IKCa1 inhibitors utility in treating sickle cell anemia [J. W. Stocker et al. (2003) Blood 101, 2412; www.icagen.com]. Blockers of the IKCa1 channel have also been shown to block EAE, indicating they may possess utility in treatment of MS [E. P. Reich et al. (2005) Eur. J. Immunol. 35, 1027]. IgE-mediated histamine production from mast cells is also blocked by IKCa1 inhibitors [S. Mark Duffy et al. (2004) J. Allergy Clin. Immunol. 114, 66], therefore they may also be of benefit in treating asthma. The IKCa1 channel is overexpressed on activated T and B lymphocytes [H. Wulff et al. (2004) J. Immunol. 173, 776] and thus may show utility in treatment of a wide variety of immune disorders. Outside of the immune system, IKCa1 inhibitors have also shown efficacy in a rat model of vascular restinosis and thus might represent a new therapeutic strategy to prevent restenosis after angioplasty [R. Kohler et al. (2003) Circulation 108, 1119]. It is also thought that IKCa1 antagonists are of utility in treatment of tumor angiogenesis since inhibitors suppressed endothelial cell proliferation and angionenesis in vivo [I. Grgic et al. (2005) Arterioscler. Thromb. Vasc. Biol. 25, 704]. The IKCa1 channel is upregulated in pancreatic tumors and inhibitors blocked proliferation of pancreatic tumor cell lines [H. Jager et al. (2004) Mol Pharmacol. 65, 630]. IKCa1 antagonists may also represent an approach to attenuate acute brain damage caused by traumatic brain injury [F. Mauler (2004) Eur. J. Neurosci. 20, 1761]. Disorders that can be treated with IKCa1 inhibitors include multiple sclerosis, asthma, psoriasis, contact-mediated dermatitis, rheumatoid & psoriatic arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, transplant rejection, graft-versus-host disease, Lupus, restinosis, pancreatic cancer, tumor angiogenesis and traumatic brain injury.

Accordingly, molecules of this invention incorporating peptide antagonists of the calcium-activated potassium channel of intermediate conductance, IKCa can be used to treat immune dysfunction, multiple sclerosis, type 1 diabetes, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease, contact-mediated dermatitis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, asthma, allergy, restinosis, systemic sclerosis, fibrosis, scleroderma, glomerulonephritis, Sjogren syndrome, inflammatory bone resorption, transplant rejection, graft-versus-host disease, and lupus.

Accordingly, the present invention includes a method of treating an autoimmune disorder, which involves administering to a patient who has been diagnosed with an autoimmune disorder, such as multiple sclerosis, type 1 diabetes, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease, contact-mediated dermatitis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, asthma, allergy, restinosis, systemic sclerosis, fibrosis, scleroderma, glomerulonephritis, Sjogren syndrome, inflammatory bone resorption, transplant rejection, graft-versus-host disease, or lupus, a therapeutically effective amount of the inventive composition of matter, whereby at least one symptom of the disorder is alleviated in the patient. “Alleviated” means to be lessened, lightened, diminished, softened, mitigated (i.e., made more mild or gentle), quieted, assuaged, abated, relieved, nullified, or allayed, regardless of whether the symptom of interest is entirely erased, eradicated, eliminated, or prevented in a particular patient.

The present invention is further directed to a method of preventing or mitigating a relapse of a symptom of multiple sclerosis, which method involves administering to a patient, who has previously experienced at least one symptom of multiple sclerosis, a prophylactically effective amount of the inventive composition of matter, such that the at least one symptom of multiple sclerosis is prevented from recurring or is mitigated.

The inventive compositions of matter preferred for use in practicing the inventive method of treating an autoimmune disorder and the method of preventing or mitigating a relapse of a symptom of multiple sclerosis include as P (conjugated as in Formula I), a Kv1.3 or IKCa1 antagonist peptide, such as a ShK peptide, an OSK1 peptide, a ChTx peptide and/or a Maurotoxin (MTx) peptide, or peptide analogs of any of these.

For example, the conjugated ShK peptide or ShK peptide analog can comprise an amino acid sequence selected from the following:

SEQ ID NOS: 5, 88 through 200, 548 through 561, 884 through 950, or 1295 through 1300 as set forth in Table 2.

The conjugated OSK1 peptide peptide or OSK1 peptide analog can comprise an amino acid sequence selected from the following:

SEQ ID NOS: 25, 294 through 298, 562 through 636, 980 through 1274, GVIINVSCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK (OSK1-S7) (SEQ ID NO: 1303), or GVIINVSCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK (OSK1-S7,K16,D20) (SEQ ID NO: 1308) as set forth in Table 7.

Also by way of example, a the conjugated MTX peptide, MTX peptide analog, ChTx peptide or ChTx peptide analog can comprise an amino acid sequence selected from: SEQ ID NOS: 20, 330 through 343, 1301, 1302, 1304 through 1307, 1309, 1311, 1312, or 1315 through 1336 as set forth in Table 13; or SEQ ID NOS: 36, 59, 344 through 346, or 1369 through 1390 as set forth in Table 14.

Also useful in these methods conjugated, or unconjugated, are a Kv1.3 or IKCa1 inhibitor toxin peptide analog that comprises an amino acid sequence selected from:

SEQ ID NOS: 88, 89, 92, 148 through 200, 548 through 561, 884 through 949, or 1295 through 1300 as set forth in Table 2; or

SEQ ID NOS: 980 through 1274, GVIINVSCKISRQCLEPCKKAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK (OSK1-S7) (SEQ ID NO: 1303), or GVIINVSCKISRQCLKPCKDAGMRFGKCMNGKCHCTPK (OSK1-S7,K16,D20) (SEQ ID NO: 1308) as set forth in Table 7; or

SEQ ID NOS: 330 through 337, 341, 1301, 1302, 1304 through 1307, 1309, 1311, 1312, and 1315 through 1336 as set forth in Table 13.

In accordance with these inventive methods, a patient who has been diagnosed with an autoimmune disorder, such as, but not limited to multiple sclerosis, type 1 diabetes, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease, contact-mediated dermatitis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, asthma, allergy, restinosis, systemic sclerosis, fibrosis, scleroderma, glomerulonephritis, Sjogren syndrome, inflammatory bone resorption, transplant rejection, graft-versus-host disease, or lupus, or a patient who has previously experienced at least one symptom of multiple sclerosis, are well-recognizable and/or diagnosed by the skilled practitioner, such as a physician, familiar with autoimmune disorders and their symptoms.

For example, symptoms of multiple sclerosis can include the following:

visual symptoms, such as, optic neuritis (blurred vision, eye pain, loss of color vision, blindness); diplopia (double vision); nystagmus (jerky eye movements); ocular dysmetria (constant under- or overshooting eye movements); internuclear ophthalmoplegia (lack of coordination between the two eyes, nystagmus, diplopia); movement and sound phosphenes (flashing lights when moving eyes or in response to a sudden noise); afferent pupillary defect (abnormal pupil responses);

motor symptoms, such as, paresis, monoparesis, paraparesis, hemiparesis, quadraparesis (muscle weakness—partial or mild paralysis); plegia, paraplegia, hemiplegia, tetraplegia, quadraplegia (paralysis—total or near total loss of muscle strength); spasticity (loss of muscle tone causing stiffness, pain and restricting free movement of affected limbs); dysarthria (slurred speech and related speech problems); muscle atrophy (wasting of muscles due to lack of use); spasms, cramps (involuntary contraction of muscles); hypotonia, clonus (problems with posture); myoclonus, myokymia (jerking and twitching muscles, tics); restless leg syndrome (involuntary leg movements, especially bothersome at night); footdrop (foot drags along floor during walking); dysfunctional reflexes (MSRs, Babinski's, Hoffman's, Chaddock's);

sensory symptoms, such as, paraesthesia (partial numbness, tingling, buzzing and vibration sensations); anaesthesia (complete numbness/loss of sensation); neuralgia, neuropathic and neurogenic pain (pain without apparent cause, burning, itching and electrical shock sensations); L'Hermitte's (electric shocks and buzzing sensations when moving head); proprioceptive dysfunction (loss of awareness of location of body parts); trigeminal neuralgia (facial pain);

coordination and balance symptoms, such as, ataxia (loss of coordination); intention tremor (shaking when performing fine movements); dysmetria (constant under- or overshooting limb movements); vestibular ataxia (abnormal balance function in the inner ear); vertigo (nausea/vomitting/sensitivity to travel sickness from vestibular ataxia); speech ataxia (problems coordinating speech, stuttering); dystonia (slow limb position feedback); dysdiadochokinesia (loss of ability to produce rapidly alternating movements, for example to move to a rhythm);

bowel, bladder and sexual symptoms, such as, frequent micturation, bladder spasticity (urinary urgency and incontinence); flaccid bladder, detrusor-sphincter dyssynergia (urinary hesitancy and retention); erectile dysfunction (male and female impotence); anorgasmy (inability to achieve orgasm); retrograde ejaculation (ejaculating into the bladder); frigidity (inability to become sexually aroused); constipation (infrequent or irregular bowel movements); fecal urgency (bowel urgency); fecal incontinence (bowel incontinence);

cognitive symptoms, such as, depression; cognitive dysfunction (short-term and long-term memory problems, forgetfulness, slow word recall); dementia; mood swings, emotional lability, euphoria; bipolar syndrome; anxiety; aphasia, dysphasia (impairments to speech comprehension and production); and

other symptoms, such as, fatigue; Uhthoffs Symptom (increase in severity of symptoms with heat); gastroesophageal reflux (acid reflux); impaired sense of taste and smell; epileptic seizures; swallowing problems, respiratory problems; and sleeping disorders.

The symptoms of multiple sclerosis enumerated above, are merely illustrative and are not intended to be an exhaustive description of all possible symptoms experienced by a single patient or by several sufferers in composite, and to which the present invention is directed. Those skilled in the art are aware of various clinical symptoms and constellations of symptoms of autoimmune disorders suffered by individual patients, and to those symptoms are also directed the present inventive methods of treating an autoimmune disorder or of preventing or mitigating a relapse of a symptom of multiple sclerosis.

The therapeutically effective amount, prophylactically effective amount, and dosage regimen involved in the inventive methods of treating an autoimmune disorder or of preventing or mitigating a relapse of a symptom of multiple sclerosis, will be determined by the attending physician, considering various factors which modify the action of therapeutic agents, such as the age, condition, body weight, sex and diet of the patient, the severity of the condition being treated, time of administration, and other clinical factors. Generally, the daily amount or regimen should be in the range of about 1 to about 10,000 micrograms (4) of the vehicle-conjugated peptide per kilogram (kg) of body mass, preferably about 1 to about 5000 μg per kilogram of body mass, and most preferably about 1 to about 1000 μg per kilogram of body mass.

Molecules of this invention incorporating peptide antagonists of the voltage-gated potassium channel Kv2.1 can be used to treat type II diabetes.

Molecules of this invention incorporating peptide antagonists of the M current (e.g., BeKm-1) can be used to treat Alzheimer's disease and enhance cognition.

Molecules of this invention incorporating peptide antagonists of the voltage-gated potassium channel Kv4.3 can be used to treat Alzheimer's disease.

Molecules of this invention incorporating peptide antagonists of the calcium-activated potassium channel of small conductance, SKCa can be used to treat epilepsy, memory, learning, neuropsychiatric, neurological, neuromuscular, and immunological disorders, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, sleep apnea, neurodegeneration, and smooth muscle disorders.

Molecules of this invention incorporating N-type calcium channel antagonist peptides are useful in alleviating pain. Peptides with such activity (e.g., Ziconotide™, ω-conotoxin-MVIIA) have been clinically validated.

Molecules of this invention incorporating T-type calcium channel antagonist peptides are useful in alleviating pain. Several lines of evidence have converged to indicate that inhibition of Cav3.2 in dorsal root ganglia may bring relief from chronic pain. T-type calcium channels are found at extremely high levels in the cell bodies of a subset of neurons in the DRG; these are likely mechanoreceptors adapted to detect slowly-moving stimuli (Shin et al., Nature Neuroscience 6:724-730, 2003), and T-type channel activity is likely responsible for burst spiking (Nelson et al., J Neurosci 25:8766-8775, 2005). Inhibition of T-type channels by either mibefradil or ethosuximide reverses mechanical allodynia in animals induced by nerve injury (Dogrul et al., Pain 105:159-168, 2003) or by chemotherapy (Flatters and Bennett, Pain 109:150-161, 2004). Antisense to Cav3.2, but not Cav3.1 or Cav3.3, increases pain thresholds in animals and also reduces expression of Cav3.2 protein in the DRG (Bourinet et al., EMBO J 24:315-324, 2005). Similarly, locally injected reducing agents produce pain and increase Cav3.2 currents, oxidizing agents reduce pain and inhibit Cav3.2 currents, and peripherally administered neurosteroids are analgesic and inhibit T-type currents from DRG (Todorovic et al., Pain 109:328-339, 2004; Pathirathna et al., Pain 114:429-443, 2005). Accordingly, it is thought that inhibition of Cav3.2 in the cell bodies of DRG neurons can inhibit the repetitive spiking of these neurons associated with chronic pain states.

Molecules of this invention incorporating L-type calcium channel antagonist peptides are useful in treating hypertension. Small molecules with such activity (e.g., DHP) have been clinically validated.

Molecules of this invention incorporating peptide antagonists of the Na_(V)1 (TTX_(S)-type) channel can be used to alleviate pain. Local anesthetics and tricyclic antidepressants with such activity have been clinically validated. Such molecules of this invention can in particular be useful as muscle relaxants.

Molecules of this invention incorporating peptide antagonists of the Na_(V)1(TTX_(R)-type) channel can be used to alleviate pain arising from nerve and or tissue injury.

Molecules of this invention incorporating peptide antagonists of glial & epithelial cell Ca²⁺-activated chloride channel can be used to treat cancer and diabetes.

Molecules of this invention incorporating peptide antagonists of NMDA receptors can be used to treat pain, epilepsy, brain and spinal cord injury.

Molecules of this invention incorporating peptide antagonists of nicotinic receptors can be used as muscle relaxants. Such molecules can be used to treat pain, gastric motility disorders, urinary incontinence, nicotine addiction, and mood disorders.

Molecules of this invention incorporating peptide antagonists of 5HT3 receptor can be used to treat Nausea, pain, and anxiety.

Molecules of this invention incorporating peptide antagonists of the norepinephrine transporter can be used to treat pain, anti-depressant, learning, memory, and urinary incontinence.

Molecules of this invention incorporating peptide antagonists of the Neurotensin receptor can be used to treat pain.

In addition to therapeutic uses, the compounds of the present invention can be useful in diagnosing diseases characterized by dysfunction of their associated protein of interest. In one embodiment, a method of detecting in a biological sample a protein of interest (e.g., a receptor) that is capable of being activated comprising the steps of: (a) contacting the sample with a compound of this invention; and (b) detecting activation of the protein of interest by the compound. The biological samples include tissue specimens, intact cells, or extracts thereof. The compounds of this invention can be used as part of a diagnostic kit to detect the presence of their associated proteins of interest in a biological sample. Such kits employ the compounds of the invention having an attached label to allow for detection. The compounds are useful for identifying normal or abnormal proteins of interest.

The therapeutic methods, compositions and compounds of the present invention can also be employed, alone or in combination with other molecules in the treatment of disease.

Pharmaceutical Compositions

In General. The present invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising the inventive composition of matter and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Such pharmaceutical compositions can be configured for administration to a patient by a wide variety of delivery routes, e.g., an intravascular delivery route such as by injection or infusion, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, epidural, or intrathecal delivery routes, or for oral, enteral, pulmonary (e.g., inhalant), intranasal, transmucosal (e.g., sublingual administration), transdermal or other delivery routes and/or forms of administration known in the art. The inventive pharmaceutical compositions may be prepared in liquid form, or may be in dried powder form, such as lyophilized form. For oral or enteral use, the pharmaceutical compositions can be configured, for example, as tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, syrups, elixirs or enteral formulas.

In the practice of this invention the “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” is any physiologically tolerated substance known to those of ordinary skill in the art useful in formulating pharmaceutical compositions, including, any pharmaceutically acceptable diluents, excipients, dispersants, binders, fillers, glidants, anti-frictional agents, compression aids, tablet-disintegrating agents (disintegrants), suspending agents, lubricants, flavorants, odorants, sweeteners, permeation or penetration enhancers, preservatives, surfactants, solubilizers, emulsifiers, thickeners, adjuvants, dyes, coatings, encapsulating material(s), and/or other additives singly or in combination. Such pharmaceutical compositions can include diluents of various buffer content (e.g., Tris-HCl, acetate, phosphate), pH and ionic strength; additives such as detergents and solubilizing agents (e.g., Tween®80, Polysorbate 80), anti-oxidants (e.g., ascorbic acid, sodium metabisulfite), preservatives (e.g., Thimersol®, benzyl alcohol) and bulking substances (e.g., lactose, mannitol); incorporation of the material into particulate preparations of polymeric compounds such as polylactic acid, polyglycolic acid, etc. or into liposomes. Hyaluronic acid can also be used, and this can have the effect of promoting sustained duration in the circulation. Such compositions can influence the physical state, stability, rate of in vivo release, and rate of in vivo clearance of the present proteins and derivatives. See, e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed. (1990, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 18042) pages 1435-1712, which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. The compositions can be prepared in liquid form, or can be in dried powder, such as lyophilized form. Implantable sustained release formulations are also useful, as are transdermal or transmucosal formulations. Additionally (or alternatively), the present invention provides compositions for use in any of the various slow or sustained release formulations or microparticle formulations known to the skilled artisan, for example, sustained release microparticle formulations, which can be administered via pulmonary, intranasal, or subcutaneous delivery routes.

One can dilute the inventive compositions or increase the volume of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention with an inert material. Such diluents can include carbohydrates, especially, mannitol, α-lactose, anhydrous lactose, cellulose, sucrose, modified dextrans and starch. Certain inorganic salts may also be used as fillers, including calcium triphosphate, magnesium carbonate and sodium chloride. Some commercially available diluents are Fast-Flo, Emdex, STA-Rx 1500, Emcompress and Avicell.

A variety of conventional thickeners are useful in creams, ointments, suppository and gel configurations of the pharmaceutical composition, such as, but not limited to, alginate, xanthan gum, or petrolatum, may also be employed in such configurations of the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention. A permeation or penetration enhancer, such as polyethylene glycol monolaurate, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-pyrrolidone, or 3-hydroxy-N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone can also be employed. Useful techniques for producing hydrogel matrices are known. (E.g., Feijen, Biodegradable hydrogel matrices for the controlled release of pharmacologically active agents, U.S. Pat. No. 4,925,677; Shah et al., Biodegradable pH/thermosensitive hydrogels for sustained delivery of biologically active agents, WO 00/38651 A1). Such biodegradable gel matrices can be formed, for example, by crosslinking a proteinaceous component and a polysaccharide or mucopolysaccharide component, then loading with the inventive composition of matter to be delivered.

Liquid pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention that are sterile solutions or suspensions can be administered to a patient by injection, for example, intramuscularly, intrathecally, epidurally, intravascularly (e.g., intravenously or intraarterially), intraperitoneally or subcutaneously. (See, e.g., Goldenberg et al., Suspensions for the sustained release of proteins, U.S. Pat. No. 6,245,740 and WO 00/38652 A1). Sterile solutions can also be administered by intravenous infusion. The inventive composition can be included in a sterile solid pharmaceutical composition, such as a lyophilized powder, which can be dissolved or suspended at a convenient time before administration to a patient using sterile water, saline, buffered saline or other appropriate sterile injectable medium.

Implantable sustained release formulations are also useful embodiments of the inventive pharmaceutical compositions. For example, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, being a biodegradable matrix implanted within the body or under the skin of a human or non-human vertebrate, can be a hydrogel similar to those described above. Alternatively, it may be formed from a poly-alpha-amino acid component. (Sidman, Biodegradable, implantable drug delivery device, and process for preparing and using same, U.S. Pat. No. 4,351,337). Other techniques for making implants for delivery of drugs are also known and useful in accordance with the present invention.

In powder forms, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is a finely divided solid, which is in admixture with finely divided active ingredient(s), including the inventive composition. For example, in some embodiments, a powder form is useful when the pharmaceutical composition is configured as an inhalant. (See, e.g., Zeng et al., Method of preparing dry powder inhalation compositions, WO 2004/017918; Trunk et al., Salts of the CGRP antagonist BIBN4096 and inhalable powdered medicaments containing them, U.S. Pat. No. 6,900,317).

One can dilute or increase the volume of the compound of the invention with an inert material. These diluents could include carbohydrates, especially mannitol, α-lactose, anhydrous lactose, cellulose, sucrose, modified dextrans and starch. Certain inorganic salts can also be used as fillers including calcium triphosphate, magnesium carbonate and sodium chloride. Some commercially available diluents are Fast-Flo™, Emdex™, STA-Rx™ 1500, Emcompress™ and Avicell™.

Disintegrants can be included in the formulation of the pharmaceutical composition into a solid dosage form. Materials used as disintegrants include but are not limited to starch including the commercial disintegrant based on starch, Explotab™. Sodium starch glycolate, Amberlite™ sodium carboxymethylcellulose, ultramylopectin, sodium alginate, gelatin, orange peel, acid carboxymethyl cellulose, natural sponge and bentonite can all be used. Insoluble cationic exchange resin is another form of disintegrant. Powdered gums can be used as disintegrants and as binders and these can include powdered gums such as agar, Karaya or tragacanth. Alginic acid and its sodium salt are also useful as disintegrants.

Binders can be used to hold the therapeutic agent together to form a hard tablet and include materials from natural products such as acacia, tragacanth, starch and gelatin. Others include methyl cellulose (MC), ethyl cellulose (EC) and carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC). Polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP) and hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC) could both be used in alcoholic solutions to granulate the therapeutic.

An antifrictional agent can be included in the formulation of the therapeutic to prevent sticking during the formulation process. Lubricants can be used as a layer between the therapeutic and the die wall, and these can include but are not limited to; stearic acid including its magnesium and calcium salts, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), liquid paraffin, vegetable oils and waxes. Soluble lubricants can also be used such as sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium lauryl sulfate, polyethylene glycol of various molecular weights, Carbowax 4000 and 6000.

Glidants that might improve the flow properties of the drug during formulation and to aid rearrangement during compression might be added. The glidants can include starch, talc, pyrogenic silica and hydrated silicoaluminate.

To aid dissolution of the compound of this invention into the aqueous environment a surfactant might be added as a wetting agent. Surfactants can include anionic detergents such as sodium lauryl sulfate, dioctyl sodium sulfosuccinate and dioctyl sodium sulfonate. Cationic detergents might be used and could include benzalkonium chloride or benzethonium chloride. The list of potential nonionic detergents that could be included in the formulation as surfactants are lauromacrogol 400, polyoxyl 40 stearate, polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil 10, 50 and 60, glycerol monostearate, polysorbate 40, 60, 65 and 80, sucrose fatty acid ester, methyl cellulose and carboxymethyl cellulose. These surfactants could be present in the formulation of the protein or derivative either alone or as a mixture in different ratios.

Oral dosage forms. Also useful are oral dosage forms of the inventive compositions. If necessary, the composition can be chemically modified so that oral delivery is efficacious. Generally, the chemical modification contemplated is the attachment of at least one moiety to the molecule itself, where said moiety permits (a) inhibition of proteolysis; and (b) uptake into the blood stream from the stomach or intestine. Also desired is the increase in overall stability of the compound and increase in circulation time in the body. Moieties useful as covalently attached half-life extending moieties in this invention can also be used for this purpose. Examples of such moieties include: PEG, copolymers of ethylene glycol and propylene glycol, carboxymethyl cellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyproline. See, for example, Abuchowski and Davis (1981), Soluble Polymer-Enzyme Adducts, Enzymes as Drugs (Hocenberg and Roberts, eds.), Wiley-Interscience, New York, N.Y., pp 367-83; Newmark, et al. (1982), J. Appl. Biochem. 4:185-9. Other polymers that could be used are poly-1,3-dioxolane and poly-1,3,6-tioxocane. Preferred for pharmaceutical usage, as indicated above, are PEG moieties.

For oral delivery dosage forms, it is also possible to use a salt of a modified aliphatic amino acid, such as sodium N-(8-[2-hydroxybenzoyl]amino) caprylate (SNAC), as a carrier to enhance absorption of the therapeutic compounds of this invention. The clinical efficacy of a heparin formulation using SNAC has been demonstrated in a Phase II trial conducted by Emisphere Technologies. See U.S. Pat. No. 5,792,451, “Oral drug delivery composition and methods.”

In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can be a liquid and the pharmaceutical composition is prepared in the form of a solution, suspension, emulsion, syrup, elixir or pressurized composition. The active ingredient(s) (e.g., the inventive composition of matter) can be dissolved, diluted or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier such as water, an organic solvent, a mixture of both, or pharmaceutically acceptable oils or fats. The liquid carrier can contain other suitable pharmaceutical additives such as detergents and/or solubilizers (e.g., Tween 80, Polysorbate 80), emulsifiers, buffers at appropriate pH (e.g., Tris-HCl, acetate, phosphate), adjuvants, anti-oxidants (e.g., ascorbic acid, sodium metabisulfite), preservatives (e.g., Thimersol, benzyl alcohol), sweeteners, flavoring agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, bulking substances (e.g., lactose, mannitol), colors, viscosity regulators, stabilizers, electrolytes, osmolutes or osmo-regulators. Additives can also be included in the formulation to enhance uptake of the inventive composition. Additives potentially having this property are for instance the fatty acids oleic acid, linoleic acid and linolenic acid.

Useful are oral solid dosage forms, which are described generally in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (1990), supra, in Chapter 89, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Solid dosage forms include tablets, capsules, pills, troches or lozenges, cachets or pellets. Also, liposomal or proteinoid encapsulation can be used to formulate the present compositions (as, for example, proteinoid microspheres reported in U.S. Pat. No. 4,925,673). Liposomal encapsulation can be used and the liposomes can be derivatized with various polymers (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,013,556). A description of possible solid dosage forms for the therapeutic is given in Marshall, K., Modern Pharmaceutics (1979), edited by G. S. Banker and C. T. Rhodes, in Chapter 10, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. In general, the formulation will include the inventive compound, and inert ingredients that allow for protection against the stomach environment, and release of the biologically active material in the intestine.

The composition of this invention can be included in the formulation as fine multiparticulates in the form of granules or pellets of particle size about 1 mm. The formulation of the material for capsule administration could also be as a powder, lightly compressed plugs or even as tablets. The therapeutic could be prepared by compression.

Colorants and flavoring agents can all be included. For example, the protein (or derivative) can be formulated (such as by liposome or microsphere encapsulation) and then further contained within an edible product, such as a refrigerated beverage containing colorants and flavoring agents.

In tablet form, the active ingredient(s) are mixed with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier having the necessary compression properties in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired.

The powders and tablets preferably contain up to 99% of the active ingredient(s). Suitable solid carriers include, for example, calcium phosphate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugars, lactose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine, low melting waxes and ion exchange resins.

Controlled release formulation can be desirable. The composition of this invention could be incorporated into an inert matrix that permits release by either diffusion or leaching mechanisms e.g., gums. Slowly degenerating matrices can also be incorporated into the formulation, e.g., alginates, polysaccharides. Another form of a controlled release of the compositions of this invention is by a method based on the Oros™ therapeutic system (Alza Corp.), i.e., the drug is enclosed in a semipermeable membrane which allows water to enter and push drug out through a single small opening due to osmotic effects. Some enteric coatings also have a delayed release effect.

Other coatings can be used for the formulation. These include a variety of sugars that could be applied in a coating pan. The therapeutic agent could also be given in a film-coated tablet and the materials used in this instance are divided into 2 groups. The first are the nonenteric materials and include methylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, methylhydroxy-ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl-methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, providone and the polyethylene glycols. The second group consists of the enteric materials that are commonly esters of phthalic acid.

A mix of materials might be used to provide the optimum film coating. Film coating can be carried out in a pan coater or in a fluidized bed or by compression coating.

Pulmonary delivery forms. Pulmonary delivery of the inventive compositions is also useful. The protein (or derivative) is delivered to the lungs of a mammal while inhaling and traverses across the lung epithelial lining to the blood stream. (Other reports of this include Adjei et al., Pharma. Res. (1990) 7: 565-9; Adjei et al. (1990), Internatl. J. Pharmaceutics 63: 135-44 (leuprolide acetate); Braquet et al. (1989), J. Cardiovasc. Pharmacol. 13 (supp1.5): s. 143-146 (endothelin-1); Hubbard et al. (1989), Annals Int. Med. 3: 206-12 (α1-antitrypsin); Smith et al. (1989), J. Clin. Invest. 84: 1145-6 (α1-proteinase); Oswein et al. (March 1990), “Aerosolization of Proteins,” Proc. Symp. Resp. Drug Delivery II, Keystone, Colo. (recombinant human growth hormone); Debs et al. (1988), J. Immunol. 140: 3482-8 (interferon-γ and tumor necrosis factor α) and Platz et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,284,656 (granulocyte colony stimulating factor).

Useful in the practice of this invention are a wide range of mechanical devices designed for pulmonary delivery of therapeutic products, including but not limited to nebulizers, metered dose inhalers, and powder inhalers, all of which are familiar to those skilled in the art. Some specific examples of commercially available devices suitable for the practice of this invention are the Ultravent nebulizer, manufactured by Mallinckrodt, Inc., St. Louis, Mo.; the Acorn II nebulizer, manufactured by Marquest Medical Products, Englewood, Colo.; the Ventolin metered dose inhaler, manufactured by Glaxo Inc., Research Triangle Park, N.C.; and the Spinhaler powder inhaler, manufactured by Fisons Corp., Bedford, Mass. (See, e.g., Helgesson et al., Inhalation device, U.S. Pat. No. 6,892,728; McDerment et al., Dry powder inhaler, WO 02/11801 A1; Ohki et al., Inhalant medicator, U.S. Pat. No. 6,273,086).

All such devices require the use of formulations suitable for the dispensing of the inventive compound. Typically, each formulation is specific to the type of device employed and can involve the use of an appropriate propellant material, in addition to diluents, adjuvants and/or carriers useful in therapy.

The inventive compound should most advantageously be prepared in particulate form with an average particle size of less than 10 μm (or microns), most preferably 0.5 to 5 μm, for most effective delivery to the distal lung.

Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include carbohydrates such as trehalose, mannitol, xylitol, sucrose, lactose, and sorbitol. Other ingredients for use in formulations can include DPPC, DOPE, DSPC and DOPC. Natural or synthetic surfactants can be used. PEG can be used (even apart from its use in derivatizing the protein or analog). Dextrans, such as cyclodextran, can be used. Bile salts and other related enhancers can be used. Cellulose and cellulose derivatives can be used. Amino acids can be used, such as use in a buffer formulation.

Also, the use of liposomes, microcapsules or microspheres, inclusion complexes, or other types of carriers is contemplated.

Formulations suitable for use with a nebulizer, either jet or ultrasonic, will typically comprise the inventive compound dissolved in water at a concentration of about 0.1 to 25 mg of biologically active protein per mL of solution. The formulation can also include a buffer and a simple sugar (e.g., for protein stabilization and regulation of osmotic pressure). The nebulizer formulation can also contain a surfactant, to reduce or prevent surface induced aggregation of the protein caused by atomization of the solution in forming the aerosol.

Formulations for use with a metered-dose inhaler device will generally comprise a finely divided powder containing the inventive compound suspended in a propellant with the aid of a surfactant. The propellant can be any conventional material employed for this purpose, such as a chlorofluorocarbon, a hydrochlorofluorocarbon, a hydrofluorocarbon, or a hydrocarbon, including trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorodifluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethanol, and 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane, or combinations thereof. Suitable surfactants include sorbitan trioleate and soya lecithin. Oleic acid can also be useful as a surfactant. (See, e.g., Backstrom et al., Aerosol drug formulations containing hydrofluoroalkanes and alkyl saccharides, U.S. Pat. No. 6,932,962).

Formulations for dispensing from a powder inhaler device will comprise a finely divided dry powder containing the inventive compound and can also include a bulking agent, such as lactose, sorbitol, sucrose, mannitol, trehalose, or xylitol in amounts which facilitate dispersal of the powder from the device, e.g., 50 to 90% by weight of the formulation.

Nasal delivery forms. In accordance with the present invention, intranasal delivery of the inventive composition of matter and/or pharmaceutical compositions is also useful, which allows passage thereof to the blood stream directly after administration to the inside of the nose, without the necessity for deposition of the product in the lung. Formulations suitable for intransal administration include those with dextran or cyclodextran, and intranasal delivery devices are known. (See, e.g., Freezer, Inhaler, U.S. Pat. No. 4,083,368).

Transdermal and transmucosal (e.g., buccal) delivery forms). In some embodiments, the inventive composition is configured as a part of a pharmaceutically acceptable transdermal or transmucosal patch or a troche. Transdermal patch drug delivery systems, for example, matrix type transdermal patches, are known and useful for practicing some embodiments of the present pharmaceutical compositions. (E.g., Chien et al., Transdermal estrogen/progestin dosage unit, system and process, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,906,169 and 5,023,084; Cleary et al., Diffusion matrix for transdermal drug administration and transdermal drug delivery devices including same, U.S. Pat. No. 4,911,916; Teillaud et al., EVA-based transdermal matrix system for the administration of an estrogen and/or a progestogen, U.S. Pat. No. 5,605,702; Venkateshwaran et al., Transdermal drug delivery matrix for coadministering estradiol and another steroid, U.S. Pat. No. 5,783,208; Ebert et al., Methods for providing testosterone and optionally estrogen replacement therapy to women, U.S. Pat. No. 5,460,820). A variety of pharmaceutically acceptable systems for transmucosal delivery of therapeutic agents are also known in the art and are compatible with the practice of the present invention. (E.g., Heiber et al., Transmucosal delivery of macromolecular drugs, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,346,701 and 5,516,523; Longenecker et al., Transmembrane formulations for drug administration, U.S. Pat. No. 4,994,439).

Buccal delivery of the inventive compositions is also useful. Buccal delivery formulations are known in the art for use with peptides. For example, known tablet or patch systems configured for drug delivery through the oral mucosa (e.g., sublingual mucosa), include some embodiments that comprise an inner layer containing the drug, a permeation enhancer, such as a bile salt or fusidate, and a hydrophilic polymer, such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, dextran, pectin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, starch, gelatin, or any number of other polymers known to be useful for this purpose. This inner layer can have one surface adapted to contact and adhere to the moist mucosal tissue of the oral cavity and can have an opposing surface adhering to an overlying non-adhesive inert layer. Optionally, such a transmucosal delivery system can be in the form of a bilayer tablet, in which the inner layer also contains additional binding agents, flavoring agents, or fillers. Some useful systems employ a non-ionic detergent along with a permeation enhancer. Transmucosal delivery devices may be in free form, such as a cream, gel, or ointment, or may comprise a determinate form such as a tablet, patch or troche. For example, delivery of the inventive composition can be via a transmucosal delivery system comprising a laminated composite of, for example, an adhesive layer, a backing layer, a permeable membrane defining a reservoir containing the inventive composition, a peel seal disc underlying the membrane, one or more heat seals, and a removable release liner. (E.g., Ebert et al., Transdermal delivery system with adhesive overlay and peel seal disc, U.S. Pat. No. 5,662,925; Chang et al., Device for administering an active agent to the skin or mucosa, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,849,224 and 4,983,395). These examples are merely illustrative of available transmucosal drug delivery technology and are not limiting of the present invention.

Dosages. The dosage regimen involved in a method for treating the above-described conditions will be determined by the attending physician, considering various factors which modify the action of drugs, e.g. the age, condition, body weight, sex and diet of the patient, the severity of any infection, time of administration and other clinical factors. Generally, the daily regimen should be in the range of 0.1-1000 micrograms of the inventive compound per kilogram of body weight, preferably 0.1-150 micrograms per kilogram.

WORKING EXAMPLES

The compositions described above can be prepared as described below. These examples are not to be construed in any way as limiting the scope of the present invention.

Example 1 Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] Mammalian Expression

Fc-L10-ShK[1-35], also referred to as “Fc-2xL-ShK[1-35]”, an inhibitor of Kv1.3. A DNA sequence coding for the Fc region of human IgG1 fused in-frame to a linker sequence and a monomer of the Kv1.3 inhibitor peptide ShK[1-35] was constructed as described below. Methods for expressing and purifying the peptibody from mammalian cells (HEK 293 and Chinese Hamster Ovary cells) are disclosed herein.

The expression vector pcDNA3.1(+)CMVi (FIG. 13A) was constructed by replacing the CMV promoter between MluI and HindIII in pcDNA3.1(+) with the CMV promoter plus intron (Invitrogen). The expression vector pcDNA3.1(+)CMVi-hFc-ActivinRIIB (FIG. 13B) was generated by cloning a HindIII-NotI digested PCR product containing a 5′ Kozak sequence, a signal peptide and the human Fc-linker-ActivinRIIB fusion protein with the large fragment of HindIII-NotI digested pcDNA3.1(+)CMVi. The nucleotide and amino acid sequence of the human IgG1 Fc region in pcDNA3.1(+)CMVi-hFc-ActivinRIIB is shown in FIG. 3. This vector also has a GGGGSGGGGS (“L10”; SEQ ID NO:79) linker split by a BamHI site thus enabling with the oligo below formation of the 10 amino acid linker between Fc and the ShK[1-35] peptide (see FIG. 14) for the final Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] nucleotide and amino acid sequence (FIG. 14 and SEQ ID NO: 77 and SEQ ID NO:78).

The Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] expression vector was constructing using PCR strategies to generate the full length ShK gene linked to a four glycine and one serine amino acid linker (lower case letters here indicate linker sequence of L-form amino acid residues) with two stop codons and flanked by BamHI and NotI restriction sites as shown below.

BamHI GGATCCGGAGGAGGAGGAAGCCGCAGCTGCATCGACACCATCCCCAAG SEQ ID NO: 657       g  g  g  g  s  R  S  C  I  D  T  I  P  K SEQ ID NO: 658 AGCCGCTGCACCGCCTTCCAGTGCAAGCACAGCATGAAGTACCGCCTG S  R  C  T  A  F  Q  C  K  H  S  M  K  Y  R  L AGCTTCTGCCGCAAGACCTGCGGCACCTGCTAATGAGCGGCCGC// S  F  C  R  K  T  C  G  T  C          NotI//

Two oligos with the sequence as depicted below were used in a PCR reaction with Herculase™ polymerase (Stratagene) at 94° C.-30 sec, 50° C.-30 sec, and 72° C.-1 min for 30 cycles.

SEQ ID NO: 659 cat gga tcc gga gga gga gga agc cgc agc tgc atc gac acc atc ccc aag agc cgc tgc acc gcc ttc cag tgc aag cac // SEQ ID NO: 660 cat gcg gcc gct cat tag cag gtg ccg cag gtc ttg cgg cag aag ctc agg cgg tac ttc atg ctg tgc ttg cac tgg aag g //

The resulting PCR products were resolved as the 150 bp bands on a one percent agarose gel. The 150 bp PCR product was digested with BamHI and NotI (Roche) restriction enzymes and agarose gel purified by Gel Purification Kit (Qiagen). At the same time, the pcDNA3.1(+)CMVi-hFc-ActivinRIIB vector (FIG. 13B) was digested with BamHI and NotI restriction enzymes and the large fragment was purified by Gel Purification Kit. The gel purified PCR fragment was ligated to the purified large fragment and transformed into XL-1blue bacteria (Stratagene). DNAs from transformed bacterial colonies were isolated and digested with BamHI and NotI restriction enzyme digestion and resolved on a one percent agarose gel. DNAs resulting in an expected pattern were submitted for sequencing. Although, analysis of several sequences of clones yielded a 100% percent match with the above sequence, only one clone was selected for large scaled plasmid purification. The DNA from Fc-2xL-ShK in pcDNA3.1(+)CMVi clone was resequenced to confirm the Fc and linker regions and the sequence was 100% identical to the predicted coding sequence, which is shown in FIG. 14.

HEK-293 cells used in transient transfection expression of Fc-2xL-ShK[1-35] in pcDNA3.1(+)CMVi protein were cultured in growth medium containing DMEM High Glucose (Gibco), 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS from Gibco) and 1× non-essential amino acid (NEAA from Gibco). 5.6 ug of Fc-2xL-ShK[1-35] in pcDNA3.1(+)CMVi plasmid that had been phenol/chloroform extracted was transfected into HEK-293 cells using Fugene 6 (Roche). The cells recovered for 24 hours, and then placed in DMEM High Glucose and 1×NEAA medium for 48 hours. The conditioned medium was concentrated 50× by running 30 ml through Centriprep YM-10 filter (Amicon) and further concentrated by a Centricon YM-10 (Amicon) filter. Various amounts of concentrated medium were mixed with an in-house 4× Loading Buffer (without B-mercaptoethanol) and electrophoresed on a Novex 4-20% tris-glycine gel using a Novex Xcell II apparatus at 101V/46 mA for 2 hours in a 5× Tank buffer solution (0.123 Tris Base, 0.96M Glycine) along with 10 ul of BenchMark Pre-Stained Protein ladder (Invitrogen). The gel was then soaked in Electroblot buffer (35 mM Tris base, 20% methanol, 192 mM glycine) for 30 minutes. A PVDF membrane from Novex (Cat. No. LC2002, 0.2 um pores size) was soaked in methanol for 30 seconds to activate the PVDF, rinsed with deionized water, and soaked in Electroblot buffer. The pre-soaked gel was blotted to the PVDF membrane using the XCell II Blot module according to the manufacturer instructions (Novex) at 40 mA for 2 hours. Then, the blot was first soaked in a 5% milk (Carnation) in Tris buffered saline solution pH7.5 (TBS) for 1 hour at room temperature and incubated with 1:500 dilution in TBS with 0.1% Tween-20 (TBST Sigma) and 1% milk buffer of the HRP-conjugated murine anti-human Fc antibody (Zymed Laboratores Cat. no. 05-3320) for two hours shaking at room temperature. The blot was then washed three times in TBST for 15 minutes per wash at room temperature. The primary antibody was detected using Amersham Pharmacia Biotech's ECL western blotting detection reagents according to manufacturer's instructions. Upon ECL detection, the western blot analysis displayed the expected size of 66 kDa under non-reducing gel conditions (FIG. 24A).

AM1 CHOd- (Amgen Proprietary) cells used in the stable expression of Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] protein were cultured in AM1 CHOd- growth medium containing DMEM High Glucose, 10% fetal bovine serum, 1× hypoxantine/thymidine (HT from Gibco) and 1×NEAA. 6.5 ug of pcDNA3.1(+)CMVi-Fc-ShK plasmid was also transfected into AM1 CHOd- cells using Fugene 6. The following day, the transfected cells were plated into twenty 15 cm dishes and selected using DMEM high glucose, 10% FBS, 1×HT, 1×NEAA and Geneticin (800 ug/ml G418 from Gibco) for thirteen days. Forty-eight surviving colonies were picked into two 24-well plates. The plates were allowed to grow up for a week and then replicated for freezing. One set of each plate was transferred to AM1 CHOd- growth medium without 10% FBS for 48 hours and the conditioned media were harvested. Western Blot analysis similar to the transient Western blot analysis with detection by the same anti-human Fc antibody was used to screen 15 ul of conditioned medium for expressing stable CHO clones. Of the 48 stable clones, more than 50% gave ShK expression at the expected size of 66 kDa. The BB6, BD5 and BD6 clones were selected with BD5 and BD6 as a backup to the primary clone BB6 (FIG. 24B).

The BB6 clone was scaled up into ten roller bottles (Corning) using AM1 CHOd- growth medium and grown to confluency as judged under the microscope. Then, the medium was exchanged with a serum-free medium containing to 50% DMEM high glucose and 50% Ham's F12 (Gibco) with 1×HT and 1×NEAA and let incubate for one week. The conditioned medium was harvested at the one-week incubation time, filtered through 0.45 μm filter (Corning) and frozen. Fresh serum-free medium was added and incubated for an additional week. The conditioned serum-free medium was harvested like the first time and frozen.

Approximately 4 L of conditioned medium was thawed in a water bath at room temperature. The medium was concentrated to about 450 ml using a Satorius Sartocon Polysulfon 10 tangential flow ultra-filtration cassette (0.1 m²) at room temperature. The retentate was then filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter with a pre-filter. The retentate was then loaded on to a 5 ml Amersham HiTrap Protein A column at 5 ml/min 7° C., and the column was washed with several column volumes of Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline without divalent cations (PBS) and sample was eluted with a step to 100 mM glycine pH 3.0. The protein A elution pool (approximately 9 ml) was diluted to 50 ml with water and loaded on to a 5 ml Amersham HiTrap SP-HP column in S-Buffer A (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, pH 7.0) at 5 ml/min and 7° C. The column was then washed with several column volumes S-Buffer A, and then developed using a linear gradient from 25% to 75% S-Buffer B (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, 1 M NaCl, pH 7.0) at 5 ml/min followed by a step to 100% S-Buffer B at 7° C. Fractions were then analyzed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE, and the fractions containing the desired product were pooled based on these data. The pooled material was then concentrated to about 3.4 ml using a Pall Life Sciences Macrosep 10K Omega centrifugal ultra-filtration device and then filtered though a Costar 0.22 μm cellulose acetate syringe filter.

A spectral scan was then conducted on 10 μl of the filtered material diluted in 700 μl PBS using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer (FIG. 26A). The concentration of the filtered material was determined to be 5.4 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 32,420 g/mol and extinction coefficient of 47,900 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹. The purity of the filtered material was then assessed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE (FIG. 26B). The endotoxin level was then determined using a Charles River Laboratories Endosafe-PTS system (0.05-5 EU/ml sensitivity) using a 108-fold dilution of the sample in PBS yielding a result of <1 EU/mg protein. The macromolecular state of the product was then determined using size exclusion chromatography on 20 μg of the product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm (FIG. 26C). The product was then subject to mass spectral analysis by diluting 1 μl of the sample into 10 μl of sinapinic acid (10 mg per ml in 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid, 50% acetonitrile). The resultant solution (1 μl) was spotted onto a MALDI sample plate. The sample was allowed to dry before being analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses (FIG. 26D) and confirmed (within experimental error) the integrity of the purified peptibody. The product was then stored at −80° C.

Purified Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] potently blocked human Kv1.3 (FIG. 30A and FIG. 30B) as determined by electrophysiology (see Example 36). The purified Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] molecule also blocked T cell proliferation (FIG. 36A and FIG. 36B) and production of the cytokines IL-2 (FIG. 35A and FIG. 37A) and IFN-g (FIG. 35B and FIG. 37B).

Example 2 Fc-L-ShK[2-35] Mammalian Expression

A DNA sequence coding for the Fc region of human IgG1 fused in-frame to a monomer of the Kv1.3 inhibitor peptide ShK[2-35] was constructed using standard PCR technology. The ShK[2-35] and the 5, 10, or 25 amino acid linker portion of the molecule were generated in a PCR reaction using the original Fc-2xL-ShK[1-35] in pcDNA3.1(+)CMVi as a template (Example 1, FIG. 14). All ShK constructs should have the following amino acid sequence of

(SEQ ID NO: 92) SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC with the first amino acid of the wild-type sequence deleted.

The sequences of the primers used to generate Fc-L5-ShK[2-35], also referred to as “Fc-1xL-ShK[2-35]”, are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 661 cat gga tcc agc tgc atc gac acc atc//; SEQ ID NO: 662 cat gcg gcc gct cat tag c//;

The sequences of the primers used to generate Fc-L10-ShK[2-35], also referred to as “Fc-2xL-ShK[2-35]” are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 663 cat gga tcc gga gga gga gga agc agc tgc a //; SEQ ID NO: 664 cat gcg gcc gct cat tag cag gtg c //;

The sequences of the primers used to generate Fc-L25-ShK[2-35], also referred to as “Fc-5xL-ShK[2-35]”, are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 665 cat gga tcc ggg ggt ggg ggt tct ggg ggt ggg ggt tct gga gga gga gga agc gga gga gga gga agc agc tgc a//; SEQ ID NO: 666 cat gcg gcc gct cat tag cag gtg c//;

The PCR products were digested with BamHI and NotI (Roche) restriction enzymes and agarose gel purified by Gel Purification Kit. At the same time, the pcDNA3.1(+)CMVi-hFc-ActivinRIIB vector was digested with BamHI and NotI restriction enzymes and the large fragment was purified by Gel Purification Kit. Each purified PCR product was ligated to the large fragment and transformed into XL-1 blue bacteria. DNAs from transformed bacterial colonies were isolated and subjected to BamHI and NotI restriction enzyme digestions and resolved on a one percent agarose gel. DNAs resulting in an expected pattern were submitted for sequencing. Although, analysis of several sequences of clones yielded a 100% percent match with the above sequence, only one clone was selected for large scaled plasmid purification. The DNA from this clone was resequenced to confirm the Fc and linker regions and the sequence was 100% identical to the expected sequence.

Plasmids containing the Fc-1xL-Shk[2-35], Fc-2xL-Shk[2-35] and Fc-5xL-Shk[2-35] inserts in pcDNA3.1(+)CMVi vector were digested with Xba1 and Xho1 (Roche) restriction enzymes and gel purified. The inserts were individually ligated into Not1 and SalI (Roche) digested pDSRα-22 (Amgen Proprietary) expression vector. Integrity of the resulting constructs were confirmed by DNA sequencing. The final plasmid DNA expression vector constructs were pDSRα-22-Fc-1xL-Shk[2-35], pDSRα-22-Fc-2xL-Shk[2-35] (FIG. 13C and FIG. 15) and pDSRα-22-Fc-5xL-Shk[2-35] (FIG. 16) and contained 5, 10 and 25 amino acid linkers, respectively.

Twenty-four hours prior to transfection, 1.2e7 AM-1/D CHOd- (Amgen Proprietary) cells were plated into a T-175 cm sterile tissue culture flask, to allow 70-80% confluency on the day of transfection. The cells had been maintained in the AM-1/D CHOd- culture medium containing DMEM High Glucose, 5% FBS, 1× Glutamine Pen/Strep (Gibco), 1×HT, 1×NEAA's and 1× sodium pyruvate (Gibco). The following day, eighteen micrograms of each of the linearized pDSRα22:Fc-1xL-ShK[2-35], pDSRα22:Fc-2xL-ShK[2-35] and pDSRα22:Fc-5xL-ShK[2-35] (RDS's #20050037685, 20050053709, 20050073295) plasmids were mixed with 72 μg of linearized Selexis MAR plasmid and pPAGO1 (RDS 20042009896) and diluted into 6 ml of OptiMEM in a 50 ml conical tube and incubate for five minutes. LF2000 (210 μl) was added to 6 ml of OptiMEM and incubated for five minutes. The diluted DNA and LF2000 were mixed together and incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature. In the meantime, the cells were washed one time with PBS and then 30 ml OptiMEM without antibiotics were added to the cells. The OptiMEM was aspirated off, and the cells were incubated with 12 ml of DNA/LF2000 mixture for 6 hours or overnight in the 37° C. incubator with shaking. Twenty-four hours post transfection, the cells were split 1:5 into AM-1/D CHOd- culture medium and at differing dilutions for colony selection. Seventy-two hours post transfection, the cell medium was replaced with DHFR selection medium containing 10% Dialyzed FBS (Gibco) in DMEM High Glucose, plus 1× Glutamine Pen/Strep, 1×NEAA's and 1× Na Pyr to allow expression and secretion of protein into the cell medium. The selection medium was changed two times a week until the colonies are big enough to pick. The pDSRa22 expression vector contains a DHFR expression cassette, which allows transfected cells to grow in the absence of hypoxanthine and thymidine. The five T-175 pools of the resulting colonies were scaled up into roller bottles and cultured under serum free conditions. The conditioned media were harvested and replaced at one-week intervals. The resulting 3 liters of conditioned medium was filtered through a 0.45 um cellulose acetate filter (Corning, Acton, Mass.) and transferred to Protein Chemistry for purification. As a backup, twelve colonies were selected from the 10 cm plates after 10-14 days on DHFR selection medium and expression levels evaluated by western blot using HRP conjugated anti human IgGFc as a probe. The three best clones expressing the highest level of each of the different linker length Fc-L-ShK[2-35] fusion proteins were expanded and frozen for future use.

Purification of Fc-L10-ShK(2-35). Approximately 1 L of conditioned medium was thawed in a water bath at room temperature. The medium was loaded on to a 5 ml Amersham HiTrap Protein A column at 5 ml/min 7° C., and the column was washed with several column volumes of Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline without divalent cations (PBS) and sample was eluted with a step to 100 mM glycine pH 3.0. The protein A elution pool (approximately 8.5 ml) combined with 71 μl 3 M sodium acetate and then diluted to 50 ml with water. The diluted material was then loaded on to a 5 ml Amersham HiTrap SP-HP column in S-Buffer A (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, pH 7.0) at 5 ml/min 7° C. The column was then washed with several column volumes S-Buffer A, and then developed using a linear gradient from 0% to 75% S-Buffer B (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, 1 M NaCl, pH 7.0) at 5 ml/min followed by a step to 100% S-Buffer B at 7° C. Fractions were then analyzed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE, and the fractions containing the desired product were pooled based on these data. The pooled material was then filtere through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter and concentrated to about 3.9 ml using a Pall Life Sciences Macrosep 10K Omega centrifugal ultra-filtration device. The concentrated material was then filtered though a Pall Life Sciences Acrodisc with a 0.22 μm, 25 mm Mustang E membrane at 2 ml/min room temperature. A spectral scan was then conducted on 10 μl of the filtered material diluted in 700 μl PBS using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer (FIG. 27E). The concentration of the filtered material was determined to be 2.76 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 30,008 g/mol and extinction coefficient of 36,900 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹. Since material was found in the permeate, repeated concentration step on the permeate using a new Macrosep cartridge. The new batch of concentrated material was then filtered though a Pall Life Sciences Acrodisc with a 0.22 μm, 25 mm Mustang E membrane at 2 ml/min room temperature. Both lots of concentrated material were combined into one pool.

A spectral scan was then conducted on 10 μl of the combined pool diluted in 700 μl PBS using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer. The concentration of the filtered material was determined to be 3.33 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 30,008 g/mol and extinction coefficient of 36,900 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹. The purity of the filtered material was then assessed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE (FIG. 27A). The endotoxin level was then determined using a Charles River Laboratories Endosafe-PTS system (0.05-5 EU/ml sensitivity) using a 67-fold dilution of the sample in PBS yielding a result of <1 EU/mg protein. The macromolecular state of the product was then determined using size exclusion chromatography on 50 μg of the product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm (FIG. 27B). The product was then subject to mass spectral analysis by diluting 1 μl of the sample into 10 μl of sinapinic acid (10 mg per ml in 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid, 50% acetonitrile). The resultant solution (1 μl) was spotted onto a MALDI sample plate. The sample was allowed to dry before being analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses (FIG. 27F) and the experiment confirmed the integrity of the peptibody, within experimental error. The product was then stored at −80° C.

FIG. 31B shows that purified Fc-L10-ShK[2-35] potently blocks human Kv1.3 current (electrophysiology was done as described in Example 36). The purified Fc-L10-ShK[2-35] molecule also blocked IL-2 (FIG. 64A and FIG. 64B) and IFN-g (FIG. 65A and FIG. 65B) production in human whole blood, as well as, upregulation of CD40L (FIG. 66A and FIG. 66B) and IL-2R (FIG. 67A and FIG. 67B) on T cells.

Purification of Fc-L5-ShK(2-35). Approximately 1 L of conditioned medium was loaded on to a 5 ml Amersham HiTrap Protein A column at 5 ml/min 7° C., and the column was washed with several column volumes of Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline without divalent cations (PBS) and sample was eluted with a step to 100 mM glycine pH 3.0. The protein A elution pool (approximately 9 ml) combined with 450 μl 1 M tris HCl pH 8.5 followed by 230 μl 2 M acetic acid and then diluted to 50 ml with water. The pH adjusted material was then filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter and loaded on to a 5 ml Amersham HiTrap SP-HP column in S-Buffer A (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, pH 7.0) at 5 ml/min 7° C. The column was then washed with several column volumes S-Buffer A, and then developed using a linear gradient from 0% to 75% S-Buffer B (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, 1 M NaCl, pH 7.0) at 5 ml/min followed by a step to 100% S-Buffer B at 7° C. Fractions were then analyzed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE, and the fractions containing the desired product were pooled based on these data. The pooled material was then concentrated to about 5.5 ml using a Pall Life Sciences Macrosep 10K Omega centrifugal ultra-filtration device. The concentrated material was then filtered though a Pall Life Sciences Acrodisc with a 0.22 μm, 25 mm Mustang E membrane at 2 ml/min room temperature.

A spectral scan was then conducted on 10 μl of the combined pool diluted in 700 μl PBS using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer (FIG. 27G). The concentration of the filtered material was determined to be 4.59 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 29,750 g/mol and extinction coefficient of 36,900 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹. The purity of the filtered material was then assessed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE (FIG. 27C). The endotoxin level was then determined using a Charles River Laboratories Endosafe-PTS system (0.05-5 EU/ml sensitivity) using a 92-fold dilution of the sample in Charles Rivers Endotoxin Specific Buffer BG120 yielding a result of <1 EU/mg protein. The macromolecular state of the product was then determined using size exclusion chromatography on 50 μg of the product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm (FIG. 27H). The product was then subject to mass spectral analysis by diluting 1 μl of the sample into 10 μl of sinapinic acid (10 mg per ml in 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid, 50% acetonitrile). The resultant solution (1 μl) was spotted onto a MALDI sample plate. The sample was allowed to dry before being analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses (FIG. 27I) and confirmed the integrity of the peptibody, within experimental error. The product was then stored at −80° C.

FIG. 31C shows that purified Fc-L5-ShK[2-35] is highly active and blocks human Kv1.3 as determined by whole cell patch clamp electrophysiology (see Example 36).

Purification of Fc-L25-ShK(2-35). Approximately 1 L of conditioned medium was loaded on to a 5 ml Amersham HiTrap Protein A column at 5 ml/min 7° C., and the column was washed with several column volumes of Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline without divalent cations (PBS) and sample was eluted with a step to 100 mM glycine pH 3.0. The protein A elution pool (approximately 9.5 ml) combined with 119 μl 3 M sodium acetate and then diluted to 50 ml with water. The pH adjusted material was then loaded on to a 5 ml Amersham HiTrap SP-HP column in S-Buffer A (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, pH 7.0) at 5 ml/min 7° C. The column was then washed with several column volumes S-Buffer A, and then developed using a linear gradient from 0% to 75% S-Buffer B (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, 1 M NaCl, pH 7.0) at 5 ml/min followed by a step to 100% S-Buffer B at 7° C. Fractions containing the main peak from the chromatogram were pooled and filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter.

A spectral scan was then conducted on 20 μl of the combined pool diluted in 700 μl PBS using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer FIG. 27J. The concentration of the filtered material was determined to be 1.40 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 31,011 g/mol and extinction coefficient of 36,900 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹. The purity of the filtered material was then assessed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE (FIG. 27D). The endotoxin level was then determined using a Charles River Laboratories Endosafe-PTS system (0.05-5 EU/ml sensitivity) using a 28-fold dilution of the sample in Charles Rivers Endotoxin Specific Buffer BG120 yielding a result of <1 EU/mg protein. The macromolecular state of the product was then determined using size exclusion chromatography on 50 μg of the product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm (FIG. 27K). The product was then subject to mass spectral analysis by diluting 1 μl of the sample into 10 μl of sinapinic acid (10 mg per ml in 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid, 50% acetonitrile). The resultant solution (1 μl) was spotted onto a MALDI sample plate. The sample was allowed to dry before being analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses (FIG. 27L) and this confirmed the integrity of the peptibody, within experimental error. The product was then stored at −80° C.

Purified Fc-L25-ShK[2-35] inhibited human Kv1.3 with an IC₅₀ of ˜150 μM by whole cell patch clamp electrophysiology on HEK293/Kv1.3 cells (Example 36).

Example 3 Fc-L-ShK[1-35] Bacterial Expression

Description of bacterial peptibody expression vectors and procedures for cloning and expression of peptibodies. The cloning vector used for bacterial expression (Examples 3-30) is based on pAMG21 (originally described in U.S. Patent 2004/0044188). It has been modified in that the kanamycin resistance component has been replaced with ampicillin resistance by excising the DNA between the unique BstBI and NsiI sites of the vector and replacing with an appropriately digested PCR fragment bearing the beta-lactamase gene using PCR primers CCA ACA CAC TTC GM AGA CGT TGA TCG GCA C (SEQ ID NO: 667) and CAC CCA ACA ATG CAT CCT TAA AAA MT TAC GCC C (SEQ ID NO: 668) with pUC19 DNA as the template source of the beta-lactamase gene conferring resistance to ampicillin. The new version is called pAMG21ampR.

Description of cloning vector pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep used in examples 3 to 30, excluding 15 and 16. FIG. 11A-C and FIG. 11D (schematic diagram) show the ds-DNA that has been added to the basic vector pAMG21ampR to permit the cloning of peptide fusions to the C-terminus of the Fc gene. The DNA has been introduced between the unique NdeI and BamHI sites in the pAMG21ampR vector. This entire region of DNA is shown in FIG. 11A-C. The coding region for Fc extends from nt 5134 to 5817 and the protein sequence appears below the DNA sequence. This is followed in frame by a glyX5 linker (nt's 5818-5832). A BsmBI site (GAGACG) spans nt's 5834-5839. DNA cleavage occurs between nt's 5828 and 5829 on the upper DNA strand and between nt's 5832 and 5833 on the lower DNA strand. Digestion creates 4 bp cohesive termini as shown here. The BsmBI site is underlined.

AGGTGG TGGTTGAGACG SEQ ID NO: 683 TCCACCACCA ACTCTGC SEQ ID NO: 684

A second BsmBI site occurs at nt's 6643 through 6648; viz., CGTCTC. DNA cleavage occurs between nt's 6650 and 6651 on the upper strand and between 6654 and 6655 on the lower strand.

CGTCTCT TAAGGATCCG SEQ ID NO: 685 GCAGAGAATTC CTAGGC SEQ ID NO: 686

Between the two BsmBI sites is a dispensable chloramphenicol resistance cassette constitutively expressing chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (cat gene). The cat protein sequence:

SEQ ID NO: 1337 1 MEKKITGYTT VDISQWHRKE HFEAFQSVAQ CTYNQTVQLD ITAFLKTVKK 51 NKHKFYPAFI HILARLMNAH PEFRMAMKDG ELVIWDSVHP CYTVFHEQTE 101 TFSSLWSEYH DDFRQFLHIY SQDVACYGEN LAYFPKGFIE NMFFVSANPW 151 VSFTSFDLNV ANMDNFFAPV FTMGKYYTQG DKVLMPLAIQ VHHAVCDGFH 201 VGRMLNELQQ YCDEWQGGA // is shown in FIG. 11A-C and extends from nt's 5954 to 6610. The peptide encoding duplexes in each example (except Examples 15 and 16) bear cohesive ends complementary to those presented by the vector.

Description of the cloning vector pAMG21ampR-Pep-Fc used in examples 15 and 16. FIG. 12A-C, and the schematic diagram in FIG. 12D, shows the ds-DNA sequence that has been added to the basic vector pAMG21ampR to permit the cloning of peptide fusions to the N-terminus of the Fc gene. The DNA has been introduced between the unique NdeI and BamHI sites in the pAMG21ampR vector. The coding region for Fc extends from nt 5640 to 6309 and the protein sequence appears below the DNA sequence. This is preceded in frame by a glyX5 linker (nt's 5614-5628). A BsmBI site spans nt's 5138 to 5143; viz., GAGACG. The cutting occurs between nt's 5132 and 5133 on the upper DNA strand and between 5136 and 5137 on the lower DNA strand.

Digestion creates 4 bp cohesive termini as shown. The BsmBI site is underlined.

AATAACA TATGCGAGACG SEQ ID NO: 687 TTATTGTATAC GCTCTGC SEQ ID NO: 688

A second BsmBI site occurs at nt's 5607 through 5612; viz., CGTCTC. Cutting occurs between nt's 5613 and 5614 on the upper strand and between 5617 and 5618 on the lower strand.

CGTCTCA GGTGGTGGT SEQ ID NO: 689 GCAGAGTCCAC CACCA

Between the BsmBI sites is a dispensable zeocin resistance cassette constitutively expressing the Shigella ble protein. The ble protein sequence:

SEQ ID NO: 1338 1 MAKLTSAVPV LTARDVAGAV EFWTDRLGFS RDFVEDDFAG VVRDDVTLFI 51 SAVQDQVVPD NTLAWVWVRG LDELYAEWSE VVSTNFRDAS GPAMTEIGEQ 101 PWGREFALRD PAGNCVHFVA EEQD // is shown extending from nt's 5217 to 5588 in FIG. 12A-C. The peptide encoding duplexes in Examples 15 and 16 bear cohesive ends complementary to those presented by the vector.

Description of the cloning vector pAMG21ampR-Pep-Fc used in Examples 52 and 53. FIG. 12E-G shows the ds-DNA sequence that has been added to the basic vector pAMG21ampR to permit the cloning of peptide fusions to the N-terminus of the Fc gene in which the first two codons of the peptide are to be met-gly. The DNA has been introduced between the unique NdeI and BamHI sites in the pAMG21ampR vector. The coding region for Fc extends from nt 5632 to 6312 and the protein sequence appears below the DNA sequence. This is preceded in frame by a glyX5 linker (nt's 5617-5631). A BsmBI site spans nt's 5141 to 5146; viz., GAGACG. The cutting occurs between nt's 5135 and 5136 on the upper DNA strand and between 5139 and 5140 on the lower DNA strand.

Digestion creates 4 bp cohesive termini as shown. The BsmBI site is underlined.

AATAACATAT GGGTCGAGACG SEQ ID NO: 1344 TTATTGTATACCCA SEQ ID NO: 1343 GCTCTGC SEQ ID NO: 1345

A second BsmBI site occurs at nt's 5607 through 5612; viz., CGTCTC. Cutting occurs between nt's 5613 and 5614 on the upper strand and between 5617 and 5618 on the lower strand.

CGTCTCA GGTGGTGGT SEQ ID NO: 1346 GCAGAGTCCAC CACCA

Between the BsmBI sites is a dispensable zeocin resistance cassette constitutively expressing the Shigella ble protein. The ble protein sequence, as described above, is shown extending from nt's 5220 to 5591. The peptide encoding duplexes in Examples 52 and 53 herein below bear cohesive ends complementary to those presented by the vector.

For Examples 3 to 30 for which all are for bacterial expression, cloned peptide sequences are all derived from the annealing of oligonucleotides to create a DNA duplex that is directly ligated into the appropriate vector. Two oligos suffice for Example 20, four are required for all other examples. When the duplex is to be inserted at the N-terminus of Fc (see, Examples 15, 16, 52, and 53 herein) the design is as follows with the ordinal numbers matching the listing of oligos in each example:

When the duplex is to be inserted at the C-terminus of Fc (Examples 3, 4, 5, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 30) the design is as follows:

All remaining examples have the duplex inserted at the C-terminus of Fc and utilize the following design.

No kinasing step is required for the phosphorylation of any of the oligos. A successful insertion of a duplex results in the replacement of the dispensable antibiotic resistance cassette (Zeocin resistance for pAMG21ampR-Pep-Fc and chloramphenicol resistance for pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep). The resulting change in phenotype is useful for discriminating recombinant from nonrecombinant clones.

The following description gives the uniform method for carrying out the cloning of all 30 bacterially expressed recombinant proteins exemplified herein. Only the set of oligonucleotides and the vector are varied. These specifications are given below in each example.

An oligonucleotide duplex containing the coding region for a given peptide was formed by annealing the oligonucleotides listed in each example. Ten picomoles of each oligo was mixed in a final volume of 10 μl containing 1× ligation buffer along with 0.3 μg of appropriate vector that had been previously digested with restriction endonuclease BsmBI. The mix was heated to 80° C. and allowed to cool at 0.1 degree/sec to room temperature. To this was added 10 μl of 1× ligase buffer plus 400 units of T4 DNA ligase. The sample was incubated at 14 C for 20 min. Ligase was inactivated by heating at 65° C. for 10 minutes. Next, 10 units of restriction endonucleases BsmBI were added followed by incubation at 55 C for one hour to cleave any reformed parental vector molecules. Fifty ul of chemically competent E. coli cells were added and held at 2 C for 20 minutes followed by heat shock at 42 C for 5 second. The entire volume was spread onto Luria Agar plates supplemented with carbenicillin at 200 ug/ml and incubated overnight at 37 C. Colonies were tested for the loss of resistance to the replaceable antibiotic resistance marker. A standard PCR test can be used to confirm the expected size of the duplex insert. Plasmid preparations were obtained and the recombinant insert was verified by DNA sequencing. Half liter cultures of a sequence confirmed construct were grown in Terrific Broth, expression of the peptibody was induced by addition of N-(3-oxo-hexanoyl)-homoserine lactone at 50 ng/ml and after 4-6 hours of shaking at 37 C the cells were centrifuged and the cell paste stored at −20 C.

The following gives for each example the cloning vector and the set of oligonucleotides used for constructing each fusion protein. Also shown is a DNA/protein map.

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-ShK[1-35] inhibitor of Kv1.3. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described above. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-ShK[1-35].

Oligos used to form the duplex:

SEQ ID NO: 669 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCCGTTCCTGCATCGACACCAT //; SEQ ID NO: 670 CCCGAAATCCCGTTGCACCGCTTTCCAGTGCAAACACTCCATGAAATA CCGTCTGTCCTTCTGCCGTAAAACCTGCGGTACCTGC //; SEQ ID NO: 671 CTTAGCAGGTACCGCAGGTTTTACGGCAGAAGGACAGACGGT //; SEQ ID NO: 672 ATTTCATGGAGTGTTTGCACTGGAAAGCGGTGCAACGGGATTTCGGGA TGGTGTCGATGCAGGAACGGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //;

The oligo duplex is shown below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCCGTTCCTGCATCGACACCATCCCGAAATCCCGTTGCAC SEQ ID NO: 673   1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+  60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGGCAAGGACGTAGCTGTGGTAGGGCTTTAGGGCAACGTG SEQ ID NO: 675  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  R  S  C  I  D  T  I  P  K  S  R  C  T  - SEQ ID NO: 674 CGCTTTCCAGTGCAAACACTCCATGAAATACCGTCTGTCCTTCTGCCGTAAAACCTGCGG  61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 GCGAAAGGTCACGTTTGTGAGGTACTTTATGGCAGACAGGAAGACGGCATTTTGGACGCC  A  F  Q  C  K  H  S  M  K  Y  R  L  S  F  C  R  K  T  C  G  - TACCTGC // 121 ------- ATGGACGATTC //  T  C   - //

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen. Purification of bacterially expressed Fc-L10-ShK(1-35) is further described in Example 38 herein below.

Example 4 Fc-L-ShK[2-35] Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-ShK[2-35]. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-ShK[2-35].

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 676 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCTGCATCGACACCATCCCGAAATCCCG TTGCACCGCTTTCCAGTGCAAACACTCCATGAAAT //; SEQ ID NO: 677 ACCGTCTGTCCTTCTGCCGTAAAACCTGCGGTACCTGC //; SEQ ID NO: 678 CTTAGCAGGTACCGCAGGTTTTACGGCAGAAGGACAGACGGTATTTCA TGGAGTGTTTGCACTGGAAAGCGGTGCAACGGGA //; SEQ ID NO: 679 TTTCGGGATGGTGTCGATGCAGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligo duplex formed is shown below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCTGCATCGACACCATCCCGAAATCCCGTTGCACCGCTTT SEQ ID NO: 680   1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+  60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGACGTAGCTGTGGTAGGGCTTTAGGGCAACGTGGCGAAA SEQ ID NO: 682  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  C  I  D  T  I  P  K  S  R  C  T  A  F  - SEQ ID NO: 681 CCAGTGCAAACACTCCATGAAATACCGTCTGTCCTTCTGCCGTAAAACCTGCGGTACCTG  61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 GGTCACGTTTGTGAGGTACTTTATGGCAGACAGGAAGACGGCATTTTGGACGCCATGGAC  Q  C  K  H  S  M  K  Y  R  L  S  F  C  R  K  T  C  G  T  C  - // C // 121 - GATTC //

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen. Purification of bacterially expressed Fc-L10-ShK(2-35) is further described in Example 39 herein below.

Example 5 Fc-L-HmK Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-HmK. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-HmK.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 690 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCCGTACCTGCAAAGACCTGAT //; SEQ ID NO: 692 CCCGGTTTCCGAATGCACCGACATCCGTTGCCGTACCTCCATGAAATA CCGTCTGAACCTGTGCCGTAAAACCTGCGGTTCCTGC;  SEQ ID NO: 693 CTTAGCAGGAACCGCAGGTTTTACGGCACAGGTTCAGACGGT //; 4142-94 SEQ ID NO: 694 ATTTCATGGAGGTACGGCAACGGATGTCGGTGCATTCGGAAACCGGGA TCAGGTCTTTGCAGGTACGGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //

The oligo duplex formed is shown below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCCGTACCTGCAAAGACCTGATCCCGGTTTCCGAATGCAC SEQ ID NO: 695   1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+  60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGGCATGGACGTTTCTGGACTAGGGCCAAAGGCTTACGTG SEQ ID NO: 697  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  R  T  C  K  D  L  I  P  V  S  E  C  T  - SEQ ID NO: 696 CGACATCCGTTGCCGTACCTCCATGAAATACCGTCTGAACCTGTGCCGTAAAACCTGCGG  61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 GCTGTAGGCAACGGCATGGAGGTACTTTATGGCAGACTTGGACACGGCATTTTGGACGCC  D  I  R  C  R  T  S  M  K  Y  R  L  N  L  C  R  K  T  C  G  - // TTCCTGC // 121 ------- AAGGACGATTC //   S  C   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 6 Fc-L-KTX1 Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-KTX1. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-KTX1.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 698 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGGTGTTGAAATCAACGTTAAATGCT //; SEQ ID NO: 699 CCGGTTCCCCGCAGTGCCTGAAACCGTGCAAAGACGCTGGTATGCGTTTC GGTAAATGCATGAACCGTAAATGCCACTGCACCCCGAAA //; SEQ ID NO: 700 CTTATTTCGGGGTGCAGTGGCATTTACGGTTCATGCATTTACCGAAA //; SEQ ID NO: 701 CGCATACCAGCGTCTTTGCACGGTTTCAGGCACTGCGGGGAACCGGAGCA TTTAACGTTGATTTCAACACCGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //;

The oligo duplex formed is shown below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGGTGTTGAAATCAACGTTAAATGCTCCGGTTCCCCGCA SEQ ID NO: 702   1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+  60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGCCACAACTTTAGTTGCAATTTACGAGGCCAAGGGGCGT SEQ ID NO: 704  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  G  V  E  I  N  V  K  C  S  G  S  P  Q  - SEQ ID NO: 703 GTGCCTGAAACCGTGCAAAGACGCTGGTATGCGTTTCGGTAAATGCATGAACCGTAAATG  61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 CACGGACTTTGGCACGTTTCTGCGACCATACGCAAAGCCATTTACGTACTTGGCATTTAC  C  L  K  P  C  K  D  A  G  M  R  F  G  K  C  M  N  R  K  C  - CCACTGCACCCCGAAA // 121 ---------+------ GGTGACGTGGGGCTTTATTC //  H  C  T  P  K   - //

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Purification and refolding of Fc-L-KTX1 expressed in bacteria. Frozen, E. coli paste (28 g) was combined with 210 ml of room temperature 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 and was brought to about 0.1 mg/ml hen egg white lysozyme. The suspended paste was passed through a chilled microfluidizer twice at 12,000 PSI. The cell lysate was then centrifuged at 22,000 g for 20 min at 4° C. The pellet was then resuspended in 200 ml 1% deoxycholic acid using a tissue grinder and then centrifuged at 22,000 g for 20 min at 4° C. The pellet was then resuspended in 200 ml water using a tissue grinder and then centrifuged at 22,000 g for 20 min at 4° C. The pellet (4.8 g) was then dissolved in 48 ml 8 M guanidine HCl, 50 mM tris HCl, pH 8.0. The dissolved pellet was then reduced by adding 30 μl 1 M dithiothreitol to 3 ml of the solution and incubating at 37° C. for 30 minutes. The reduced pellet solution was then centrifuged at 14,000 g for 5 min at room temperature, and then 2.5 ml of the supernatant was transferred to 250 ml of the refolding buffer (2 M urea, 50 mM tris, 160 mM arginine HCl, 5 mM EDTA, 1 mM cystamine HCl, 4 mM cysteine, pH 8.5) at 4° C. with vigorous stirring. The stirring rate was then slowed and the incubation was continued for 2 days at 4° C. The refolding solution was then filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter and stored at 4° C. for 3 days.

The stored refold was then diluted with 1 L of water and the pH was adjusted to 7.5 using 1 M H₃PO₄. The pH adjusted material was then loaded on to a 10 ml Amersham SP-HP HiTrap column at 10 ml/min in S-Buffer A (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, pH 7.3) at 7° C. The column was then washed with several column volumes of S-Buffer A, followed by elution with a linear gradient from 0% to 60% S-Buffer B (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, 1 M NaCl, pH 7.3) followed by a step to 100% S-Buffer B at 5 ml/min 7° C. Fractions were then analyzed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE, and the fractions containing the desired product were pooled based on these data (45 ml). The pool was then loaded on to a 1 ml Amersham rProtein A HiTrap column in PBS at 2 ml/min 7° C. Then column was then washed with several column volumes of PBS and eluted with 100 mM glycine pH 3.0. To the elution peak (2.5 ml), 62.5 μl 2 M tris base was added, and then the pH adjusted material was filtered though a Pall Life Sciences Acrodisc with a 0.22 μm, 25 mm Mustang E membrane at 2 ml/min room temperature.

A spectral scan was then conducted on 20 μl of the combined pool diluted in 700 μl PBS using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer (FIG. 28C). The concentration of the filtered material was determined to be 2.49 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 30,504 g/mol and extinction coefficient of 35,410 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹. The purity of the filtered material was then assessed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE (FIG. 28A). The endotoxin level was then determined using a Charles River Laboratories Endosafe-PTS system (0.05-5 EU/ml sensitivity) using a 50-fold dilution of the sample in Charles Rivers Endotoxin Specific Buffer BG120 yielding a result of <1 EU/mg protein. The macromolecular state of the product was then determined using size exclusion chromatography on 45 μg of the product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm (FIG. 28B). The product was then subject to mass spectral analysis by diluting 1 μl of the sample into 10 μl of sinapinic acid (10 mg per ml in 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid, 50% acetonitrile). The resultant solution (1 μl) was spotted onto a MALDI sample plate. The sample was allowed to dry before being analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses (FIG. 28D) and these studies confirmed the integrity of the purified peptibody, within experimental error. The product was then stored at −80° C.

Purified Fc-L-KTX1 blocked the human Kv1.3 current in a dose-dependent fashion (FIG. 32A and FIG. 32B) by electrophysiology (method was as described in Example 36).

Example 7 Fc-L-HsTx1 Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-HsT1. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-HsTx1.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 705 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGCTTCCTGCCGTACCCCGAAAGAC //; SEQ ID NO: 706 TGCGCTGACCCGTGCCGTAAAGAAACCGGTTGCCCGTACGGTAAATGCAT GAACCGTAAATGCAAATGCAACCGTTGC //; SEQ ID NO: 707 CTTAGCAACGGTTGCATTTGCATTTACGGTTCATGCATTTACCGTACG //; SEQ ID NO: 708 GGCAACCGGTTTCTTTACGGCACGGGTCAGCGCAGTCTTTCGGGGTACGG CAGGAAGCGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The duplex formed by the oligos above is shown below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGCTTCCTGCCGTACCCCGAAAGACTGCGCTGACCCGTG SEQ ID NO: 709   1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+  60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGCGAAGGACGGCATGGGGCTTTCTGACGCGACTGGGCAC SEQ ID NO: 711  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  A  S  C  R  T  P  K  D  C  A  D  P  C  - SEQ ID NO: 710 CCGTAAAGAAACCGGTTGCCCGTACGGTAAATGCATGAACCGTAAATGCAAATGCAACCG  61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 GGCATTTCTTTGGCCAACGGGCATGCCATTTACGTACTTGGCATTTACGTTTACGTTGGC  R  K  E  T  G  C  P  Y  G  K  C  M  N  R  K  C  K  C  N  R  - TTGC 121  ---- 124 AACGATTC  C   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 8 Fc-L-MgTx Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-MgTx. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-MgTx.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 712 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCACCATCATCAACGTTAAATGCACCTC //; SEQ ID NO: 713 CCCGAAACAGTGCCTGCCGCCGTGCAAAGCTCAGTTCGGTCAGTCCGCTG GTGCTAAATGCATGAACGGTAAATGCAAATGCTACCCGCAC //; SEQ ID NO: 714 CTTAGTGCGGGTAGCATTTGCATTTACCGTTCATGCATTTAGCACCAG //; SEQ ID NO: 715 CGGACTGACCGAACTGAGCTTTGCACGGCGGCAGGCACTGTTTCGGGGAG GTGCATTTAACGTTGATGATGGTGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos above were used to form the duplex shown below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCACCATCATCAACGTTAAATGCACCTCCCCGAAACAGTG SEQ ID NO: 716   1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+  60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGTGGTAGTAGTTGCAATTTACGTGGAGGGGCTTTGTCAC SEQ ID NO: 718  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  T  I  I  N  V  K  C  T  S  P  K  Q  C  - SEQ ID NO: 717 CCTGCCGCCGTGCAAAGCTCAGTTCGGTCAGTCCGCTGGTGCTAAATGCATGAACGGTAA  61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 GGACGGCGGCACGTTTCGAGTCAAGCCAGTCAGGCGACCACGATTTACGTACTTGCCATT  L  P  P  C  K  A  Q  F  G  Q  S  A  G  A  K  C  M  N  G  K  - ATGCAAATGCTACCCGCAC 121 ---------+--------- TACGTTTACGATGGGCGTGATTC  C  K  C  Y  P  H   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 9 Fc-L-AgTx2 Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-AgTx2. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-AgTx2.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 719 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGGTGTTCCGATCAACGTTTCCTGCACCG GT //; SEQ ID NO: 720 TCCCCGCAGTGCATCAAACCGTGCAAAGACGCTGGTATGCGTTTCGGTAA ATGCATGAACCGTAAATGCCACTGCACCCCGAAA //; SEQ ID NO: 721 CTTATTTCGGGGTGCAGTGGCATTTACGGTTCATGCATTTACCGAAACGC ATA //; SEQ ID NO: 722 CCAGCGTCTTTGCACGGTTTGATGCACTGCGGGGAACCGGTGCAGGAAAC GTTGATCGGAACACCGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos listed above were used to form the duplex shown below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGGTGTTCCGATCAACGTTTCCTGCACCGGTTCCCCGCA SEQ ID NO: 723   1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+  60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGCCACAAGGCTAGTTGCAAAGGACGTGGCCAAGGGGCGT SEQ ID NO: 725  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  G  V  P  I  N  V  S  C  T  G  S  P  Q  - SEQ ID NO: 724 GTGCATCAAACCGTGCAAAGACGCTGGTATGCGTTTCGGTAAATGCATGAACCGTAAATG  61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 CACGTAGTTTGGCACGTTTCTGCGACCATACGCAAAGCCATTTACGTACTTGGCATTTAC  C  I  K  P  C  K  D  A  G  M  R  F  G  K  C  M  N  R  K  C  - CCACTGCACCCCGAAA 121 ---------+------ GGTGACGTGGGGCTTTATTC  H  C  T  P  K   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Refolding and purification of Fc-L-AgTx2 expressed in bacteria. Frozen, E. coli paste (15 g) was combined with 120 ml of room temperature 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 and was brought to about 0.1 mg/ml hen egg white lysozyme. The suspended paste was passed through a chilled microfluidizer twice at 12,000 PSI. The cell lysate was then centrifuged at 22,000 g for 20 min at 4° C. The pellet was then resuspended in 200 ml 1% deoxycholic acid using a tissue grinder and then centrifuged at 22,000 g for 20 min at 4° C. The pellet was then resuspended in 200 ml water using a tissue grinder and then centrifuged at 22,000 g for 20 min at 4° C. The pellet (4.6 g) was then dissolved in 46 ml 8 M guanidine HCl, 50 mM tris HCl, pH 8.0. The dissolved pellet was then reduced by adding 30 μl 1 M dithiothreitol to 3 ml of the solution and incubating at 37° C. for 30 minutes. The reduced pellet solution was then centrifuged at 14,000 g for 5 min at room temperature, and then 2.5 ml of the supernatant was transferred to 250 ml of the refolding buffer (2 M urea, 50 mM tris, 160 mM arginine HCl, 5 mM EDTA, 1 mM cystamine HCl, 4 mM cysteine, pH 9.5) at 4° C. with vigorous stirring. The stirring rate was then slowed and the incubation was continued for 2 days at 4° C. The refolding solution was then filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter and stored at −70° C.

The stored refold was defrosted and then diluted with 1 L of water and the pH was adjusted to 7.5 using 1 M H₃PO₄. The pH adjusted material was then filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter and loaded on to a 10 ml Amersham SP-HP HiTrap column at 10 ml/min in S-Buffer A (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, pH 7.3) at 7° C. The column was then washed with several column volumes of S-Buffer A, followed by elution with a linear gradient from 0% to 60% S-Buffer B (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, 1 M NaCl, pH 7.3) followed by a step to 100% S-Buffer B at 5 ml/min 7° C. Fractions were then analyzed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE, and the fractions containing the desired product were pooled based on these data (15 ml). The pool was then loaded on to a 1 ml Amersham rProtein A HiTrap column in PBS at 2 ml/min 7° C. Then column was then washed with several column volumes of 20 mM NaH₂PO₄ pH 6.5, 1 M NaCl and eluted with 100 mM glycine pH 3.0. To the elution peak (1.5 ml), 70 μl 1 M tris HCl pH 8.5 was added, and then the pH-adjusted material was filtered though a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter.

A spectral scan was then conducted on 20 μl of the combined pool diluted in 700 μl PBS using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer (FIG. 29C). The concentration of the filtered material was determined to be 1.65 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 30,446 g/mol and extinction coefficient of 35,410 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹. The purity of the filtered material was then assessed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE (FIG. 29A). The endotoxin level was then determined using a Charles River Laboratories Endosafe-PTS system (0.05-5 EU/ml sensitivity) using a 33-fold dilution of the sample in Charles Rivers Endotoxin Specific Buffer BG120 yielding a result of <4 EU/mg protein. The macromolecular state of the product was then determined using size exclusion chromatography on 20 μg of the product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm (FIG. 29D). The product was then subject to mass spectral analysis by diluting 1 μl of the sample into 10 μl of sinapinic acid (10 mg per ml in 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid, 50% acetonitrile). The resultant solution (1 μl) was spotted onto a MALDI sample plate. The sample was allowed to dry before being analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses (FIG. 29E) and these studies confirmed the integrity of the purified peptibody, within experimental error. The product was then stored at −80° C.

Example 10 Fc-L-OSK1 Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-OSK1. The methods used to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria were as described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-OSK1.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 726 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGGTGTTATCATCAACGTTAAATGCAAAA TCTCCCGTCAGTGCCTGGAACCGTGCAAAAAAG //; SEQ ID NO: 727 CTGGTATGCGTTTCGGTAAATGCATGAACGGTAAATGCCACTGCACCCCG AAA //; SEQ ID NO: 728 CTTATTTCGGGGTGCAGTGGCATTTACCGTTCATGCATTTACCGAAACGC ATACCAGCTTTTTTGCACGGTTCCAGGCACTGA //; SEQ ID NO: 729 CGGGAGATTTTGCATTTAACGTTGATGATAACACCGGAACCACCACCACC GGA //; The oligos shown above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGGTGTTATCATCAACGTTAAATGCAAAATCTCCCGTCA SEQ ID NO: 730   1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+  60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGCCACAATAGTAGTTGCAATTTACGTTTTAGAGGGCAGT SEQ ID NO: 732  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  G  V  I  I  N  V  K  C  K  I  S  R  Q  - SEQ ID NO: 731 GTGCCTGGAACCGTGCAAAAAAGCTGGTATGCGTTTCGGTAAATGCATGAACGGTAAATG  61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 CACGGACCTTGGCACGTTTTTTCGACCATACGCAAAGCCATTTACGTACTTGCCATTTAC  C  L  E  P  C  K  K  A  G  M  R  F  G  K  C  M  N  G  K  C  - CCACTGCACCCCGAAA 121 ---------+------ GGTGACGTGGGGCTTTATTC  H  C  T  P  K   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen for later use. Purification of Fc-L10-OSK1 from E. coli paste is described in Example 40 herein below.

Example 11 Fc-L-OSK1(E16K,K20D) Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-OSK1(E16K, K20D). The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-OSK1(E16K,K20D).

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 733 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGGTGTTATCATCAACGTTAAATGCAAAA TCTCCCGTCAGTGCCTGAAACCGTGCAAAGACG //; SEQ ID NO: 734 CTGGTATGCGTTTCGGTAAATGCATGAACGGTAAATGCCACTGCACCCCG AAA //; SEQ ID NO: 735 CTTATTTCGGGGTGCAGTGGCATTTACCGTTCATGCATTTACCGAAACGC ATACCAGCGTCTTTGCACGGTTTCAGGCACTGA //; SEQ ID NO: 736 CGGGAGATTTTGCATTTAACGTTGATGATAACACCGGAACCACCACCACC GGA //;

The oligos shown above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGGTGTTATCATCAACGTTAAATGCAAAATCTCCCGTCA SEQ ID NO: 737   1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+  60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGCCACAATAGTAGTTGCAATTTACGTTTTAGAGGGCAGT SEQ ID NO: 739  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  G  V  I  I  N  V  K  C  K  I  S  R  Q  - SEQ ID NO: 738 GTGCCTGAAACCGTGCAAAGACGCTGGTATGCGTTTCGGTAAATGCATGAACGGTAAATG  61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 CACGGACTTTGGCACGTTTCTGCGACCATACGCAAAGCCATTTACGTACTTGCCATTTAC  C  L  K  P  C  K  D  A  G  M  R  F  G  K  C  M  N  G  K  C  - CCACTGCACCCCGAAA 121 ---------+------ GGTGACGTGGGGCTTTATTC  H  C  T  P  K   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen for later use.

Example 12 Fc-L-Anuroctoxin Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-Anuroctoxin. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-Anuroctoxin.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 740 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCAAAGAATGCACCGGTCCGCAGCACTGCA CCAACTTCTGCCGTAAAAACAAATGCACCCACG //; SEQ ID NO: 741 GTAAATGCATGAACCGTAAATGCAAATGCTTCAACTGCAAA //; SEQ ID NO: 742 CTTATTTGCAGTTGAAGCATTTGCATTTACGGTTCATGCATTTACCGTGG GTGCATTTGTTTTTACGGCAGAAGTTGGTGCAG //; SEQ ID NO: 743 TGCTGCGGACCGGTGCATTCTTTGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos shown above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCAAAGAATGCACCGGTCCGCAGCACTGCACCAACTTCTG SEQ ID NO: 744   1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+  60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGTTTCTTACGTGGCCAGGCGTCGTGACGTGGTTGAAGAC SEQ ID NO: 746  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  K  E  C  T  G  P  Q  H  C  T  N  F  C  - SEQ ID NO: 745 CCGTAAAAACAAATGCACCCACGGTAAATGCATGAACCGTAAATGCAAATGCTTCAACTG  61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 GGCATTTTTGTTTACGTGGGTGCCATTTACGTACTTGGCATTTACGTTTACGAAGTTGAC  R  K  N  K  C  T  H  G  K  C  M  N  R  K  C  K  C  F  N  C  - CAAA 121 ---- GTTTATTC  K   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 13 Fc-L-Noxiustoxin Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-Noxiustoxin or Fc-L-NTX. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-NTX.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 747 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCACCATCATCAACGTTAAATGCACCTCCC CGAAACAGTGCTCCAAACCGTGCAAAGAACTGT //; SEQ ID NO: 748 ACGGTTCCTCCGCTGGTGCTAAATGCATGAACGGTAAATGCAAATGCTAC AACAAC //; SEQ ID NO: 749 CTTAGTTGTTGTAGCATTTGCATTTACCGTTCATGCATTTAGCACCAGCG GAGGAACCGTACAGTTCTTTGCACGGTTTGGAG //; SEQ ID NO: 750 CACTGTTTCGGGGAGGTGCATTTAACGTTGATGATGGTGGAACCACCACC ACCGGA //; The oligos shown above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCACCATCATCAACGTTAAATGCACCTCCCCGAAACAGTG SEQ ID NO: 751 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGTGGTAGTAGTTGCAATTTACGTGGAGGGGCTTTGTCAC SEQ ID NO: 753  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  T  I  I  N  V  K  C  T  S  P  K  Q  C  - SEQ ID NO: 752 CTCCAAACCGTGCAAAGAACTGTACGGTTCCTCCGCTGGTGCTAAATGCATGAACGGTAA 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 GAGGTTTGGCACGTTTCTTGACATGCCAAGGAGGCGACCACGATTTACGTACTTGCCATT  S  K  P  C  K  E  L  Y  G  S  S  A  G  A  K  C  M  N  G  K  - ATGCAAATGCTACAACAAC 121 ---------+--------- TACGTTTACGATGTTGTTGATTC  C  K  C  Y  N  N   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 14 Fc-L-Pi2 Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-Pi2. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-Pi2.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 754 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCACCATCTCCTGCACCAACCCG //; SEQ ID NO: 755 AAACAGTGCTACCCGCACTGCAAAAAAGAAACCGGTTACCCGAACGCTAA ATGCATGAACCGTAAATGCAAATGCTTCGGTCGT //; SEQ ID NO: 756 CTTAACGACCGAAGCATTTGCATTTACGGTTCATGCATTTAGCG //; SEQ ID NO: 757 TTCGGGTAACCGGTTTCTTTTTTGCAGTGCGGGTAGCACTGTTTCGGGTT GGTGCAGGAGATGGTGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCACCATCTCCTGCACCAACCCGAAACAGTGCTACCCGCA SEQ ID NO: 758 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGTGGTAGAGGACGTGGTTGGGCTTTGTCACGATGGGCGT SEQ ID NO: 760  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  T  I  S  C  T  N  P  K  Q  C  Y  P  H  - SEQ ID NO: 759 CTGCAAAAAAGAAACCGGTTACCCGAACGCTAAATGCATGAACCGTAAATGCAAATGCTT 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 GACGTTTTTTCTTTGGCCAATGGGCTTGCGATTTACGTACTTGGCATTTACGTTTACGAA  C  K  K  E  T  G  Y  P  N  A  K  C  M  N  R  K  C  K  C  F  - CGGTCGT 121 ------- GCCAGCAATTC  G  R   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 15 ShK[1-35]-L-Fc Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of ShK[1-35]-L-Fc. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Pep-Fc and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of ShK[1-35]-L-Fc.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 761 TATGCGTTCTTGTATTGATACTATTCCAAAATCTCGTTGTACTGCTTTTC AATGTAAACATTCTATGAAATATCGTCTTTCTT //; SEQ ID NO: 762 TTTGTCGTAAAACTTGTGGTACTTGTTCTGGTGGTGGTGGTTCT //; SEQ ID NO: 763 CACCAGAACCACCACCACCAGAACAAGTACCACAAGTTTTACGACAAAAA GAAAGACGATATTTCATAGAATGTTTACATTGA //; SEQ ID NO: 764 AAAGCAGTACAACGAGATTTTGGAATAGTATCAATACAAGAACG //; The oligos shown above were used to form the duplex shown below:

TATGCGTTCTTGTATTGATACTATTCCAAAATCTCGTTGTACTGCTTTTCAATGTAAACA SEQ ID NO: 765 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     GCAAGAACATAACTATGATAAGGTTTTAGAGCAACATGACGAAAAGTTACATTTGT SEQ ID NO: 767  M  R  S  C  I  D  T  I  P  K  S  R  C  T  A  F  Q  C  K  H  - SEQ ID NO: 766 TTCTATGAAATATCGTCTTTCTTTTTGTCGTAAAACTTGTGGTACTTGTTCTGGTGGTGG 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 AAGATACTTTATAGCAGAAAGAAAAACAGCATTTTGAACACCATGAACAAGACCACCACC  S  M  K  Y  R  L  S  F  C  R  K  T  C  G  T  C  S  G  G  G  - TGGTTCT 121 ------- 127 ACCAAGACCAC  G  S   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen. Purification of met-ShK[1-35]-Fc was as described in Example 51 herein below.

Example 16 ShK[2-35]-L-Fc Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of ShK[2-35]-L-Fc. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Pep-Fc and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of ShK[2-35]-L-Fc.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 768 TATGTCTTGTATTGATACTATTCCAAAATCTCGTTGTACTGCTTTTCAAT GTAAACATTCTATGAAATATCGTCTTTCTT //; SEQ ID NO: 769 TTTGTCGTAAAACTTGTGGTACTTGTTCTGGTGGTGGTGGTTCT //; SEQ ID NO: 770 CACCAGAACCACCACCACCAGAACAAGTACCACAAGTTTTACGACAAAAA GAAAGACGATATTTCATAGAATGTTTACATTGA //; SEQ ID NO: 771 AAAGCAGTACAACGAGATTTTGGAATAGTATCAATACAAGA; The oligos above were used to form the duplex shown below:

TATGTCTTGTATTGATACTATTCCAAAATCTCGTTGTACTGCTTTTCAATGTAAACATTC SEQ ID NO: 772 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGAACATAACTATGATAAGGTTTTAGAGCAACATGACGAAAAGTTACATTTGTAAG SEQ ID NO: 774  M  S  C  I  D  T  I  P  K  S  R  C  T  A  F  Q  C  K  H  S  - SEQ ID NO: 773 TATGAAATATCGTCTTTCTTTTTGTCGTAAAACTTGTGGTACTTGTTCTGGTGGTGGTGG 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 ATACTTTATAGCAGAAAGAAAAACAGCATTTTGAACACCATGAACAAGACCACCACCACC  M  K  Y  R  L  S  F  C  R  K  T  C  G  T  C  S  G  G  G  G  - TTCT 121 ---- AAGACCAC  S   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen. Purification of the ShK[2-35]-Fc was as described in Example 50 herein below.

Example 17 Fc-L-ChTx Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-ChTx. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-ChTx.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 775 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCCAGTTCACCAACGTT //; SEQ ID NO: 776 TCCTGCACCACCTCCAAAGAATGCTGGTCCGTTTGCCAGCGTCTGCACAA CACCTCCCGTGGTAAATGCATGAACAAAAAATGCCGTTGCTACTCC //; SEQ ID NO: 777 CTTAGGAGTAGCAACGGCATTTTTTGTTCATGCATTTA //; SEQ ID NO: 778 CCACGGGAGGTGTTGTGCAGACGCTGGCAAACGGACCAGCATTCTTTGGA GGTGGTGCAGGAAACGTTGGTGAACTGGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos shown above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCCAGTTCACCAACGTTTCCTGCACCACCTCCAAAGAATG SEQ ID NO: 779 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGGTCAAGTGGTTGCAAAGGACGTGGTGGAGGTTTCTTAC SEQ ID NO: 781  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  Q  F  T  N  V  S  C  T  T  S  K  E  C  - SEQ ID NO: 780 CTGGTCCGTTTGCCAGCGTCTGCACAACACCTCCCGTGGTAAATGCATGAACAAAAAATG 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 GACCAGGCAAACGGTCGCAGACGTGTTGTGGAGGGCACCATTTACGTACTTGTTTTTTAC  W  S  V  C  Q  R  L  H  N  T  S  R  G  K  C  M  N  K  K  C  - CCGTTGCTACTCC 121 ---------+--- GGCAACGATGAGGATTC  R  C  Y  S   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 18 Fc-L-MTX Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-MTX. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-MTX.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 782 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGTTTCCTGCACCGGT //; SEQ ID NO: 783 TCCAAAGACTGCTACGCTCCGTGCCGTAAACAGACCGGTTGCCCGAACGC TAAATGCATCAACAAATCCTGCAAATGCTACGGTTGC //; SEQ ID NO: 784 CTTAGCAACCGTAGCATTTGCAGGATTTGTTGATGCAT //; SEQ ID NO: 785 TTAGCGTTCGGGCAACCGGTCTGTTTACGGCACGGAGCGTAGCAGTCTTT GGAACCGGTGCAGGAAACGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos above were used to form the duplex shown below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGTTTCCTGCACCGGTTCCAAAGACTGCTACGCTCCGTG SEQ ID NO: 786 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGCAAAGGACGTGGCCAAGGTTTCTGACGATGCGAGGCAC SEQ ID NO: 788  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  V  S  C  T  G  S  K  D  C  Y  A  P  C  - SEQ ID NO: 787 CCGTAAACAGACCGGTTGCCCGAACGCTAAATGCATCAACAAATCCTGCAAATGCTACGG 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 GGCATTTGTCTGGCCAACGGGCTTGCGATTTACGTAGTTGTTTAGGACGTTTACGATGCC  R  K  Q  T  G  C  P  N  A  K  C  I  N  K  S  C  K  C  Y  G  - TTGC 121 ---- AACGATTC  C   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 19 Fc-L-ChTx(K32E) Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-ChTx(K32E). The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-ChTx(K32E).

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 789 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCCAGTTCACCAACGTTTCCTG //; SEQ ID NO: 790 CACCACCTCCAAAGAATGCTGGTCCGTTTGCCAGCGTCTGCACAACACCT CCCGTGGTAAATGCATGAACAAAGAATGCCGTTGCTACTCC //; SEQ ID NO: 791 CTTAGGAGTAGCAACGGCATTCTTTGTTCATGCATTTACCACG //; SEQ ID NO: 792 GGAGGTGTTGTGCAGACGCTGGCAAACGGACCAGCATTCTTTGGAGGTGG TGCAGGAAACGTTGGTGAACTGGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos shown above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCCAGTTCACCAACGTTTCCTGCACCACCTCCAAAGAATG SEQ ID NO: 793 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGGTCAAGTGGTTGCAAAGGACGTGGTGGAGGTTTCTTAC SEQ ID NO: 795  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  Q  F  T  N  V  S  C  T  T  S  K  E  C  - SEQ ID NO: 794 CTGGTCCGTTTGCCAGCGTCTGCACAACACCTCCCGTGGTAAATGCATGAACAAAGAATG 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 GACCAGGCAAACGGTCGCAGACGTGTTGTGGAGGGCACCATTTACGTACTTGTTTCTTAC  W  S  V  C  Q  R  L  H  N  T  S  R  G  K  C  M  N  K  E  C  - CCGTTGCTACTCC 121 ---------+--- GGCAACGATGAGGATTC  R  C  Y  S   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 20 Fc-L-Apamin Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-Apamin. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-Apamin.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 796 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCTGCAACTGCAAAGCTCCGGAAACCGCTC TGTGCGCTCGTCGTTGCCAGCAGCACGGT //; SEQ ID NO: 797 CTTAACCGTGCTGCTGGCAACGACGAGCGCACAGAGCGGTTTCCGGAGCT TTGCAGTTGCAGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos above were used to form the duplex shown below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCTGCAACTGCAAAGCTCCGGAAACCGCTCTGTGCGCTCG SEQ ID NO: 798 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGACGTTGACGTTTCGAGGCCTTTGGCGAGACACGCGAGC SEQ ID NO: 800  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  C  N  C  K  A  P  E  T  A  L  C  A  R  - SEQ ID NO: 799 TCGTTGCCAGCAGCACGGT 61 ---------+--------- AGCAACGGTCGTCGTGCCAATTC  R  C  Q  Q  H  G   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 21 Fc-L-Scyllatoxin Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-Scyllatoxin or Fc-L-ScyTx. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-ScyTx.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 801 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGCTTTCTGCAACCTGCG //; SEQ ID NO: 802 TATGTGCCAGCTGTCCTGCCGTTCCCTGGGTCTGCTGGGTAAATGCATCG GTGACAAATGCGAATGCGTTAAACAC //; SEQ ID NO: 803 CTTAGTGTTTAACGCATTCGCATTTGTCACCGATGCATTT //; SEQ ID NO: 804 ACCCAGCAGACCCAGGGAACGGCAGGACAGCTGGCACATACGCAGGTTGC AGAAAGCGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGCTTTCTGCAACCTGCGTATGTGCCAGCTGTCCTGCCG SEQ ID NO: 805 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGCGAAAGACGTTGGACGCATACACGGTCGACAGGACGGC SEQ ID NO: 807  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  A  F  C  N  L  R  M  C  Q  L  S  C  R  - SEQ ID NO: 806 TTCCCTGGGTCTGCTGGGTAAATGCATCGGTGACAAATGCGAATGCGTTAAACAC 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+----- AAGGGACCCAGACGACCCATTTACGTAGCCACTGTTTACGCTTACGCAATTTGTGATTC  S  L  G  L  L  G  K  C  I  G  D  K  C  E  C  V  K  H   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 22 Fc-L-IbTx Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-IbTx. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-IbTx.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 808 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCCAGTTCACCGACGTTGACTGCTCCGT //; SEQ ID NO: 809 TTCCAAAGAATGCTGGTCCGTTTGCAAAGACCTGTTCGGTGTTGACCGTG GTAAATGCATGGGTAAAAAATGCCGTTGCTACCAG //; SEQ ID NO: 810 CTTACTGGTAGCAACGGCATTTTTTACCCATGCATTTACCACGGTCAA //; SEQ ID NO: 811 CACCGAACAGGTCTTTGCAAACGGACCAGCATTCTTTGGAAACGGAGCAG TCAACGTCGGTGAACTGGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCCAGTTCACCGACGTTGACTGCTCCGTTTCCAAAGAATG SEQ ID NO: 812 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGGTCAAGTGGCTGCAACTGACGAGGCAAAGGTTTCTTAC SEQ ID NO: 814  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  Q  F  T  D  V  D  C  S  V  S  K  E  C  - SEQ ID NO: 813 CTGGTCCGTTTGCAAAGACCTGTTCGGTGTTGACCGTGGTAAATGCATGGGTAAAAAATG 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 GACCAGGCAAACGTTTCTGGACAAGCCACAACTGGCACCATTTACGTACCCATTTTTTAC  W  S  V  C  K  D  L  F  G  V  D  R  G  K  C  M  G  K  K  C  - CCGTTGCTACCAG 121 ---------+--- GGCAACGATGGTCATTC  R  C  Y  Q   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 23 Fc-L-HaTx1 Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-HaTx1. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-HaTx1.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 815 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGAATGCCGTTACCTGTTCGGTGGTTG //; SEQ ID NO: 816 CAAAACCACCTCCGACTGCTGCAAACACCTGGGTTGCAAATTCCGTGACA AATACTGCGCTTGGGACTTCACCTTCTCC //; SEQ ID NO: 817 CTTAGGAGAAGGTGAAGTCCCAAGCGCAGTATTTGTCACGGAATTTGC //; SEQ ID NO: 818 AACCCAGGTGTTTGCAGCAGTCGGAGGTGGTTTTGCAACCACCGAACAGG TAACGGCATTCGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGAATGCCGTTACCTGTTCGGTGGTTGCAAAACCACCTC SEQ ID NO: 819 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGCTTACGGCAATGGACAAGCCACCAACGTTTTGGTGGAG SEQ ID NO: 821  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  E  C  R  Y  L  F  G  G  C  K  T  T  S  - SEQ ID NO: 820 CGACTGCTGCAAACACCTGGGTTGCAAATTCCGTGACAAATACTGCGCTTGGGACTTCAC 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 GCTGACGACGTTTGTGGACCCAACGTTTAAGGCACTGTTTATGACGCGAACCCTGAAGTG  D  C  C  K  H  L  G  C  K  F  R  D  K  Y  C  A  W  D  F  T  - CTTCTCC 121 ------- GAAGAGGATTC  F  S   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Refolding and purification of Fc-L-HaTx1 expressed in bacteria. Frozen, E. coli paste (13 g) was combined with 100 ml of room temperature 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 and was brought to about 0.1 mg/ml hen egg white lysozyme. The suspended paste was passed through a chilled microfluidizer twice at 12,000 PSI. The cell lysate was then centrifuged at 22,000 g for 20 min at 4° C. The pellet was then resuspended in 200 ml 1% deoxycholic acid using a tissue grinder and then centrifuged at 22,000 g for 20 min at 4° C. The pellet was then resuspended in 200 ml water using a tissue grinder and then centrifuged at 22,000 g for 20 min at 4° C. The pellet (2.6 g) was then dissolved in 26 ml 8 M guanidine HCl, 50 mM tris HCl, pH 8.0. The dissolved pellet was then reduced by adding 30 μl 1 M dithiothreitol to 3 ml of the solution and incubating at 37° C. for 30 minutes. The reduced pellet solution was then centrifuged at 14,000 g for 5 min at room temperature, and then 2.5 ml of the supernatant was transferred to 250 ml of the refolding buffer (2 M urea, 50 mM tris, 160 mM arginine HCl, 5 mM EDTA, 1 mM cystamine HCl, 4 mM cysteine, pH 8.5) at 4° C. with vigorous stirring. The stirring rate was then slowed and the incubation was continued for 2 days at 4° C. The refolding solution was then filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter and stored at −70° C.

The stored refold was defrosted and then diluted with 1 L of water and the pH was adjusted to 7.5 using 1 M H₃PO₄. The pH adjusted material was then filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter and loaded on to a 10 ml Amersham SP-HP HiTrap column at 10 ml/min in S-Buffer A (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, pH 7.3) at 7° C. The column was then washed with several column volumes of S-Buffer A, followed by elution with a linear gradient from 0% to 60% S-Buffer B (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, 1 M NaCl, pH 7.3) followed by a step to 100% S-Buffer B at 5 ml/min 7° C. Fractions were then analyzed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE, and the fractions containing the desired product were pooled based on these data (15 ml). The pool was then loaded on to a 1 ml Amersham rProtein A HiTrap column in PBS at 2 ml/min 7° C. Then column was then washed with several column volumes of 20 mM NaH₂PO₄ pH 6.5, 1 M NaCl and eluted with 100 mM glycine pH 3.0. To the elution peak (1.4 ml), 70 μl 1 M tris HCl pH 8.5 was added, and then the pH adjusted material was filtered though a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter.

A spectral scan was then conducted on 20 μl of the combined pool diluted in 700 μl PBS using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer (FIG. 29F). The concentration of the filtered material was determined to be 1.44 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 30,469 g/mol and extinction coefficient of 43,890 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹. The purity of the filtered material was then assessed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE (FIG. 29B). The endotoxin level was then determined using a Charles River Laboratories Endosafe-PTS system (0.05-5 EU/ml sensitivity) using a 33-fold dilution of the sample in Charles Rivers Endotoxin Specific Buffer BG120 yielding a result of <4 EU/mg protein. The macromolecular state of the product was then determined using size exclusion chromatography on 20 μg of the product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm (FIG. 29G). The product was then subject to mass spectral analysis by diluting 1 μl of the sample into 10 μl of sinapinic acid (10 mg per ml in 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid, 50% acetonitrile). The resultant solution (1 μl) was spotted onto a MALDI sample plate. The sample was allowed to dry before being analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses (FIG. 29H) and these studies confirmed the integrity of the purified peptibody, within experimental error. The product was then stored at −80° C.

Example 24 Fc-L-PaTx2 Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-PaTx2. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-PaTx2.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 822 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCTACTGCCAGAAATGGA //; SEQ ID NO: 823 TGTGGACCTGCGACGAAGAACGTAAATGCTGCGAAGGTCTGGTTTGCCGT CTGTGGTGCAAACGTATCATCAACATG //; SEQ ID NO: 824 CTTACATGTTGATGATACGTTTGCACCACAGACGGCAAA //; SEQ ID NO: 825 CCAGACCTTCGCAGCATTTACGTTCTTCGTCGCAGGTCCACATCCATTTC TGGCAGTAGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCTACTGCCAGAAATGGATGTGGACCTGCGACGAAGAACG SEQ ID NO: 826 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGATGACGGTCTTTACCTACACCTGGACGCTGCTTCTTGC SEQ ID NO: 828  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  Y  C  Q  K  W  M  W  T  C  D  E  E  R  - SEQ ID NO: 827 TAAATGCTGCGAAGGTCTGGTTTGCCGTCTGTGGTGCAAACGTATCATCAACATG 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+----- ATTTACGACGCTTCCAGACCAAACGGCAGACACCACGTTTGCATAGTAGTTGTACATTC  K  C  C  E  G  L  V  C  R  L  W  C  K  R  I  I  N  M   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 25 Fc-L-wGVIA Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-wGVIA. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-wGVIA.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 829 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCTGCAAATCCCCGGGTT //; SEQ ID NO: 830 CCTCCTGCTCCCCGACCTCCTACAACTGCTGCCGTTCCTGCAACCCGTAC ACCAAACGTTGCTACGGT; SEQ ID NO: 831 CTTAACCGTAGCAACGTTTGGTGTACGGGTTGCAGGAA //; SEQ ID NO: 832 CGGCAGCAGTTGTAGGAGGTCGGGGAGCAGGAGGAACCCGGGGATTTGCA GGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCTGCAAATCCCCGGGTTCCTCCTGCTCCCCGACCTCCTA SEQ ID NO: 833 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGACGTTTAGGGGCCCAAGGAGGACGAGGGGCTGGAGGAT SEQ ID NO: 835  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  C  K  S  P  G  S  S  C  S  P  T  S  Y  - SEQ ID NO: 834 CAACTGCTGCCGTTCCTGCAACCCGTACACCAAACGTTGCTACGGT 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+------ GTTGACGACGGCAAGGACGTTGGGCATGTGGTTTGCAACGATGCCAATTC  N  C  C  R  S  C  N  P  Y  T  K  R  C  Y  G

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 26 Fc-L-ωMVIIA Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-ωMVIIA. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-ωMVIIA.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 836 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCTGCAAAGGTAAA //; SEQ ID NO: 837 GGTGCTAAATGCTCCCGTCTGATGTACGACTGCTGCACCGGTTCCTGCCG TTCCGGTAAATGCGGT //; SEQ ID NO: 838 CTTAACCGCATTTACCGGAACGGCAGGAACCGGT //; SEQ ID NO: 839 GCAGCAGTCGTACATCAGACGGGAGCATTTAGCACCTTTACCTTTGCAGG AACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCTGCAAAGGTAAAGGTGCTAAATGCTCCCGTCTGATGTA SEQ ID NO: 840 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGACGTTTCCATTTCCACGATTTACGAGGGCAGACTACAT SEQ ID NO: 842  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  C  K  G  K  G  A  K  C  S  R  L  M  Y  - SEQ ID NO: 841 CGACTGCTGCACCGGTTCCTGCCGTTCCGGTAAATGCGGT 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+ GCTGACGACGTGGCCAAGGACGGCAAGGCCATTTACGCCAATTC  D  C  C  T  G  S  C  R  S  G  K  C  G   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 27 Fc-L-PtuI Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-Ptu1. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-Ptu1.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 843 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGCTGAAAAAGACTGCATC //; SEQ ID NO: 844 GCTCCGGGTGCTCCGTGCTTCGGTACCGACAAACCGTGCTGCAACCCGCG TGCTTGGTGCTCCTCCTACGCTAACAAATGCCTG //; SEQ ID NO: 845 CTTACAGGCATTTGTTAGCGTAGGAGGAGCACCAAGCACG //; SEQ ID NO: 846 CGGGTTGCAGCACGGTTTGTCGGTACCGAAGCACGGAGCACCCGGAGCGA TGCAGTCTTTTTCAGCGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGCTGAAAAAGACTGCATCGCTCCGGGTGCTCCGTGCTT SEQ ID NO: 847 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGCGACTTTTTCTGACGTAGCGAGGCCCACGAGGCACGAA SEQ ID NO: 849  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  A  E  K  D  C  I  A  P  G  A  P  C  F  - SEQ ID NO: 848 CGGTACCGACAAACCGTGCTGCAACCCGCGTGCTTGGTGCTCCTCCTACGCTAACAAATG 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 GCCATGGCTGTTTGGCACGACGTTGGGCGCACGAACCACGAGGAGGATGCGATTGTTTAC  G  T  D  K  P  C  C  N  P  R  A  W  C  S  S  Y  A  N  K  C  - CCTG 121 ---- GGACATTC  L   -

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 28 Fc-L-ProTx1 Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-ProTx1. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-ProTx1.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 850 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGAATGCCGTTACTGGCTGG //; SEQ ID NO: 851 GTGGTTGCTCCGCTGGTCAGACCTGCTGCAAACACCTGGTTTGCTCCCGT CGTCACGGTTGGTGCGTTTGGGACGGTACCTTCTCC //; SEQ ID NO: 852 CTTAGGAGAAGGTACCGTCCCAAACGCACCAACCGTGACGA //; SEQ ID NO: 853 CGGGAGCAAACCAGGTGTTTGCAGCAGGTCTGACCAGCGGAGCAACCACC CAGCCAGTAACGGCATTCGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCGAATGCCGTTACTGGCTGGGTGGTTGCTCCGCTGGTCA 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGCTTACGGCAATGACCGACCCACCAACGAGGCGACCAGT  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  E  C  R  Y  W  L  G  G  C  S  A  G  Q  - GACCTGCTGCAAACACCTGGTTTGCTCCCGTCGTCACGGTTGGTGCGTTTGGGACGGTAC 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 CTGGACGACGTTTGTGGACCAAACGAGGGCAGCAGTGCCAACCACGCAAACCCTGCCATG  T C  C  K  H  L  V  C  S  R  R  H  G  W  C  V  W  D  G  T  - CTTCTCC SEQ ID NO: 854 121 ------- GAAGAGGATTC SEQ ID NO: 856  F  S   - SEQ ID NO: 855

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 29 Fc-L-BeKM1 Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-BeKM1. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-BeKM1.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 857 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCCGTCCGACCGACATCAAATG //; SEQ ID NO: 858 CTCCGAATCCTACCAGTGCTTCCCGGTTTGCAAATCCCGTTTCG GTAAAACCAACGGTCGTTGCGTTAACGGT TTCTGCGACTGCTTC //; SEQ ID NO: 859 CTTAGAAGCAGTCGCAGAAACCGTTAACGCAACGACCGTTGG //; SEQ ID NO: 860 TTTTACCGAAACGGGATTTGCAAACCGGGAAGCACTGGTAGGATTCG GAGCATTTGATGTCGGTCGGACGGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCCGTCCGACCGACATCAAATGCTCCGAATCCTACCAGTG 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGGCAGGCTGGCTGTAGTTTACGAGGCTTAGGATGGTCAC  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  R  P  T  D  I  K  C  S  E  S  Y  Q  C  - CTTCCCGGTTTGCAAATCCCGTTTCGGTAAAACCAACGGTCGTTGCGTTAACGGTTTCTG 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 GAAGGGCCAAACGTTTAGGGCAAAGCCATTTTGGTTGCCAGCAACGCAATTGCCAAAGAC  F  P  V  C  K  S  R  F  G  T  N  G  R  C  V  N  G  F  C  - CGACTGCTTC SEQ ID NO: 861 121 ---------+ GCTGACGAAGATTC SEQ ID NO: 863  D  C  F   - SEQ ID NO: 862

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 30 Fc-L-CTX Bacterial Expression

Bacterial expression of Fc-L-CTX. The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria are described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21ampR-Fc-Pep and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Fc-L-CTX.

Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 864 TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCATGTGCATGCCGTGCTTCAC //; SEQ ID NO: 865 CACCGACCACCAGATGGCTCGTAAATGCGACGACTGCTGCGGTGG TAAAGGTCGTGGTAAATGCTACGGTCCG CAGTGCCTGTGCCGT //; SEQ ID NO: 866 CTTAACGGCACAGGCACTGCGGACCGTAGCATTTACCACGAC //; SEQ ID NO: 867 CTTTACCACCGCAGCAGTCGTCGCATTTACGAGCCATCTGGTGGTCG GTGGTGAAGCACGGCATGCACATGGAACCACCACCACCGGA //; The oligos above were used to form the duplex below:

TGGTTCCGGTGGTGGTGGTTCCATGTGCATGCCGTGCTTCACCACCGACCACCAGATGGC 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     AGGCCACCACCACCAAGGTACACGTACGGCACGAAGTGGTGGCTGGTGGTCTACCG  G  S  G  G  G  G  S  M  C  M  P  C  F  T  T  D  H  Q  M  A  - TCGTAAATGCGACGACTGCTGCGGTGGTAAAGGTCGTGGTAAATGCTACGGTCCGCAGTG 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 AGCATTTACGCTGCTGACGACGCCACCATTTCCAGCACCATTTACGATGCCAGGCGTCAC  R  K  C  D  D  C  C  G  G  K  G  R  G  K  C  Y  G  P  Q  C  - CCTGTGCCGT SEQ ID NO: 868 121 ---------+ GGACACGGCACCAC SEQ ID NO: 870  L  C  R   - SEQ ID NO: 869

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 31 N-Terminally PEGylated-Des-Arg1-ShK

Peptide Synthesis of reduced Des-Arg1-ShK.

Des-Arg1-ShK, having the sequence

(Peptide 1, SEQ ID NO: 92) SCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC was synthesized in a stepwise manner on a Symphony™ multi-peptide synthesizer by solid-phase peptide synthesis (SPPS) using 2-(1H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU)/N-methyl morpholine (NMM)/N,N-dimethyl-formamide (DMF) coupling chemistry at 0.1 mmol equivalent resin scale on Tentagel™-S PHB Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-resin. N-alpha-(9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl)- and side-chain protected amino acids were purchased from Midwest Biotech Incorporated. Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-Tentagel™ resin was purchased from Fluka. The following side-chain protection strategy was employed: Asp(O^(t)Bu), Arg(Pbf), Cys(Trt), Gln(Trt), His(Trt), Lys(N^(ε)-Boc), Ser(O^(t)Bu), Thr(O^(t)Bu) and Tyr(O^(t)Bu). Two Oxazolidine dipeptides, Fmoc-Gly-Thr(^(ψMe,Me)Pro)-OH and Fmoc-Leu-Ser(^(ψMe,Me)Pro)-OH, were used in the chain assembly and were obtained from NovaBiochem and used in the synthesis of the sequence. The protected amino acid derivatives (20 mmol) were dissolved in 100 ml 20% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) in DMF (v/v). Protected amino acids were activated with 20 mM HBTU, 400 mM NMM in 20% DMSO in DMF, and coupling were carried out using two treatments with 0.5 mmol protected amino acid, 0.5 mmol HBTU, 1 mmol NMM in 20% DMF/DMSO for 25 minutes and then 40 minutes. Fmoc deprotection reactions were carried out with two treatments using a 20% piperidine in DMF (v/v) solution for 10 minutes and then 15 minutes. Following synthesis, the resin was then drained, and washed with DCM, DMF, DCM, and then dried in vacuo. The peptide-resin was deprotected and released from the resin by treatment with a TFA/EDT/TIS/H₂O (92.5:2.5:2.5:2.5 (v/v)) solution at room temperature for 1 hour. The volatiles were then removed with a stream of nitrogen gas, the crude peptide precipitated twice with cold diethyl ether and collected by centrifugation. The crude peptide was then analyzed on a Waters 2795 analytical RP-HPLC system using a linear gradient (0-60% buffer B in 12 minutes, A:0.1% TFA in water, B: 0.1% TFA in acetonitrile) on a Jupiter 4 μm Proteo™ 90 Å column. A PE-Sciex™ API Electro-spray mass spectrometer was used to confirm correct peptide product mass. Crude peptide was obtained in 143 mg yield at approximately 70% pure based as estimated by analytical RP-HPLC analysis. Reduced Des-Arg1-ShK (Peptide 1) Retention time (Rt)=5.31 minutes, calculated molecular weight=3904.6917 Da (average); Experimental observed molecular weight 3907.0 Da.

Folding of Des-Arg1-ShK (Disulphide bond formation).

Following TFA cleavage and peptide precipitation, reduced Des-Arg1-ShK was then air-oxidized to give the folded peptide. The crude cleaved peptide was extracted using 20% AcOH in water (v/v) and then diluted with water to a concentration of approximately 0.15 mg reduced Des-Arg1-ShK per mL, the pH adjusted to about 8.0 using NH₄OH (28-30%), and gently stirred at room temperature for 36 hours. Folding process was monitored by LC-MS analysis. Following this, folded Des-Arg1-ShK peptide was purified using reversed phase HPLC using a 1″ Luna 5 μm C18 100 Å Proteo™ column with a linear gradient 0-40% buffer B in 120 min (A=0.1% TFA in water, B=0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Folded Des-Arg1-ShK crude peptide eluted earlier (when compared to the elution time in its reduced form) at approximately 25% buffer B. Folded Des-Arg1-ShK (Peptide 2) was obtained in 23.2 mg yield in >97% purity as estimated by analytical RP-HPLC analysis (FIG. 20). Calculated molecular weight=3895.7693 Da (monoisotopic), experimental observed molecular weight=3896.5 Da (analyzed on a Waters LCT Premier Micromass MS Technologies). Des-Arg1-ShK disulfide connectivity was C1-C6, C2-C4, C3-C5.

N-terminal PEGylation of Folded Des-Arg1-ShK.

Folded Des-Arg1-ShK, (Peptide 2) was dissolved in water at 1 mg/ml concentration. A 2 M MeO-PEG-Aldehyde, CH₃O—[CH₂CH₂O]n-CH₂CH₂CHO (average molecular weight 20 kDa), solution in 50 mM NaOAc, pH 4.5, and a separate 1 M solution of NaCNBH₃ were freshly prepared. The peptide solution was then added to the MeO-PEG-Aldehyde containing solution and was followed by the addition of the NaCNBH₃ solution. The reaction stoichiometry was peptide:PEG:NaCNBH3 (1:2:0.02), respectively. The reaction was left for 48 hours, and was analyzed on an Agilent 1100 RP-HPLC system using Zorbax™ 300SB-C8 5 μm column at 40° C. with a linear gradient (6-60% B in 16 minutes, A: 0.1% TFA in water, B: 0.1% TFA/90% ACN in water). Mono-pegylated folded Des-Arg1-ShK constituted approximately 58% of the crude product by analytical RP-HPLC. Mono Pegylated Des-Arg1-ShK was then isolated using a HiTrap™ 5 ml SP HP cation exchange column on AKTA FPLC system at 4° C. at 1 mL/min using a gradient of 0-50% B in 25 column volumes (Buffers: A=20 mM sodium acetate pH 4.0, B=1 M NaCl, 20 mM sodium acetate, pH 4.0). The fractions were analyzed using a 4-20 tris-Gly SDS-PAGE gel and RP-HPLC (as described for the crude). SDS-PAGE gels were run for 1.5 hours at 125 V, 35 mA, 5 W. Pooled product was then dialyzed at 4° C. in 3 changes of 1 L of A4S buffer (10 mM NaOAc, 5% sorbitol, pH 4.0). The dialyzed product was then concentrated in 10 K microCentrifuge filter to 2 mL volume and sterile-filtered using 0.2 μM syringe filter to give the final product. N-Terminally PEGylated-Des-Arg1-ShK (Peptide 3) was isolated in 1.7 mg yield with 85% purity as estimated by analytical RP-HPLC analysis (FIG. 23).

The N-Terminally PEGylated-Des-Arg1-ShK, also referred to as “PEG-ShK[2-35]”, was active in blocking human Kv1.3 (FIG. 38A and FIG. 38B) as determined by patch clamp electrophysiology (Example 36).

Example 32 N-Terminally PEGylated ShK

The experimental procedures of this working example correspond to the results shown in FIG. 17.

Peptide Synthesis of reduced ShK. ShK, having the amino acid sequence

(Peptide 4, SEQ ID NO: 5) RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC was synthesized in a stepwise manner on a Symphony™ multi-peptide synthesizer by solid-phase peptide synthesis (SPPS) using 2-(1H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU)/N-methyl morpholine (NMM)/N,N-dimethyl-formamide (DMF) coupling chemistry at 0.1 mmol equivalent resin scale on Tentagel™-S PHB Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-resin. N-alpha-9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl) and side-chain protected amino acids were purchased from Midwest Biotech Incorporated. Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-Tentagel™ resin was purchased from Fluka. The following side-chain protection strategy was employed: Asp(O^(t)Bu), Arg(Pbf), Cys(Trt), Gln(Trt), His(Trt), Lys(N^(ε)-Boc), Ser(O^(t)Bu), Thr(O^(t)Bu) and Tyr(O^(t)Bu). Two Oxazolidine dipeptides, Fmoc-Gly-Thr(^(ψMe,Me)Pro)-OH and Fmoc-Leu-Ser(^(ψMe,Me)Pro)-OH, were used in the chain assembly and were obtained from NovaBiochem and used in the synthesis of the sequence. The protected amino acid derivatives (20 mmol) were dissolved in 100 ml 20% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) in DMF (v/v). Protected amino acids were activated with 200 mM HBTU, 400 mM NMM in 20% DMSO in DMF, and coupling were carried out using two treatments with 0.5 mmol protected amino acid, 0.5 mmol HBTU, 1 mmol NMM in 20% DMF/DMSO for 25 minutes and then 40 minutes. Fmoc deprotections were carried out with two treatments using a 20% piperidine in DMF (v/v) solution for 10 minutes and then 15 minutes. Following synthesis, the resin was then drained, and washed with DCM, DMF, DCM, and then dried in vacuo. The peptide-resin was deprotected and released from the resin by treatment with a TFA/EDT/TIS/H₂O (92.5:2.5:2.5:2.5 (v/v)) solution at room temperature for 1 hour. The volatiles were then removed with a stream of nitrogen gas, the crude peptide precipitated twice with cold diethyl ether and collected by centrifugation. The crude peptide was then analyzed on a Waters 2795 analytical RP-HPLC system using a linear gradient (0-60% buffer B in 12 minutes, A:0.1% TFA in water, B: 0.1% TFA in acetonitrile) on a Jupiter 4 μm Proteo™ 90 Å column. A PE-Sciex API Electro-spray mass spectrometer was used to confirm correct peptide product mass. Crude peptide was approximately was obtained 170 mg yield at about 45% purity as estimated by analytical RP-HPLC analysis. Reduced ShK (Peptide 4) Retention time (Rt)=5.054 minutes, calculated molecular weight=4060.8793 Da (average); experimental observed molecular weight=4063.0 Da.

Folding of ShK (Disulphide bond formation). Following TFA cleavage and peptide precipitation, reduced ShK was then air oxidized to give the folded peptide. The crude cleaved peptide was extracted using 20% AcOH in water (v/v) and then diluted with water to a concentration of approximately 0.15 mg reduced ShK per mL, the pH adjusted to about 8.0 using NH₄OH (28-30%), and gently stirred at room temperature for 36 hours. Folding process was monitored by LC-MS analysis. Following this, folded ShK peptide was purified by reversed phase HPLC using a 1″ Luna 5 μm C18 100 Å Proteo™ column with a linear gradient 0-40% buffer B in 120 min (A=0.1% TFA in water, B=0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Folded ShK crude peptide eluted earlier (when compared to the elution time in its reduced form) at approximately 25% buffer B. Folded ShK (Peptide 5) was obtained in 25.5 mg yield in >97% purity as estimated by analytical RP-HPLC analysis. See FIG. 60. Calculated molecular weight=4051.8764 Da (monoisotopic); experimental observed molecular weight=4052.5 Da (analyzed on Waters LCT Premier Micromass MS Technologies). ShK disulfide connectivity was C1-C6, C2-C4, and C3-C5.

N-terminal PEGylation of Folded ShK. Folded ShK, having the amino acid sequence

(SEQ ID NO: 5) RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC can be dissolved in water at 1 mg/ml concentration. A 2 M MeO-PEG-Aldehyde, CH₃O—CH₂CH₂O]n-CH₂CH₂CHO (average molecular weight 20 kDa), solution in 50 mM NaOAc, pH 4.5 and a separate 1 M solution of NaCNBH₃ can be freshly prepared. The peptide solution can be then added to the MeO-PEG-Aldehyde containing solution and can be followed by the addition of the NaCNBH₃ solution. The reaction stoichiometry can be peptide:PEG:NaCNBH3 (1:2:0.02), respectively. The reaction can be left for 48 hours, and can be analyzed on an Agilent™ 1100 RP-HPLC system using Zorbax™ 300SB-C8 5 μm column at 40° C. with a linear gradient (6-60% B in 16 minutes, A: 0.1% TFA in water, B: 0.1% TFA/90% ACN in water). Mono-pegylated Shk (Peptide 6) can be then isolated using a HiTrap™ 5 mL SP HP cation exchange column on AKTA FPLC system at 4° C. at 1 mL/min using a gradient of 0-50% B in 25 column volumes (Buffers: A=20 mM sodium acetate pH 4.0, B=1 M NaCl, 20 mM sodium acetate, pH 4.0). The fractions can be analyzed using a 4-20 tris-Gly SDS-PAGE gel and RP-HPLC. SDS-PAGE gels can be run for 1.5 hours at 125 V, 35 mA, 5 W. Pooled product can be then dialyzed at 4° C. in 3 changes of 1 L of A4S buffer (10 mM sodium acetate, 5% sorbitol, pH 4.0). The dialyzed product can be then concentrated in 10 K microCentrifuge filter to 2 mL volume and sterile-filtered using 0.2 μM syringe filter to give the final product.

Example 33 N-Terminally PEGylated ShK by Oxime Formation

Peptide Synthesis of reduced ShK. ShK, having the sequence

(SEQ ID NO: 5) RSCIDTIPKSRCTAFQCKHSMKYRLSFCRKTCGTC can be synthesized in a stepwise manner on a Symphony™ multi-peptide synthesizer by solid-phase peptide synthesis (SPPS) using 2-(1H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU)/N-methyl morpholine (NMM)/N,N-dimethyl-formamide (DMF) coupling chemistry at 0.1 mmol equivalent resin scale on Tentagel™-S PHB Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-resin. N-alpha-(9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl)- and side-chain protected amino acids can be purchased from Midwest Biotech Incorporated. Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-Tentagel™ resin can be purchased from Fluka. The following side-chain protection strategy can be employed: Asp(O^(t)Bu), Arg(Pbf), Cys(Trt), Gln(Trt), His(Trt), Lys(N^(α)-Boc), Ser(O^(t)Bu), Thr(O^(t)Bu) and Tyr(O^(t)Bu). Two Oxazolidine dipeptides, Fmoc-Gly-Thr(Ψ^(Me,Me)Pro)-OH and Fmoc-Leu-Ser(ψ^(Me,Me)Pro)-OH, can be used in the chain assembly and can be obtained from NovaBiochem and used in the synthesis of the sequence. The protected amino acid derivatives (20 mmol) can be dissolved in 100 ml 20% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) in DMF (v/v). Protected amino acids can be activated with 200 mM HBTU, 400 mM NMM in 20% DMSO in DMF, and coupling can be carried out using two treatments with 0.5 mmol protected amino acid, 0.5 mmol HBTU, 1 mmol NMM in 20% DMF/DMSO for 25 minutes and then 40 minutes. Fmoc deprotection reactions can be carried out with two treatments using a 20% piperidine in DMF (v/v) solution for 10 minutes and then 15 minutes. Following the chain-assembly of the Shk peptide, Boc-amionooxyacetic acid (1.2 equiv) can be coupled at the N-terminus using 0.5 M HBTU in DMF with 4 equiv collidine for 5 minutes. Following synthesis, the resin can be then drained, and washed with DCM, DMF, DCM, and then dried in vacuo. The peptide-resin can be deprotected and released from the resin by treatment with a TFA/amionooxyacetic acid/TIS/EDT/H2O (90:2.5:2.5:2.5:2.5) solution at room temperature for 1 hour. The volatiles can be then removed with a stream of nitrogen gas, the crude peptide precipitated twice with cold diethyl ether and collected by centrifugation. The aminooxy-Shk peptide (Peptide 7) can be then analyzed on a Waters 2795 analytical RP-HPLC system using a linear gradient (0-60% buffer B in 12 minutes, A: 0.1% TFA in water also containing 0.1% aminooxyacetic acid, B: 0.1% TFA in acetonitrile) on a Jupiter 4 μm Proteo™ 90 Å column.

Reversed-Phase HPLC Purification. Preparative Reversed-phase high-performance liquid chromatography can be performed on C18, 5 μm, 2.2 cm×25 cm) column. Chromatographic separations can be achieved using linear gradients of buffer B in A (A=0.1% aqueous TFA; B=90% aq. ACN containing 0.09% TFA and 0.1% aminooxyacetic acid), typically 5-95% over 90 minutes at 15 mL/min. Preparative HPLC fractions can be characterized by ESMS and photodiode array (PDA) HPLC, combined and lyophilized.

N-Terminal PEGylation of Shk by Oxime Formation. Lyophilized aminooxy-Shk (Peptide 7) can be dissolved in 50% HPLC buffer A/B (5 mg/mL) and added to a two-fold molar excess of MeO-PEG-Aldehyde, CH₃O—[CH₂CH₂O]_(n)—CH₂CH₂CHO (average molecular weight 20 kDa). The reaction can be left for 24 hours, and can be analyzed on an Agilent™ 1100 RP-HPLC system using Zorbax™ 300SB-C8 5 μm column at 40° C. with a linear gradient (6-60% B in 16 minutes, A: 0.1% TFA in water, B: 0.1% TFA/90% ACN in water). Mono-pegylated reduced Shk constituted approximately 58% of the crude product by analytical RP-HPLC. Mono PEGylated (oximated) Shk (Peptide 8) can be then isolated using a HiTrap™ 5 mL SP HP cation exchange column on AKTA FPLC system at 4° C. at 1 mL/min using a gradient of 0-50% B in 25 column volumes (Buffers: A=20 mM sodium acetate pH 4.0, B=1 M NaCl, 20 mM sodium acetate, pH 4.0). The fractions can be analyzed using a 4-20 tris-Gly SDS-PAGE gel and RP-HPLC. SDS-PAGE gels can be run for 1.5 hours at 125 V, 35 mA, 5 W. Pooled product can be then dialyzed at 4° C. in 3 changes of 1 L of A4S buffer (10 mM NaOAc, 5% sorbitol, pH 4.0). The dialyzed product can be then concentrated in 10 K microCentrifuge filter to 2 mL volume and sterile-filtered using 0.2 μM syringe filter to give the final product.

Folding of ShK (Disulphide bond formation). The mono-PEGylated (oximated) Shk can be dissolved in 20% AcOH in water (v/v) and can be then diluted with water to a concentration of approximately 0.15 mg peptide mL, the pH adjusted to about 8.0 using NH₄OH (28-30%), and gently stirred at room temperature for 36 hours. Folding process can be monitored by LC-MS analysis. Following this, folded mono-PEGylated (oximated) Shk (Peptide 9) can be purified using by reversed phase HPLC using a 1″ Luna 5 μm C18 100 Å Proteo™ column with a linear gradient 0-40% buffer B in 120 min (A=0.1% TFA in water, B=0.1% TFA in acetonitrile). Mono-PEGylated (oximated) ShK disulfide connectivity can be C1-C6, C2-C4, and C3-C5.

Example 34 N-Terminally PEGylated ShK (Amidation)

The experimental procedures of this working example correspond to the results shown in FIG. 18.

N-Terminal PEGylation of Shk by Amide Formation. A 10 mg/mL solution of folded Shk (Peptide 5), in 100 mM Bicine pH 8.0, can be added to solid succinimidyl ester of 20 kDa PEG propionic acid (mPEG-SPA; CH₃O—[CH₂CH₂O]_(n)—CH₂CH₂CO—NHS) at room temperature using a 1.5 molar excess of the mPEG-SPA to Shk. After one hour with gentle stirring, the mixture can be diluted to 2 mg/mL with water, and the pH can be adjusted to 4.0 with dilute HCl. The extent of mono-pegylated Shk (Peptide 10), some di-PEGylated Shk or tri-PEGylated Shk, unmodified Shk and succinimidyl ester hydrolysis can be determined by SEC HPLC using a Superdex™ 75 HR 10/30 column (Amersham) eluted with 0.05 M NaH₂PO₄, 0.05 M Na₂HPO₄, 0.15 M NaCl, 0.01 M NaN₃, pH 6.8, at 1 mL/min. The fractions can be analyzed using a 4-20 tris-Gly SDS-PAGE gel and RP-HPLC. SDS-PAGE gels can be run for 1.5 hours at 125 V, 35 mA, 5 W. Pooled product can be then dialyzed at 4° C. in 3 changes of 1 L of A4S buffer (10 mM NaOAc, 5% sorbitol, pH 4.0). The dialyzed N-terminally PEGylated (amidated) ShK (Peptide 10) can be then concentrated in 10 K microCentrifuge filter to 2 mL volume and sterile-filtered using 0.2 μM syringe filter to give the final product.

Example 35 Fc-L-SmIIIA

Fc-SmIIIA expression vector. A 104 bp BamHI-NotI fragment containing partial linker sequence and SmIIIA peptide encoded with human high frequency codons was assembled by PCR with overlapping primers 3654-50 and 3654-51 and cloned into to the 7.1 kb NotI-BamHI back bone to generate pcDNA3.1(+)CMVi-hFc-SmIIIA as described in Example 1.

  BamHI 5′GGATCCGGAGGAGGAGGAAGCTGCTGCAACGGCCGCCGCGGCTGCAGCAGCCGCTGG                        C  C  N  G  R  R  G  C  S  S  R  W TGCCGCGACCACAGCCGCTGCTGCTGAGCGGCCGC3′ //SEQ ID NO: 872 C  R  D  H  S  R  C  C       NotI SEQ ID NO: 873 Forward 5′-3′: GGAGGAGGATCCGGAGGAGGAGGAAGCTGCTGCAACGGCCGCCGCGGCTGCAGCAGC CGC //SEQ ID NO: 874 Reverse 5′-3′: ATTATTGCGGCCGCTCAGCAGCAGCGGCTGTGGTCGCGGCACCAGCGGCTGCTGCAG CCGC SEQ ID NO: 875 The sequences of the BamHI to NotI fragments in the final constructs were verified by sequencing.

Transient expression of Fc-L-SmIIIa. 7.5 ug of the toxin peptide Fc fusion construct pcDNA3.1(+)CMVi-hFc-SmIIIA were transfected into 293-T cells in 10 cm tissue culture plate with FuGENE 6 as transfection reagent. Culture medium was replaced with serum-free medium at 24 hours post-transfection and the conditioned medium was harvested at day 5 post-transfection. Transient expression of Fc-SmIIIA from 293-T cells was analyzed by Western blot probed with anti-hFc antibody (FIG. 25A and FIG. 25B). Single band of expressed protein with estimated MW was shown in both reduced and non-reduced samples. Transient expression level of Fc-SmIIIA was further determined to be 73.4 μg/ml according to ELISA.

Example 36 Electrophysiology Experiments

Cell Culture. Stable cell line expressing human K_(V)1.3 channel was licensed from Biofocus. Cells were kept at 37° C. in 5% CO₂ environment. Culture medium contains DMEM with GlutaMax™ (Invitrogen), 1× non-essential amino acid, 10% fetal bovine serum and 500 μg/mL geneticin. Cells were plated and grown at low confluence on 35 mm culture dishes for at least 24 hours prior to electrophysiology experiments.

Electrophysiology Recording by Patch Clamping. Whole-cell currents were recorded from single cells by using tight seal configuration of the patch-clamp technique. A 35 mm culture dish was transferred to the recording stage after rinsing and replacing the culture medium with recording buffer containing 135 mM NaCl, 5 mM KCl, 1.8 mM CaCl₂, 10 mM HEPES, and 5 mM Glucose. pH was adjusted to 7.4 with NaOH and the osmolarity was set at 300 mOsm. Cells were perfused continuously with the recording buffer via one of the glass capillaries arranged in parallel and attached to a motorized rod, which places the glass capillary directly on top of the cell being recorded. Recording pipette solution contained 90 mM K-gluconate, 20 mM KF, 10 mM NaCl, 1 mM MgCl₂-6H₂O, 10 mM EGTA, 5 mM K₂-ATP, and 10 mM HEPES. The pH for the internal solution was adjusted to 7.4 with KOH and the osmolarity was set at 280 mOsm. Experiments were performed at room temperature (20-22° C.) and recorded using Multiclamp™ 700A amplifier (Molecular Devices Inc.). Pipette resistances were typically 2-3 MΩ.

Protein toxin potency determination on Kv1.3 current: HEK293 cells stably expressing human Kv1.3 channel were voltage clamped at −80 mV holding potential. Outward K_(V)1.3 currents were activated by giving 200 msec long depolarizing steps to +30 mV from the holding potential of −80 mV and filtered at 3 kHz. Each depolarizing step was separated from the subsequent one with a 10 s interval. Analogue signals were digitized by Digidata™ 1322A digitizer (Molecular Devices) and subsequently stored on computer disk for offline analyses using Clampfit™ 9 (Molecular Devices Inc.). In all studies, stable baseline Kv1.3 current amplitudes were established for 4 minutes before starting the perfusion of the protein toxin at incremental concentrations. A steady state block was always achieved before starting the perfusion of the subsequent concentration of the protein toxin.

Data analysis. Percent of control (POC) is calculated based on the following equation: (K_(V)1.3 current after protein toxin addition/K_(V)1.3 current in control)*100. At least 5 concentrations of the protein toxin (e.g. 0.003, 0.01, 0.03, 0.1, 0.3, 100 nM) were used to calculate the IC₅₀ value. IC₅₀ values and curve fits were estimated using the four parameter logistic fit of XLfit software (Microsoft Corp.). IC₅₀ values are presented as mean value±s.e.m. (standard error of the mean).

Drug preparations. Protein toxins (typically 10-100 μM) were dissolved in distilled water and kept frozen at −80° C. Serial dilutions of the stock protein toxins were mixed into the recording buffer containing 0.1% bovine serum albumin (BSA) and subsequently transferred to glass perfusion reservoirs. Electronic pinch valves controlled the flow of the protein toxin from the reservoirs onto the cell being recorded.

Example 37 Immunobiology and Channel Binding

Inhibition of T cell cytokine production following PMA and anti-CD3 antibody stimulation of PBMCs. PBMC's were previously isolated from normal human donor Leukophoresis packs, purified by density gradient centrifugation (Ficoll Hypaque), cryopreserved in CPZ Cryopreservation Medium Complete (INCELL, MCPZF-100 plus 10% DMSO final). PBMC's were thawed (95% viability), washed, and seeded at 2×10⁵ cells per well in culture medium (RPMI medium 1640; GIBCO) supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum, 100 U/ml penicillin, 100 mg/ml streptomycin 2 mM L-glutamine, 100 uM non-essential amino acids, and 20 uM 2-ME) in 96-well flat-bottom tissue culture plates. Cells were pre-incubated with serially diluted (100 nM-0.001 nM final) ShK[1-35], Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] or fc control for 90 min before stimulating for 48 hr with PMA/anti-CD3 (1 ng/ml and 50 ng/ml, respectively) in a final assay volume of 200 ul. Analysis of the assay samples was performed using the Meso Scale Discovery (MSD) SECTOR™ Imager 6000 (Meso Scale Discovery, Gaithersbury, Md.) to measure the IL-2 and IFNg protein levels by utilizing electrochemiluminescence (ECL). The conditioned medium (50 ul) was added to the MSD Multi-spot 96-well plates (each well containing three capture antibodies; IL-2, TNF, IFNγ). The plates were sealed, wrapped in tin foil, and incubated at room temperature on a plate shaker for 2 hr. The wells were washed 1× with 200 ul PBST (BIOTEK, Elx405 Auto Plate Washer). For each well, 20 ul of Ruthenium-labeled detection antibodies (1 ug/ml final in Antibody Dilution Buffer; IL-1, TNF, IFNγ) and 130 ul of 2×MSD Read Buffer added, final volume 150 ul. The plates were sealed, wrapped in tin foil, and incubated at room temperature on a plate shaker for 1 hr. The plates were then read on the SECTOR™ Imager 6000. FIGS. 35A & 35B shows the CHO-derived Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] peptibody potently inhibits IL-2 and IFNg production from T cells in a dose-dependent manner. Compared to native ShK[1-35] peptide, the peptibody produces a greater extent of inhibition (POC=Percent Of Control of response in the absence of inhibitor).

Inhibition of T cell cytokine production following anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 antibody stimulation of PBMCs. PBMCs were previously isolated from normal human donor Leukopheresis packs, purified by density gradient centrifugation (Ficoll Hypaque), and cryopreserved using INCELL Freezing Medium. PBMCs were thawed (95% viability), washed, and seeded (in RPMI complete medium containing serum replacement, PSG) at 2×10⁵ cells per well into 96-well flat bottom plates. Cells were pre-incubated with serially diluted (100 nM-0.003 nM final) ShK[1-35], Fc-L10-ShK[1-35], or Fc control for 1 hour before the addition of aCD3 and aCD28 (2.5 ng/mL and 100 ng/mL respectively) in a final assay volume of 200 mL. Supernatants were collected after 48 hours, and analyzed using the Meso Scale Discovery (MSD) SECTOR™ Imager 6000 (Meso Scale Discovery, Gaithersbury, Md.) to measure the IL-2 and IFNg protein levels by utilizing electrochemiluminescence (ECL). 20 mL of supernatant was added to the MSD multi-spot 96-well plates (each well containing IL-2, TNFa, and IFNg capture antibodies). The plates were sealed and incubated at room temperature on a plate shaker for 1 hour. Then 20 mL of Ruthenium-labeled detection antibodies (1 ug/ml final of IL-2, TNFα, and IFNγ in Antibody Dilution Buffer) and 110 mL of 2×MSD Read Buffer were added. The plates were sealed, covered with tin foil, and incubated at room temperature on a plate shaker for 1 hour. The plates were then read on the SECTOR™ Imager 6000. FIGS. 37A & 37B shows the CHO-derived Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] peptibody potently inhibits IL-2 and IFNg production from T cells in a dose-dependent manner. Compared to native ShK[1-35] peptide which shows only partial inhibition, the peptibody produces nearly complete inhibition of the inflammatory cytokine response. (POC=Percent Of Control of response in the absence of inhibitor).

Inhibition of T cell proliferation following anti-CD3 and anti-CD28 antibody stimulation of PBMCs. PBMC's were previously isolated from normal human donor Leukophoresis packs, purified by density gradient centrifugation (Ficoll Hypaque), cryopreserved in CPZ Cryopreservation Medium Complete (INCELL, MCPZF-100 plus 10% DMSO final). PBMC's were thawed (95% viability), washed, and seeded at 2×10⁵ cells per well in culture medium (RPMI medium 1640; GIBCO) supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum, 100 U/ml penicillin, 100 mg/ml streptomycin, 2 mM L-glutamine, 100 μM non-essential amino acids, and 20 μM 2-ME) in 96-well flat-bottom tissue culture plates. Cells were pre-incubated with either anti-human CD32 (FcyRII) blocking antibody (per manufacturers instructions EASY SEP Human Biotin Selection Kit #18553, StemCell Technologies Vancouver, BC) or Fc-L10-ShK (100 nM-0.001 nM final) for 45 min. Fc-L10-ShK (100 nM-0.001 nM final) was then added to the cells containing anti-human CD32 blocking antibody while medium was added to the cells containing Fc-L10-ShK. Both sets were incubated for an additional 45 min before stimulating for 48 hr with aCD3/aCD28 (0.2 ng/ml and 100 ng/ml, respectively). Final assay volume was 200 ul. [3H]TdR (1 uCi per well) was added and the plates were incubated for an additional 16 hrs. Cells were then harvested onto glass fiber filters and radioactivity was measured in a B-scintillation counter. FIGS. 36A & 36B shows the CHO-derived Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] peptibody potently inhibits proliferation of T cells in a dose-dependent manner. Pre-blocking with the anti-CD32 (FcR) blocking antibody has little effect on the peptibodies ability to inhibit T cell proliferation suggesting Kv1.3 inhibition and not FcR binding is the mechanism for the inhibition observed (POC=Percent Of Control of response in the absence of inhibitor).

Immunohistochemistry analysis of Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] binding to HEK 293 cells overexpressing human Kv1.3. HEK 293 cells overexpressing human Kv1.3 (HEK Kv1.3) were obtained from BioFocus plc (Cambridge, UK) and maintained per manufacturer's recommendation. The parental HEK 293 cell line was used as a control. Cells were plated on Poly-D-Lysine 24 well plates (#35-4414; Becton-Dickinson, Bedford, Mass.) and allowed to grow to approximately 70% confluence. HEK KV1.3 were plated at 0.5×10e5 cells/well in 1 ml/well of medium. HEK 293 cells were plated at a density of 1.5×10e5 cells/well in 1 ml/well of medium. Before staining, cells were fixed with formalin (Sigma HT50-1-1 Formalin solution, diluted 1:1 with PBS/0.5% BSA before use) by removing cell growth medium, adding 0.2 ml/well formalin solution and incubating at room temperature for ten minutes. Cells were stained by incubating with 0.2 ml/well of 5 ug/ml Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] in PBS/BSA for 30′ at room temperature. Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] was aspirated and then the cells were washed one time with PBS/0.5% BSA. Detection antibody (Goat F(ab)₂ anti-human IgG-phycoerythrin; Southern Biotech Associates, Birmingham, Ala.) was added to the wells at 5 ug/ml in PBS/0.5% BSA and incubated for 30′ at room temperature. Wash cells once with PBS/0.5% BSA and examine using confocal microscopy (LSM 510 Meta Confocal Microscope; Carl Zeiss AG, Germany). FIG. 33B shows the Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] peptibody retains binds to Kv1.3 overexpressing HEK 293 cells but shows little binding to untransfected cells (FIG. 33A) indicating the Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] peptibody can be used as a reagent to detect cells overexpressing the Kv1.3 channel. In disease settings where activated T effector memory cells have been reported to overproduce Kv1.3, this reagent can find utility in both targeting these cells and in their detection.

An ELISA assay demonstrating Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] binding to fixed HEK 293 cells overexpressing Kv1.3. FIG. 34A shows a dose-dependent increase in the peptibody binding to fixed cells that overexpress Kv1.3, demonstrating that the peptibody shows high affinity binding to its target and the utility of the Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] molecule in detection of cells expressing the channel. Antigen specific T cells that cause disease in patients with multiple sclerosis have been shown to overexpress Kv1.3 by whole cell patch clamp electrophysiology, —a laborius approach. Our peptibody reagent can be a useful and convenient tool for monitoring Kv1.3 channel expression in patients and have utility in diagnostic applications. The procedure shown in FIG. 34A and FIG. 34B follows.

FIG. 34A. A whole cell immunoassay was performed to show binding of intact Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] to Kv1.3 transfected HEK 293 cells (BioFocus plc, Cambridge, UK). Parent HEK 293 cells or HEK Kv1.3 cells were plated at 3×10e4 cells/well in poly-D-Lysine coated ninety-six well plates (#35-4461; Becton-Dickinson, Bedford, Mass.). Cells were fixed with formalin (Sigma HT50-1-1 Formalin solution, diluted 1:1 with PBS/0.5% BSA before use) by removing cell growth medium, adding 0.2 ml/well formalin solution and incubating at room temperature for 25 minutes and then washing one time with 100 ul/well of PBS/0.5% BSA. Wells were blocked by addition of 0.3 ml/well of BSA blocker (50-61-00; KPL 10% BSA Diluent/Blocking Solution, diluted 1:1 with PBS; KPL, Gaithersburg, Md.) followed by incubation at room temperature, with shaking, for 3 hr. Plates were washed 2 times with 1×KP Wash Buffer (50-63-00; KPL). Samples were diluted in Dilution Buffer (PBS/0.5% Tween-20) or Dilution Buffer with 1% Male Lewis Rat Serum (RATSRM-M; Bioreclamation Inc., Hicksville, N.Y.) and 0.1 ml/well was added to blocked plates, incubating for 1 hr at room temperature with shaking. Plates were washed 3 times with 1×KP Wash Buffer and then incubated with HRP-Goat anti-human IgG Fc (#31416; Pierce, Rockford, Ill.) diluted 1:5000 in PBS/0.1% Tween-20 for 1 hr at room temperature, with shaking. Plates were washed plates 3 times with 1×KP Wash Buffer, and then 0.1 ml/well TMB substrate (52-00-01; KPL) was added. The reactions were stopped by addition of 0.1 ml/well 2 N Sulfuric Acid. Absorbance was read at 450 nm on a Molecular Devices SpectroMax 340 (Sunnyvale, Calif.).

FIG. 34B. Whole cell immunoassay was performed as above with the following modifications. HEK 293 cells were plated at 1×10e5 cells/well and HEK Kv1.3 cells were plated at 6×10e4 cells/well in poly-D-Lysine coated 96 well plates. Fc Control was added at 500 ng/ml in a volume of 0.05 ml/well. HRP-Goat anti-human IgG Fc (#31416; Pierce, Rockford, Ill.) was diluted 1:10,000 in PBS/0.1% Tween-20. ABTS (50-66-00, KPL) was used as the substrate. Absorbances were read at 405 nm after stopping reactions by addition of 0.1 ml/well of 1% SDS.

Example 38 Purification of Fc-L10-ShK(1-35)

Expression of Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] was as described in Example 3 herein above. Frozen, E. coli paste (18 g) was combined with 200 ml of room temperature 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 and was brought to about 0.1 mg/ml hen egg white lysozyme. The suspended paste was passed through a chilled microfluidizer twice at 12,000 PSI. The cell lysate was then centrifuged at 22,000 g for 15 min at 4° C. The pellet was then resuspended in 200 ml 1% deoxycholic acid using a tissue grinder and then centrifuged at 22,000 g for 15 min at 4° C. The pellet was then resuspended in 200 ml water using a tissue grinder and then centrifuged at 22,000 g for 15 min at 4° C. The pellet (3.2 g) was then dissolved in 32 ml 8 M guanidine HCl, 50 mM tris HCl, pH 8.0. The pellet solution was then centrifuged at 27,000 g for 15 min at room temperature, and then 5 ml of the supernatant was transferred to 500 ml of the refolding buffer (3 M urea, 20% glycerol, 50 mM tris, 160 mM arginine HCl, 5 mM EDTA, 1 mM cystamine HCl, 4 mM cysteine, pH 9.5) at 4° C. with vigorous stirring. The stirring rate was then slowed and the incubation was continued for 2 days at 4° C. The refolding solution was then stored at −70° C.

The stored refold was defrosted and then diluted with 2 L of water and the pH was adjusted to 7.3 using 1 M H₃PO₄. The pH adjusted material was then filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter and loaded on to a 60 ml Amersham SP-FF (2.6 cm I.D.) column at 20 ml/min in S-Buffer A (20 mM NaH2PO4, pH 7.3) at 7° C. The column was then washed with several column volumes of S-Buffer A, followed by elution with a linear gradient from 0% to 60% S-Buffer B (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, 1 M NaCl, pH 7.3) followed by a step to 100% S-Buffer B at 10 ml/min 7° C. Fractions were then analyzed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE, and the fractions containing the desired product were pooled based on these data. The pool was then loaded on to a 1 ml Amersham rProtein A HiTrap column in PBS at 1 ml/min 7° C. Then column was then washed with several column volumes of 20 mM NaH₂PO₄ pH 6.5, 1 M NaCl and eluted with 100 mM glycine pH 3.0. To the elution peak, 0.0125 volumes (25 ml) of 3 M sodium acetate was added.

A spectral scan was then conducted on 50 μl of the combined pool diluted in 700 μl water using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer (FIG. 46A). The concentration of the filtered material was determined to be 2.56 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 30,410 g/mol and extinction coefficient of 36,900 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹. The purity of the filtered material was then assessed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE (FIG. 46B). The macromolecular state of the product was then determined using size exclusion chromatography on 20 μg of the product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm (FIG. 46C). The product was then subject to mass spectral analysis by diluting 1 μl of the sample into 10 μl of sinapinic acid (10 mg per ml in 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid, 50% acetonitrile). One milliliter of the resultant solution was spotted onto a MALDI sample plate. The sample was allowed to dry before being analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses. The product was then stored at −80° C.

The IC₅₀ for blockade of human Kv1.3 by purified E. coli-derived Fc-L10-ShK[1-35], also referred to as “Fc-L-ShK[1-35]”, is shown in Table 35 (in Example 50 herein below).

Example 39 Purification of Bacterially Expressed Fc-L10-ShK(2-35)

Expression of Fc-L10-ShK[2-35] was as described in Example 4 herein above. Frozen, E. coli paste (16.5 g) was combined with 200 ml of room temperature 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 8.0 and was brought to about 0.1 mg/ml hen egg white lysozyme. The suspended paste was passed through a chilled microfluidizer twice at 12,000 PSI. The cell lysate was then centrifuged at 22,000 g for 15 min at 4° C. The pellet was then resuspended in 200 ml 1% deoxycholic acid using a tissue grinder and then centrifuged at 22,000 g for 15 min at 4° C. The pellet was then resuspended in 200 ml water using a tissue grinder and then centrifuged at 22,000 g for 15 min at 4° C. The pellet (3.9 g) was then dissolved in 39 ml 8 M guanidine HCl, 50 mM tris HCl, pH 8.0. The pellet solution was then centrifuged at 27,000 g for 15 min at room temperature, and then 5 ml of the supernatant was transferred to 500 ml of the refolding buffer (3 M urea, 20% glycerol, 50 mM tris, 160 mM arginine HCl, 5 mM EDTA, 1 mM cystamine HCl, 4 mM cysteine, pH 9.5) at 4° C. with vigorous stirring. The stirring rate was then slowed and the incubation was continued for 2 days at 4° C. The refolding solution was then stored at −70° C.

The stored refold was defrosted and then diluted with 2 L of water and the pH was adjusted to 7.3 using 1 M H₃PO₄. The pH adjusted material was then filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter and loaded on to a 60 ml Amersham SP-FF (2.6 cm I.D.) column at 20 ml/min in S-Buffer A (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, pH 7.3) at 7° C. The column was then washed with several column volumes of S-Buffer A, followed by elution with a linear gradient from 0% to 60% S-Buffer B (20 mM NaH2PO4, 1 M NaCl, pH 7.3) followed by a step to 100% S-Buffer B at 10 ml/min 7° C. The fractions containing the desired product were pooled and filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter. The pool was then loaded on to a 1 ml Amersham rProtein A HiTrap column in PBS at 2 ml/min 7° C. Then column was then washed with several column volumes of 20 mM NaH₂PO₄ pH 6.5, 1 M NaCl and eluted with 100 mM glycine pH 3.0. To the elution peak, 0.0125 volumes (18 ml) of 3 M sodium acetate was added, and the sample was filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter.

A spectral scan was then conducted on 20 μl of the combined pool diluted in 700 μl water using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer (FIG. 40A). The concentration of the filtered material was determined to be 3.20 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 29,282 g/mol and extinction coefficient of 36,900 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹. The purity of the filtered material was then assessed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE (FIG. 40B). The macromolecular state of the product was then determined using size exclusion chromatography on 50 μg of the product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm (FIG. 40C). The product was then subject to mass spectral analysis by diluting 1 μl of the sample into 10 μl of sinapinic acid (10 mg per ml in 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid, 50% acetonitrile). One milliliter of the resultant solution was spotted onto a MALDI sample plate. The sample was allowed to dry before being analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses (FIG. 40D). The product was then stored at −80° C.

The IC₅₀ for blockade of human Kv1.3 by purified E. coli-derived Fc-L10-ShK[2-35], also referred to as “Fc-L-ShK[2-35]”, is shown in Table 35 (in Example 50 herein below).

Example 40 Purification of Bacterially Expressed Fc-L10-OsK1

Frozen, E. coli paste (129 g; see Example 10) was combined with 1290 ml of room temperature 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 7.8 and was brought to about 0.1 mg/ml hen egg white lysozyme. The suspended paste was passed through a chilled microfluidizer twice at 12,000 PSI. The cell lysate was then centrifuged at 17,700 g for 15 min at 4° C. The pellet was then resuspended in 1290 ml 1% deoxycholic acid using a tissue grinder and then centrifuged at 17,700 g for 15 min at 4° C. The pellet was then resuspended in 1290 ml water using a tissue grinder and then centrifuged at 17,700 g for 15 min at 4° C. 8 g of the pellet (16.3 g total) was then dissolved in 160 ml 8 M guanidine HCl, 50 mM tris HCl, pH 8.0. 100 ml of the pellet solution was then incubated with 1 ml of 1 M DTT for 60 min at 37° C. The reduced material was transferred to 5000 ml of the refolding buffer (1 M urea, 50 mM tris, 160 mM arginine HCl, 2.5 mM EDTA, 1.2 mM cystamine HCl, 4 mM cysteine, pH 10.5) at 2 ml/min, 4° C. with vigorous stirring. The stirring rate was then slowed and the incubation was continued for 3 days at 4° C.

The pH of the refold was adjusted to 8.0 using acetic acid. The pH adjusted material was then filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter and loaded on to a 50 ml Amersham Q Sepharose-FF (2.6 cm I.D.) column at 10 ml/min in Q-Buffer A (20 mM Tris, pH 8.5) at 8° C. with an inline 50 Amersham Protein A column (2.6 cm I.D.). After loading, the Q Sepharose column was removed from the circuit, and the remaining chromatography was carried out on the protein A column. The column was washed with several column volumes of Q-Buffer A, followed by elution using a step to 100 mM glycine pH 3.0. The fractions containing the desired product were pooled and immediately loaded on to a 50 ml Amersham SP-Sepharose HP column (2.6 cm I.D.) at 20 column volumes of S-Buffer A followed by a linear gradient from 5% to 60% S-Buffer B (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, 1 M NaCl, pH 7.0) followed by a step to 100% S-Buffer B. Fractions were then analyzed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE. The fractions containing the bulk of the desired product were pooled and then applied to a 75 ml MEP Hypercel column (2.6 cm I.D.) at 5 ml/min in MEP Buffer A (20 mM tris, 200 mM NaCl, pH 8.0) at 8° C. Column was eluted with a linear gradient from 5% to 50% MEP Buffer B(50 mM sodium citrate pH 4.0) followed by a step to 100% MEP Buffer B. Fractions were then analyzed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE, and the fractions containing the bulk of the desired product were pooled.

The MEP pool was then concentrated to about 20 ml using a Pall Jumbo-Sep with a 10 kDa membrane followed by buffer exchange with Formulation Buffer (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, 200 mM NaCl, pH 7.0) using the same membrane. A spectral scan was then conducted on 50 μl of the combined pool diluted in 700 μl Formulation Buffer using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer (FIG. 41A). The concentration of the material was determined to be 4.12 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 30,558 g/mol and extinction coefficient of 35,720 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹. The purity of the material was then assessed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE (FIG. 41B). The macromolecular state of the product was then determined using size exclusion chromatography on 123 μg of the product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm (FIG. 41C). The product was then subject to mass spectral analysis by chromatographing approximately 4 μg of the sample through a RP-HPLC column (Vydac C4, 1×150 mm). Solvent A was 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in water and solvent B was 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in 90% acetonitrile, 10% water. The column was pre-equilibrated in 10% solvent B at a flow rate of 80 μl per min. The protein was eluted using a linear gradient of 10% to 90% solvent B over 30 min. Part of the effluent was directed into a LCQ ion trap mass spectrometer. The mass spectrum was deconvoluted using the Bioworks software provided by the mass spectrometer manufacturer. (FIG. 41D). The product was filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter and then stored at −80° C.

The yield for the E. coli-expressed Fc-L10-OSK1 prep was 81 mg from 40 g of cell paste (129 g×(8 g/16.3 g)×(100 ml/160 ml)=39.6 g which was rounded to 40 g), the purity was greater than 80% judging by SDS-PAGE, it is running as the expected dimer judging by SEC-HPLC, and the mass was within the expected molecular weight range judging by MS.

The IC₅₀ for blockade of human Kv1.3 by purified E. coli-derived Fc-L10-OSK1, also referred to as “Fc-L-OSK1”, is shown in Table 35 (in Example 50 herein below).

Example 41 Fc-L10-OSK1, Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S], Fc-L10-OSK1[E16K,K20D], and Fc-L10-OSK1 [K7S,E16K,K20D] Expressed by Mammalian Cells

Fc-L10-OSK1, Fc-L10-OSK1 [K75], Fc-L10-OSK1[E16K,K20D], and Fc-L10-OSK1 [K7S,E16K,K20D], inhibitors of Kv1.3, were expressed in mammalian cells. A DNA sequence coding for the Fc region of human IgG1 fused in-frame to a linker sequence and a monomer of the Kv1.3 inhibitor peptide OSK1, OSK1 [K7S], OSK1 [E16K,K20D], or OSK1 [K7S,E16K,K20D] was constructed as described below. Methods for expressing and purifying the peptibody from mammalian cells (HEK 293 and Chinese Hamster Ovary cells) are disclosed herein.

For construction of Fc-L10-OSK1, Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S], Fc-L10-OSK1[E16K,K20D], and Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S,E16K,K20D] expression vectors, a PCR strategy was employed to generate the full length genes, OSK1, OSK1[K7S], OSK1[E16K,K20D], and OSK1[K7S,E16K,K20D], each linked to a four glycine and one serine amino acid linker with two stop codons and flanked by BamHI and NotI restriction sites as shown below.

Two oligos for each of OSK1, OSK1[K7S], OSK1[E16K,K20D], and [K7S,E16K,K20D]OSK1 with the sequence as depicted below were used in a PCR reaction with PfuTurbo HotStart DNA polymerase (Stratagene) at 95° C.-30 sec, 55° C.-30 sec, 75° C.-45 sec for 35 cycles; BamHI (ggatcc) and NotI (gcggccgc) restriction sites are underlined.

OSK1: (SEQ ID NO: 876) Forward primer: cat gga tcc gga gga gga gga agc ggc gtg atc atc aac gtg aag tgc aag atc agc cgc cag tgc ctg gag ccc tgc aag aag gcc g; (SEQ ID NO: 877) Reverse primer: cat gcg gcc gct tac tac ttg ggg gtg cag tgg cac ttg ccg ttc atg cac ttg ccg aag cgc atg ccg gcc ttc ttg cag ggc tcc a; OSK1[K7S]: (SEQ ID NO: 878) Forward primer: cat gga tcc gga gga gga gga agc ggc gtg atc atc aac gtg agc tgc aag atc agc cgc cag tgc ctg gag ccc tgc aag aag gcc g; (SEQ ID NO: 879) Reverse primer: cat gcg gcc gct tac tac ttg ggg gtg cag tgg cac ttg ccg ttc atg cac ttg ccg aag cgc atg ccg gcc ttc ttg cag ggc tcc a; OSK1[E16K, K20D]: (SEQ ID NO: 880) Forward primer: cat gga tcc gga gga gga gga agc ggc gtg atc atc aac gtg aag tgc aag atc agc cgc cag tgc ctg aag ccc tgc aag gac gcc g; (SEQ ID NO: 881) Reverse primer: cat gcg gcc gct tac tac ttg ggg gtg cag tgg cac ttg ccg ttc atg cac ttg ccg aag cgc atg ccg gcg tcc ttg cag ggc ttc a; OSK1[K7S, E16K, K20D]: (SEQ ID NO: 882) Forward primer: cat gga tcc gga gga gga gga agc ggc gtg atc atc aac gtg agc tgc aag atc agc cgc cag tgc ctg aag ccc tgc aag gac gcc g; (SEQ ID NO: 883) Reverse primer: cat gcg gcc gct tac tac ttg ggg gtg cag tgg cac ttg ccg ttc atg cac ttg ccg aag cgc atg ccg gcg tcc ttg cag ggc ttc a.

The resulting PCR products were resolved as the 155 bp bands on a four percent agarose gel. The 155 bp PCR product was purified using PCR Purification Kit (Qiagen), then digested with BamHI and NotI (Roche) restriction enzymes, and agarose gel was purified by Gel Extraction Kit (Qiagen). At the same time, the pcDNA3.1(+)CMVi-hFc-Shk[2-35] vector was digested with BamHI and NotI restriction enzymes and the large fragment was purified by Gel Extraction Kit. The gel purified PCR fragment was ligated to the purified large fragment and transformed into One Shot® Top10F′ (Invitrogen). DNAs from transformed bacterial colonies were isolated and digested with BamHI and NotI restriction enzymes and resolved on a two percent agarose gel. DNAs resulting in an expected pattern were submitted for sequencing. Although, analysis of several sequences of clones yielded a 100% percent match with the above sequences, only one clone from each gene was selected for large scaled plasmid purification. The DNA of Fc-L10-OSK1, Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S], Fc-L10-OSK1[E16K,K20D], and Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S,E16K,K20D] in pCMVi vector was resequenced to confirm the Fc and linker regions and the sequence was 100% identical to the above sequences. The sequences and pictorial representations of Fc-L10-OSK1, Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S], Fc-L10-OSK1[E16K,K20D], and Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S,E16K,K20D] are depicted in FIG. 42A-B, FIG. 43A-B, FIG. 44A-B and FIG. 45A-B, respectively.

HEK-293 cells used in transient transfection expression of Fc-L10-OSK1, Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S], Fc-L10-OSK1[E16K,K20D], and Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S,E16K,K20D] in pCMVi protein were cultured in growth medium containing DMEM High Glucose (Gibco), 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS from Gibco), 1× non-essential amino acid (NEAA from Gibco) and 1× Penicillin/Streptomycine/Glutamine (Pen/Strep/Glu from Gibco). 5.6 μg each of Fc-L10-OSK1, Fc-L10-OSK1[K75], Fc-L10-OSK1[E16K,K20D], and Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S,E16K,K20D] in pCMVi plasmid that had been phenol/chloroform extracted was transfected into HEK-293 cells using FuGENE 6 (Roche). The cells were recovered for 24 hours, and then placed in DMEM High Glucose, 1×NEAA and 1× Pen/Strep/Glu medium for 48 hours. Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S], Fc-L10-OSK1[E16K,K20D], and Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S,E16K,K20D] were purified from medium conditioned by these transfected HEK-293 cells using a protocol described in Example 50 herein below.

Fifteen μl of conditioned medium was mixed with an in-house 4× Loading Buffer (without β-mercaptoethanol) and electrophoresed on a Novex 4-20% tris-glycine gel using a Novex Xcell II apparatus at 101V/46 mA for 2 hours in a 1× Gel Running solution (25 mM Tris Base, 192 mM Glycine, 3.5 mM SDS) along with 20 μl of BenchMark Pre-Stained Protein ladder (Invitrogen). The gel was then soaked in Electroblot buffer (25 mM Tris base, 192 mM glycine, 20% methanol), for 5 minutes. A nitrocellulose membrane from Invitrogen (Cat. No. LC200, 0.2 μm pores size) was soaked in Electroblot buffer. The pre-soaked gel was blotted to the nitrocellulose membrane using the Mini Trans-Blot Cell module according to the manufacturer instructions (Bio-Rad Laboratories) at 300 mA for 2 hours. The blot was rinsed in Tris buffered saline solution pH7.5 with 0.1% Tween20 (TBST). Then, the blot was first soaked in a 5% milk (Carnation) in TBST for 1 hour at room temperature, followed by washing three times in TBST for 10 minutes per wash. Then, incubated with 1:1000 dilution of the HRP-conjugated Goat anti-human IgG, (Fcγ) antibody (Pierece Biotechnology Cat. no. 31413) in TBST with 5% milk buffer for 1 hour with shaking at room temperature. The blot was then washed three times in TBST for 15 minutes per wash at room temperature. The primary antibody was detected using Amersham Pharmacia Biotech's ECL western blotting detection reagents according to manufacturer's instructions. Upon ECL detection, the western blot analysis displayed the expected size of 66 kDa under non-reducing gel conditions (FIG. 46).

Plasmids containing the Fc-L10-OSK1, Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S], Fc-L10-OSK1[E16K,K20D], and Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S,E16K,K20D] inserts in pCMVi vector were digested with XbaI and NotI (Roche) restriction enzymes and gel purified. The inserts were individually ligated into SpeI and NotI (Roche) digested pDSRa24 (Amgen Proprietary) expression vector. Integrity of the resulting constructs were confirmed by DNA sequencing. Although, analysis of several sequences of clones yielded a 100% percent match with the above sequence, only one clone was selected for large scaled plasmid purification.

AM1 CHOd- (Amgen Proprietary) cells used in the stable expression of Fc-L10-OSK1 protein were cultured in AM1 CHOd- growth medium containing DMEM High Glucose, 10% fetal bovine serum, 1× hypoxantine/thymidine (HT from Gibco), 1×NEAA and 1× Pen/Strep/Glu. 5.6 μg of pDSRα-24-Fc-L10-OSK1 plasmid was transfected into AM1 CHOd- cells using FuGene 6. Twenty-four hours post transfection, the cells were split 1:11 into DHFR selection medium (DMEM High Glucose plus 10% Dialyzed Fetal Bovine Serum (dFBS), 1×NEAA and 1× Pen/Strep/Glu) and at 1:50 dilution for colony selection. The cells were selected in DHFR selection medium for thirteen days. The ten 10-cm² pools of the resulting colonies were expanded to ten T-175 flasks, then were scaled up ten roller bottles and cultured under AM1 CHOd- production medium (DMEM/F12 (1:1), 1×NEAA, 1× Sodium Pyruvate (Na Pyruvate), 1× Pen/Strep/Glu and 1.5% DMSO). The conditioned medium was harvested and replaced at one-week intervals. The resulting six liters of conditioned medium were filtered through a 0.45 μm cellulose acetate filter (Corning, Acton, Mass.), and characterized by SDS-PAGE analysis as shown in FIG. 47. Then, transferred to Protein Chemistry for purification.

Twelve colonies were selected after 13 days on DHFR selection medium and picked into one 24-well plate. The plate was allowed to grow up for one week, and then was transferred to AM1 CHOd- production medium for 48-72 hours and the conditioned medium was harvested. The expression levels were evaluated by Western blotting similar to the transient Western blot analysis with detection by the same HRP-conjugated Goat anti-human IgG, (Fcγ) antibody to screen 5 μl of conditioned medium. All 12 stable clones exhibited expression at the expected size of 66 kDa. Two clones, A3 and C2 were selected and expanded to T175 flask for freezing with A3 as a backup to the primary clone C2 (FIG. 48).

The C2 clone was scaled up into fifty roller bottles (Corning) using selection medium and grown to confluency. Then, the medium was exchanged with a production medium, and let incubate for one week. The conditioned medium was harvested and replaced at the one-week interval. The resulting fifty liters of conditioned medium were filtered through a 0.45 μm cellulose acetate filter (Corning, Acton, Mass.), and characterized by SDS-PAGE analysis (data not shown). Further purification was accomplished as described in Example 42 herein below.

Example 42 Purification of Fc-L10-OSK1, Fc-L10-OSK1(K7S), Fc-L10-OSK1(E16K,K20D), and Fc-L10-OSK1(K7S,E16K,K20D) Expressed by Mammalian Cells

Purification of Fc-L10-OSK1. Approximately 6 L of CHO (AM1 CHOd-) cell-conditioned medium (see, Example 41 above) was loaded on to a 35 ml MAb Select column (GE Healthcare) at 10 ml/min 7° C., and the column was washed with several column volumes of Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline without divalent cations (PBS) and sample was eluted with a step to 100 mM glycine pH 3.0. The MAb Select elution was directly loaded on to an inline 65 ml SP-HP column (GE Healthcare) in S-Buffer A (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, pH 7.0) at 10 ml/min 7° C. After disconnecting the MAb select column, the SP-HP column was then washed with several column volumes S-Buffer A, and then developed using a linear gradient from 5% to 60% S-Buffer B (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, 1 M NaCl, pH 7.0) at 10 ml/min followed by a step to 100% S-Buffer B at 7° C. Fractions were then analyzed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE, and the fractions containing the desired product were pooled based on these data. The pooled material was then concentrated to about 20 ml using a Pall Life Sciences Jumbosep 10K Omega centrifugal ultra-filtration device. The concentrated material was then buffer exchanged by diluting with 20 ml of 20 mM NaH₂PO₄, pH 7.0 and reconcentrated to 20 ml using the Jumbosep 10K Omega filter. The material was then diluted with 20 ml 20 mM NaH₂PO₄, 200 mM NaCl, pH 7.0 and then reconcentrated to 22 ml. The buffer exchanged material was then filtered though a Pall Life Sciences Acrodisc with a 0.22 μm, 25 mm Mustang E membrane at 1 ml/min room temperature. A spectral scan was then conducted on 50 μl of the filtered material diluted in 700 μl PBS using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer (FIG. 49A, black trace). The concentration of the filtered material was determined to be 4.96 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 30,371 g/mol and extinction coefficient of 35,410 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹. The purity of the filtered material was then assessed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE (FIG. 49B). The endotoxin level was then determined using a Charles River Laboratories Endosafe-PTS system (0.05-5 EU/ml sensitivity) using a 30-fold dilution of the sample in Charles Rivers Laboratories Endotoxin Specific Buffer yielding a result of 1.8 EU/mg protein. The macromolecular state of the product was then determined using size exclusion chromatography on 149 μg of the product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm (FIG. 49C). The product was then subject to mass spectral analysis by diluting 1 μl of the sample into 10 μl of sinapinic acid (10 mg per ml in 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid, 50% acetonitrile). One milliliter of the resultant solution was spotted onto a MALDI sample plate. The sample was allowed to dry before being analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from about 200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses. (FIG. 49D). The product was then stored at −80° C.

The yield for the mammalian Fc-L10-OSK1 prep was 115 mg from 6 L, the purity was >90% judging by SDS-PAGE; Fc-L10-OSK1 ran as the expected dimer judging by SEC-HPLC, and the mass is with the expected range judging by MS.

The activity of purified Fc-L10-OSK1 in blocking human Kv1.3 and human Kv1.1 is described in Example 43 herein below.

Purification of Fc-L10-OSK1(K7S), Fc-L10-OSK1(E16K,K20D), and Fc-L10-OSK1(K7S,E16K,K20D). Approximately 500 mL of medium conditioned by transfected HEK-293 (see, Example 41 above) was combined with a 65% slurry of MAb Select resin (1.5 ml) (GE Healthcare) and 500 μl 20% NaN₃. The slurry was then gently agitated for 3 days at 4° C. followed by centrifugation at 1000 g for 5 minutes at 4° C. using no brake. The majority of the supernatant was then aspirated and the remaining slurry in the pellet was transferred to a 14 ml conical tube and combined with 12 ml of Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline without divalent cations (PBS). The slurry was centrifuged at 2000 g for 1 minute at 4° C. using a low brake and the supernatant was aspirated. The PBS wash cycle was repeated an additional 3 times. The bound protein was then eluted by adding 1 ml of 100 mM glycine pH 3.0 and gently agitating for 5 min at room temperature. The slurry was then centrifuged at 2000 g for 1 minute at 4° C. using a low brake and the supernatant was aspirated as the first elution. The elution cycle was repeated 2 more times, and all 3 supernatants were combined into a single pool. Sodium acetate (37.5 μl of a 3 M solution) was added to the elution pool to raise the pH, which was then dialyzed against 10 mM acetic acid, 5% sorbitol, pH 5.0 for 2 hours at room temperature using a 10 kDa SlideAlyzer (Pierce). The dialysis buffer was changed, and the dialysis continued over night at 4° C. The dialyzed material was then filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter syringe filter. Then concentration of the filtered material was determined to be 1.27 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 30,330 and extinction coefficient of 35,410 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹ (FIG. 50A). The purity of the filtered material was then assessed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE (FIG. 50B). The endotoxin level was then determined using a Charles River Laboratories Endosafe-PTS system (0.05-5 EU/ml sensitivity) using a 25-fold dilution of the sample in Charles Rivers Laboratories Endotoxin Specific Buffer yielding a result of <1 EU/mg protein. The macromolecular state of the product was then determined using size exclusion chromatography on 50 μg of the product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm (FIG. 50C). The product was then subject to mass spectral analysis by diluting 1 μl of the sample into 10 μl of sinapinic acid (10 mg per ml in 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid, 50% acetonitrile). One milliliter of the resultant solution was spotted onto a MALDI sample plate. The sample was allowed to dry before being analyzed using a Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse). The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots. External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses. (FIG. 50D). The product was then stored at −80° C.

FIGS. 51A-D show results from the purification and analysis for Fc-L10-OsK1(E16K, K20D), which was conducted using the same protocol as that for the Fc-L10-OsK1(K7S) molecule (described above) with the following exceptions: the concentration was found to be 1.59 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 30,357 g/mol and a calculated extinction coefficient of 35,410; the pyrogen level was found to be <1 EU/mg using a 32-fold dilution.

FIGS. 52A-D show results from the purification and analysis for Fc-L10-OsK1(K7S,E16K, K20D), which was conducted using the same protocol as that for the Fc-L10-OsK1(K7S) molecule (described above) with the following exceptions: the concentration was found to be 0.81 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 30,316 g/mol and a calculated extinction coefficient of 35,410; the pyrogen level was found to be <1 EU/mg using a 16-fold dilution.

The activity of purified Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S], Fc-L10-OSK1[E16K, K20D] and Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S, E16K, K20D] in blocking human Kv1.3 and human Kv1.1 is described in Example 43 herein below.

Example 43 Electrophysiology of OSK1 and OSK1 Peptibody Analogs

A 38-residue peptide toxin of the Asian scorpion Orthochirus scrobiculosus venom (OSK1) was synthesized (see, Examples 41) to evaluate its impact on the human Kv1.1 and Kv1.3 channels, subtypes of the potassium channel family. The potency and selectivity of synthetic OSK1 in inhibiting the human Kv1.1 and Kv1.3 channels was evaluated by the use of HEK293 cell expression system and electrophysiology (FIG. 53). Whole cell patch clamp recording of stably expressed Kv1.3 channels revealed that the synthetic OSK1 peptide is more potent in inhibiting human Kv1.3 when compared to Kv1.1 (Table 33).

Fusion of OSK1 peptide toxin to antibody to generate OSK1 peptibody. To improve plasma half-life and prevent OSK1 peptide toxin from penetrating the CNS, the OSK1 peptide toxin was fused to the Fc-fragment of a human antibody IgG1 via a linker chain length of 10 amino acid residues (Fc-L10-OSK1), as described in Example 41 herein. This fusion resulted in a decrease in the potency of Kv1.3 by 5-fold when compared to the synthetic OSK1 peptide. However, it significantly improved the selectivity of OSK1 against Kv1.1 by 210-fold when compared to that of the synthetic peptide alone (4-fold; Table 33 and FIG. 54).

Modification of OSK1-peptibody (Fc-L10-OSK1). OSK1 shares 60 to 80% sequence homology to other members of scorpion toxins, which are collectively termed α-KTx3. Sequence alignment of OSK1 and other members of α-KTx3 family revealed 4 distinct structural differences at positions 12, 16, 20, and 36. These structural differences of OSK1 have been postulated to play an important role in its wide range of activities against other potassium channels, which is not observed with other members of α-KTx3 family. Hence, two amino acid residues at position 16 and 20 were restored to the more conserved amino acid residues within the OSK1 sequence in order to evaluate their impact on selectivity against other potassium channels such as Kv1.1, which is predominantly found in the CNS as a heterotetromer with Kv1.2. By substituting for glutamic acid at position 16, and for lysine at position 20, the conserved lysine and aspartic acid residues, respectively (i.e., Fc-L10-OSK1[E16K, K20D]), we did not observe a significant change in potency when compared to that of Fc-L10-OSK1 (1.3-fold difference; FIG. 56 and Table 33). However, this double mutation removed the blocking activity against Kv1.1. The selectivity ratio of Kv1.1/Kv1.3 was 403-fold, which was a significant improvement over the selectivity ratio for Fc-L10-OSK1 (210-fold). A single amino acid mutation at position 7 from lysine to serine (Fc-L10-OSK1 [K7S]) produced a slight change in potency and selectivity by 2- and 1.3-fold, respectively, when compared to those of Fc-L10-OSK1 (FIG. 55 and Table 33). There was a significant decrease in potency as well as selectivity when all three residues were mutated to generate Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S, E16K, K20D] (FIG. 57 and Table 33).

As demonstrated by the results in Table 33, we dramatically improved selectivity against Kv1.1 by fusing the OSK1 peptide toxin to the Fc-fragment of the human antibody IgG1, but reduced target potency against Kv1.3. The selectivity against Kv1.1 was further improved when 2 residues at two key positions were restored to the conserved residues found in other members of the α-KTx3 family.

TABLE 33 shows a summary of IC50 values for OSK1 and OSK1 analogues against hKv1.3 and hKv1.1 channels. All analogues are ranked based on their potency against hKv1.3. Also shown in the table is the table is the selectivity ratio of hKv1.1/hKv1.3 for all OSK1 analogues. hKv1.3: IC₅₀ hKv1.1: IC₅₀ hKv1.1/ Compound [pM] [pM] hKv1.3 Synthetic OSK1 39 160 4 Fc-L10-OSK1 198 41600 210 Fc-L10-OSK1[E16K, K20D] 248 100000 403 Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S] 372 100000 269 Fc-L10-OSK1[K7S, E16K, 812 10000 12 K20D]

Example 44 Pharmacokinetic Study of PEG-ShK[1-35] Molecule in Rats

The intravenous (IV) pharmacokinetic profile was determined of a about 24-kDa 20K PEG-ShK[1-35] molecule and the about 4-kDa small native ShK peptide was determined in Sprague Dawley rats. The IV dose for the native ShK peptide and our novel 20K PEG-ShK[1-35] molecule was 1 mg/kg. This dose represented equal molar amounts of these two molecules. The average weight of the rats was about 0.3 kg and two rats were used for each dose & molecule. At various times following IV injection, blood was drawn and about 0.1 ml of serum was collected. Serum samples were stored frozen at −80° C. until analysis.

Assay Plate preparation for electrophysiology. Rat serum samples containing the 20K PEG-ShK[1-35] molecule or the native ShK peptide from pharmacokinetic studies were received frozen. Before experiments, each sample was thawed at room temperature and an aliquot (70 to 80 μl) was transferred to a well in a 96-well polypropylene plate. In order to prepare the Assay Plate, several dilutions were made from the pharmacokinetic serum samples to give rise to Test Solutions. Dilutions of serum samples from the pharmacokinetic study were into 10% Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS, with Ca²⁺ and Mg²⁺). For determination of the amount of our novel 20K PEG-ShK[1-35] molecule in serum samples from the pharmacokinetic study, the final serum concentrations in the Test Solutions were 90%, 30%, 10%, 3.3% and 1.1%. Purified 20K PEG-Shk[1-35] Standard inhibition curves were also prepared in the Assay Plate. To do this, 8-point serial dilutions of the purified 20K PEG-ShK[1-35] molecule (Standard) were prepared in either 90%, 30%, 10%, 3.3% or 1.1% rat serum and the final concentration of standard was 50, 16.7, 5.5, 1.85, 0.62, 0.21, 0.068 and 0.023 nM.

Cell preparation for electrophysiology. CHO cells stably expressing the voltage-activated K⁺ channel, K_(V)1.3 were plated in T-175 tissue culture flasks (at a density of 5×10⁶) 2 days before experimentation and allowed to grow to around 95% confluence. Immediately prior to the experiment, the cells were washed with PBS and then detached with a 2 ml mixture (1:1 volume ratio) of trypsin (0.25%) and versene (1:5000) at 37° C. (for 3 minutes). Subsequently, the cells were re-suspended in the flask in 10 ml of tissue culture medium (HAM's F-12 with Glutamax, InVitrogen, Cat#31765) with 10% FBS, 1×NEAA and 750 μg/ml of G418) and centrifuged at about 1000 rpm for 1½ minutes. The resultant cell pellet was re-suspended in PBS at 3-5×10⁶ cells/ml. IonWorks electrophysiology and data analysis. The ability of Test solutions or Standards in serum to inhibit K⁺ currents in the CHO-Kv1.3 cells was investigated using the automated electrophysiology system, IonWorks Quattro. Re-suspended cells, the Assay Plate, a Population Patch Clamp (PPC) PatchPlate as well as appropriate intracellular (90 mMK-Gluconate, 20 mMKF, 2 mM NaCl, 1 mM MgCl2, 10 mM EGTA, 10 mM HEPES, pH 7.35) and extracellular (PBS, with Ca²⁺ and Mg²⁺) buffers were positioned on IonWorks Quattro. Electrophysiology recordings were made from the CHO-Kv1.3 cells using an amphotericin-based perforated patch-clamp method. Using the voltage-clamp circuitry of the IonWorks Quattro, cells were held at a membrane potential of −80 mV and voltage-activated K⁺ currents were evoked by stepping the membrane potential to +30 mV for 400 ms. K⁺ currents were evoked under control conditions i.e., in the absence of inhibitor at the beginning of the experiment and after 10-minute incubation in the presence of the Test Solution or Standard. The mean K⁺ current amplitude was measured between 430 and 440 ms and the data were exported to a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. The amplitude of the K⁺ current in the presence of each concentration of the Test Solution or Standard was expressed as a percentage of the K⁺ current in control conditions in the same well.

Standard inhibition curves were generated for each standard in various levels of rat serum and expressed as current percent of control (POC) versus log of nM concentration. Percent of control (POC) is inversely related to inhibition, where 100 POC is no inhibition and 0 POC is 100% inhibition. Linear regression over a selected region of the curve was used to derive an equation to enable calculation of drug concentrations within Test solutions. Only current values within the linear portion of the Standard curve were used to calculate the concentration of drug in Test solutions. The corresponding Standard curve in a given level of serum, was always compared to the same level of serum of Test solution when calculating drug level. The Standard curves for ShK and 20K PEG-ShK[1-35] are shown in FIG. 58A and FIG. 58B, respectively, and each figure contains linear regression equations for each Standard at a given percentage of serum. For the 20K PEG-ShK[1-35] standard curve the linear portion of the Standard curve was from 20 POC to 70 POC and only current values derived from the Test solution which fell within this range were used to calculate drug concentration within the Test solution.

The pharmacokinetic profile of our novel 20K PEG ShK[1-35] molecule after IV injection is shown in FIG. 59. The terminal half-life (t_(1/2) b) of this molecule is estimated from this curve to be between 6 to 12 hours long. Beyond 48 hours, the level of drug falls outside the linear range of the Standard curve and is not calculated. The calculated 6 to 12 hour half-life of our novel 20K PEG-ShK[1-35] molecule was substantially longer than the approximately 0.33 hour (or 20 min) half-life of the native ShK molecule reported earlier by C. Beeton et al. [C. Beeton et al. (2001) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 98, 13942-13947], and is a desirable feature of a therapeutic molecule. A comparison of the relative levels of Kv1.3 inhibitor after an equal molar IV injection of ShK versus 20K PEG-ShK[1-35] is shown in FIG. 60. As can be seen from this figure examining 5% serum Test solutions, the 20K PEG-ShK[1-35] molecule showed significant suppression of Kv1.3 current (<70 POC) for more than 24 hours, whereas the native ShK peptide only showed a significant level of inhibition of Kv1.3 current for the first hour and beyond 1 hour showed no significant blockade. These data again demonstrate a desirable feature of the 20K PEG ShK[1-35] molecule as a therapeutic for treatment of autoimmune disease.

Example 45 PEGylated Toxin Peptide Suppressed Severe Autoimmune Encephalomyelitis in Animal Model

The 20KPEG-ShK inhibitor of Kv1.3 shows improved efficacy in suppressing severe autoimmune encephalomyelitis in rats. Using an adoptive transfer experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (AT-EAE) model of multiple sclerosis described earlier [C. Beeton et al. (2001) J. Immunol. 166, 936], we examined the activity in vivo of our novel 20KPEG-ShK molecule and compared its efficacy to that of the ShK toxin peptide alone. The study design is illustrated in FIG. 61. The results from this in vivo study are provided in FIG. 62 and FIG. 63. The 20KPEG-ShK molecule delivered subcutaneously (SC) at 10 μg/kg daily from day −1 to day 3 significantly reduced disease severity and increased survival, whereas animals treated with an equal molar dose (10 μg/kg) of the small ShK peptide developed severe disease and died.

The 35-amino acid toxin peptide ShK (Stichodactyla helianthus neurotoxin) was purchased from Bachem Bioscience Inc and confirmed by electrophysiology to potently block Kv1.3 (see Example 36 herein). The synthesis, PEGylation and purification of the 20KPEG ShK molecule was as described herein above. The encephalomyelogenic CD4+ rat T cell line, PAS, specific for myelin-basic protein (MBP) originated from Dr. Evelyne Beraud. The maintenance of these cells in vitro and their use in the AT-EAE model has been described earlier [C. Beeton et al. (2001) PNAS 98, 13942]. PAST cells were maintained in vitro by alternating rounds of antigen stimulation or activation with MBP and irradiated thymocytes (2 days), and propagation with T cell growth factors (5 days). Activation of PAS T cells (3×10⁵/ml) involved incubating the cells for 2 days with 10 μg/ml MBP and 15×10⁶/ml syngeneic irradiated (3500 rad) thymocytes. On day 2 after in vitro activation, 10-15×10⁶ viable PAS T cells were injected into 6-12 week old female Lewis rats (Charles River Laboratories) by tail IV. Daily subcutaneous injections of vehicle (2% Lewis rat serum in PBS), 20KPEG-ShK or ShK were given from days −1 to 3 (FIG. 61), where day −1 represent 1 day prior to injection of PAS T cells (day 0). In vehicle treated rats, acute EAE developed 4 to 5 days after injection of PAS T cells (FIG. 62). Serum was collected by retro-orbital bleeding at day 4 and by cardiac puncture at day 8 (end of the study) for analysis of levels of inhibitor. Rats were weighed on days −1, 4, 6, and 8. Animals were scored blinded once a day from the day of cell transfer (day 0) to day 3, and twice a day from day 4 to day 8. Clinical signs were evaluated as the total score of the degree of paresis of each limb and tail. Clinical scoring: 0=No signs, 0.5=distal limp tail, 1.0=limp tail, 2.0=mild paraparesis, ataxia, 3.0=moderate paraparesis, 3.5=one hind leg paralysis, 4.0=complete hind leg paralysis, 5.0=complete hind leg paralysis and incontinence, 5.5=tetraplegia, 6.0=moribund state or death. Rats reaching a score of 5.5 were euthanized.

Treatment of rats with the Kv1.3 blocker PEG-ShK prior to the onset of EAE caused a lag in the onset of disease, inhibited the progression of disease, and prevented death in a dose-dependent manner (FIG. 62). Onset of disease in rats that were treated with the vehicle alone, 10 μg/kg ShK or 1 μg/kg of PEG-ShK was observed on day 4, compared to day 4.5 in rats treated with 10 μg/kg PEG-ShK or 100 μg/kg PEG-ShK. In addition, rats treated with vehicle alone, 10 μg/kg ShK or 1 μg/kg of PEG-ShK all developed severe disease by the end of the study with an EAE score of 5.5 or above. In contrast, rats treated with 10 μg/kg PEG-ShK or 100 μg/kg PEG-ShK, reached a peak clinical severity score average of <2, and all but one rat survived to the end of the study. Furthermore, we found that rat body weight correlated with disease severity (FIG. 63). Rats treated with vehicle alone, 10 μg/kg ShK or 1 μg/kg of PEG-ShK all lost an average of 31 g, 30 g, and 30 g, respectively, while rats treated with 10 μg/kg PEG-ShK or 100 μg/kg PEG-ShK lost 18 g and 11 g, respectively. Rats in the latter two groups also appeared to be gaining weight by the end of the study, a sign of recovery. It should be noted that rats treated with 10 μg/kg ShK and 10 μg/kg PEG-ShK received molar equivalents of the ShK peptide. The significantly greater efficacy of the PEG-ShK molecule relative to unconjugated ShK, is likely due to the PEG-ShK molecule's greater stability and prolonged half-life in vivo (see, Example 44).

Example 46 Compositions Including Kv1.3 Antagonist Peptides Block Inflammation in Human Whole Blood

Ex Vivo Assay to Examine Impact of Kv1.3 Inhibitors on Secretion of IL-2 and IFN-q.

Human whole blood was obtained from healthy, non-medicated donors in a heparin vacutainer. DMEM complete media was Iscoves DMEM (with L-glutamine and 25 mM Hepes buffer) containing 0.1% human albumin (Bayer #68471), 55 μM 2-mercaptoethanol (Gibco), and 1× Pen-Strep-Gln (PSG, Gibco, Cat#10378-016). Thapsigargin was obtained from Alomone Labs (Israel). A 10 mM stock solution of thapsigargin in 100% DMSO was diluted with DMEM complete media to a 40 μM, 4× solution to provide the 4× thapsigargin stimulus for calcium mobilization. The Kv1.3 inhibitor peptide ShK (Stichodacytla helianthus toxin, Cat# H2358) and the BKCa1 inhibitor peptide IbTx (Iberiotoxin, Cat# H9940) were purchased from Bachem Biosciences, whereas the Kv1.1 inhibitor peptide DTX-k (Dendrotoxin-K) was from Alomone Labs (Israel). The CHO-derived Fc-L10-ShK[2-35] peptibody inhibitor of Kv1.3 was obtained as described herein at Example 4 and Example 39. The calcineurin inhibitor cyclosporin A was obtained from the Amgen sample bank, but is also available commercially from a variety of vendors. Ten 3-fold serial dilutions of inhibitors were prepared in DMEM complete media at 4× final concentration and 50 μl of each were added to wells of a 96-well Falcon 3075 flat-bottom microtiter plate. Whereas columns 1-5 and 7-11 of the microtiter plate contained inhibitors (each row with a separate inhibitor dilution series), 50 μl of DMEM complete media alone was added to the 8 wells in column 6 and 100 μl of DMEM complete media alone was added to the 8 wells in column 12. To initiate the experiment, 100 μl of whole blood was added to each well of the microtiter plate. The plate was then incubated at 37° C., 5% CO₂ for one hour. After one hour, the plate was removed and 50 μl of the 4× thapsigargin stimulus (40 μM) was added to all wells of the plate, except the 8 wells in column 12. The plates were placed back at 37° C., 5% CO₂ for 48 hours. To determine the amount of IL-2 and IFN-g secreted in whole blood, 100 μl of the supernatant (conditioned media) from each well of the 96-well plate was transferred to a storage plate. For MSD electrochemilluminesence analysis of cytokine production, 20 μl of the supernatants (conditioned media) were added to MSD Multi-Spot Custom Coated plates (www.meso-scale.com). The working electrodes on these plates were coated with four Capture Antibodies (hIL-5, hIL-2, hIFNg and hIL-4) in advance. After addition of 20 μl of conditioned media to the MSD plate, 150 μl of a cocktail of Detection Antibodies and P4 Buffer were added to each well. The 150 μl cocktail contained 20 ul of four Detection Antibodies (hIL-5, hIL-2, hIFNg and hIL-4) at 1 μg/ml each and 130 ul of 2×P4 Buffer. The plates were covered and placed on a shaking platform overnight (in the dark). The next morning the plates were read on the MSD Sector Imager. Since the 8 wells in column 6 of each plate received only the thapsigargin stimulus and no inhibitor, the average MSD response here was used to calculate the “High” value for a plate. The calculate “Low” value for the plate was derived from the average MSD response from the 8 wells in column 12 which contained no thapsigargin stimulus and no inhibitor. Percent of control (POC) is a measure of the response relative to the unstimulated versus stimulated controls, where 100 POC is equivalent to the average response of thapsigargin stimulus alone or the “High” value. Therefore, 100 POC represents 0% inhibition of the response. In contrast, 0 POC represents 100% inhibition of the response and would be equivalent to the response where no stimulus is given or the “Low” value. To calculate percent of control (POC), the following formula is used: [(MSD response of well)−(“Low”)]/[(“High”)−(“Low”)]×100. The potency of the molecules in whole blood was calculated after curve fitting from the inhibition curve (IC) and IC50 was derived using standard curve fitting software. Although we describe here measurement of cytokine production using a high throughput MSD electrochemillumenescence assay, one of skill in the art can readily envision lower throughput ELISA assays are equally applicable for measuring cytokine production.

Ex Vivo Assay Demonstrating Kv1.3 Inhibitors Block Cell Surface Activation of CD40L & IL-2R.

Human whole blood was obtained from healthy, non-medicated donors in a heparin vacutainer. DMEM complete media was Iscoves DMEM (with L-glutamine and 25 mM Hepes buffer) containing 0.1% human albumin (Bayer #68471), 55 μM 2-mercaptoethanol (Gibco), and 1× Pen-Strep-Gln (PSG, Gibco, Cat#10378-016). Thapsigargin was obtained from Alomone Labs (Israel). A 10 mM stock solution of thapsigargin in 100% DMSO was diluted with DMEM complete media to a 40 μM, 4× solution to provide the 4× thapsigargin stimulus for calcium mobilization. The Kv1.3 inhibitor peptide peptide ShK (Stichodacytla helianthus toxin, Cat# H2358) and the BKCa1 inhibitor peptide IbTx (Iberiotoxin, Cat# H9940) were purchased from Bachem Biosciences, whereas the Kv1.1 inhibitor peptide DTX-k (Dendrotoxin-K) was from Alomone Labs (Israel). The CHO-derived Fc-L10-ShK[2-35] peptibody inhibitor of Kv1.3 was obtained as described in Example 4 and Example 39. The calcineurin inhibitor cyclosporin A was obtained from the Amgen sample bank, but is also available commercially from a variety of vendors. The ion channel inhibitors ShK, IbTx or DTK-k were diluted into DMEM complete media to 4× of the final concentration desired (final=50 or 100 nM). The calcineurin inhibitor cyclosporin A was also diluted into DMEM complete media to 4× final concentration (final=10 μM). To appropriate wells of a 96-well Falcon 3075 flat-bottom microtiter plate, 50 μl of either DMEM complete media or the 4× inhibitor solutions were added. Then, 100 μl of human whole blood was added and the plate was incubated for 1 hour at 37° C., 5% CO₂. After one hour, the plate was removed and 50 μl of the 4× thapsigargin stimulus (40 μM) was added to all wells of the plate containing inhibitor. To some wells containing no inhibitor but just DMEM complete media, thapsigargin was also added whereas others wells with just DMEM complete media had an additional 50 μl of DMEM complete media added. The wells with no inhibitor and no thapsigargin stimulus represented the untreated “Low” control. The wells with no inhibitor but which received thapsigargin stimulus represented the control for maximum stimulation or “High” control. Plates were placed back at 37° C., 5% CO₂ for 24 hours. After 24 hours, plates were removed and wells were process for FACS analysis. Cells were removed from the wells and washed in staining buffer (phosphate buffered saline containing 2% heat-inactivated fetal calf serum). Red blood cells were lysed using BD FACS Lysing Solution containing 1.5% formaldehyde (BD Biosciences) as directed by the manufacturer. Cells were distributed at a concentration of 1 million cells per 100 microliters of staining buffer per tube. Cells were first stained with 1 microliter of biotin-labeled anti-human CD4, washed, then stained simultaneously 1 microliter each of streptavidin-APC, FITC-labeled anti-human CD45RA, and phycoerythrin (PE)-labeled anti-human CD25 (IL-2Ra) or PE-labeled anti-human CD40L. Cells were washed with staining buffer between antibody addition steps. All antibodies were obtained from BD Biosciences (San Diego, Calif.). Twenty to fifty thousand live events were collected for each sample on a Becton Dickinson FACSCaliber (Mountain View, Calif.) flow cytometer and analyzed using FlowJo software (Tree Star Inc., San Carlos, Calif.). Dead cells, monocytes, and granulocytes were excluded from the analysis on the basis of forward and side scatter properties.

FIG. 64 and FIG. 67 demonstrate that Kv1.3 inhibitors ShK and Fc-L10-ShK[2-35] potently blocked IL-2 secretion in human whole blood, in addition to suppressing activation of the IL-2R on CD4+ T cells. The Kv1.3 inhibitor Fc-L10-ShK[2-35] was more than 200 times more potent in blocking IL-2 production in human whole blood than cyclosporine A (FIG. 64) as reflected by the IC50. FIG. 65 shows that Kv1.3 inhibitors also potently blocked secretion of IFNg in human whole blood, and FIG. 66 demonstrates that upregulation of CD40L on T cells was additionally blocked. The data in FIGS. 64-67 show that the Fc-L10-ShK[2-35] molecule was stable in whole blood at 37° C. for up to 48 hours, providing potent blockade of inflammatory responses. Toxin peptide therapeutic agents that target Kv1.3 and have prolonged half-life, are sought to provide sustained blockade of these responses in vivo over time. In contrast, despite the fact the Kv1.3 inhibitor peptide ShK also showed potent blockade in whole blood, the ShK peptide has a short (˜20 min) half-life in vivo (C. Beeton et al. (2001) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 98, 13942), and cannot, therefore, provide prolonged blockade. Whole blood represents a physiologically relevant assay to predict the response in animals. The whole blood assays described here can also be used as a pharmacodynamic (PD) assay to measure target coverage and drug exposure following dosing of patients. These human whole blood data support the therapeutic usefulness of the compositions of the present invention for treatment of a variety immune disorders, such as multiple sclerosis, type 1 diabetes, psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease, contact-mediated dermatitis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, asthma, allergy, restinosis, systemic sclerosis, fibrosis, scleroderma, glomerulonephritis, Sjogren syndrome, inflammatory bone resorption, transplant rejection, graft-versus-host disease, and lupus.

Example 47 PEGylated Peptibodies

By way of example, PEGylated peptibodies of the present invention were made by the following method. CHO-expressed FcL10-OsK1(19.2 mg; MW 30,371 Da, 0.63 micromole) in 19.2 ml A5S, 20 mM NaBH₃CN, pH 5, was treated with 38 mg PEG aldehyde (MW 20 kDa; 3×, Lot 104086). The sealed reaction mixture was stirred in a cold room overnight. The extent of the protein modification during the course of the reaction was monitored by SEC HPLC using a Superose 6 HR 10/30 column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) eluted with a 0.05 M phosphate buffer, 0.5 M NaCl, pH 7.0 at 0.4 ml/min. The reaction mixture was dialyzed with A5S, pH 5 overnight. The dialyzed material was then loaded onto an SP HP FPLC column (16/10) in A5S pH 5 and eluted with a 1 M NaCl gradient. The collected fractions were analyzed by SEC HPLC, pooled into 3 pools, exchanged into DPBS, concentrated and submitted for functional testing (Table 34).

In another example, FcL10-ShK1 (16.5 mg; MW 30,065 Da, 0.55 micro mole) in 16.5 ml ASS, 20 mM NaBH₃CN, pH 5 was treated with 44 mg PEG aldehyde (MW 20 kDa; 4×, Lot 104086). The sealed reaction mixture was stirred in a cold room overnight. The extent of the protein modification during the course of the reaction was monitored by SEC HPLC using a Superose 6 HR 10/30 column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) eluted with a 0.05 M phosphate buffer, 0.5 M NaCl, pH 7.0 at 0.4 ml/min. The reaction mixture was dialyzed with ASS, pH 5 overnight. The dialyzed material was loaded onto an SP HP FPLC column (16/10) in A5S pH 5 and was eluted with a 1 M NaCl gradient. The collected fractions were analyzed by SEC HPLC, pooled into 3 pools, exchanged into DPBS, concentrated and submitted for functional testing (Table 34).

The data in Table 34 demonstrate potency of the PEGylated peptibody molecules as Kv1.3 inhibitors.

shows determinations of IC50 made by whole cell patch clamp electrophysiology with HEK 293 as described in Example 36 herein above. The sustained IC50 was derived from the current 400 msecs after voltage ramp from −80 mV to +30 mV. Pool #2 samples comprised di-PEGylated peptibodies and Pool #3 samples comprised mono-PEGylated peptibodies. PEGylated Peptibody Pool # IC50 Sustained (nM) PEG-Fc-L10-SHK(2-35) 3 0.175 (n = 4) PEG-Fc-L10-SHK(2-35) 2 0.158 (n = 4) PEG-Fc-L10-OSK1 3 0.256 (n = 3) PEG-Fc-L10-OSK1 2 0.332 (n = 3)

Example 48 PEGylated Toxin Peptides

Shk and Osk-1 PEGylation, purification and analysis. Synthetic Shk or OSK1-1 toxin peptides were selectively PEGylated by reductive alkylation at their N-termini. Conjugation was achieved, with either Shk or OSK-1 toxin peptides, at 2 mg/ml in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, pH 4.5 reaction buffer containing 20 mM sodium cyanoborohydride and a 2 molar excess of 20 kDa monomethoxy-PEG-aldehyde (Nektar Therapeutics, Huntsville, Ala.). Conjugation reactions were stirred overnight at room temperature, and their progress was monitored by RP-HPLC. Completed reactions were quenched by 4-fold dilution with 20 mM NaOAc, pH 4, adjusted to pH 3.5 and chilled to 4° C. The PEG-peptides were then purified chromatographically at 4° C.; using SP Sepharose HP columns (GE Healthcare, Piscataway, N.J.) eluted with linear 0-1 M NaCl gradients in 20 mM NaOAc, pH 4.0. (FIG. 68A and FIG. 68B) Eluted peak fractions were analyzed by SDS-PAGE and RP-HPLC and pooling determined by purity>97%. Principle contaminants observed were di-PEGylated toxin peptide and unmodified toxin peptide. Selected pools were concentrated to 2-5 mg/ml by centrifugal filtration against 3 kDa MWCO membranes and dialyzed into 10 mM NaOAc, pH 4 with 5% sorbitol. Dialyzed pools were then sterile filtered through 0.2 micron filters and purity determined to be >97% by SDS-PAGE and RP-HPLC (FIG. 69A and FIG. 69B). Reverse-phase HPLC was performed on an Agilent 1100 model HPLC running a Zorbax 5 μm 300SB-C8 4.6×50 mm column (Phenomenex) in 0.1% TFA/H₂O at 1 ml/min and column temperature maintained at 40° C. Samples of PEG-peptide (20 μg) were injected and eluted in a linear 6-60% gradient while monitoring wavelengths 215 nm and 280 nm.

Electrophysiology performed by patch clamp on whole cells (see, Example 36) yielded a peak IC50 of 1.285 nM for PEG-OSK1 and 0.169 nM for PEG-ShK[1-35] (FIG. 74), in a concentration dependent block of the outward potassium current recorded from HEK293 cells stably expressing human Kv1.3 channel. The purified PEG-ShK[1-35] molecule, also referred to as “20K PEG-ShK[1-35]” and “PEG-ShK”, had a much longer half-life in vivo than the small ShK peptide (FIG. 59 and FIG. 60). PEG-ShK[1-35] suppressed severe autoimmune encephalomyelitis in rats (Example 45, FIGS. 61-63) and showed greater efficacy than the small native ShK peptide.

Example 49 Fc Loop Insertions of ShK and OSK1 Toxin Peptides

As exemplified in FIG. 70, FIG. 71, FIG. 72, and FIG. 73, disulphide-constrained toxin peptides were inserted into the human IgG1 Fc-loop domain, defined as the sequence D₁₃₇E₁₃₈I₁₃₉T₁₄₀K₁₄₁, according to the method published in Example 1 in Gegg et al., Modified Fc molecules, WO 2006/036834 A2 [PCT/US2005/034273]). Exemplary FcLoop-L2-OsK1-L2, FcLoop-L2-ShK-L2, FcLoop-L2-ShK-L4, and FcLoop-L4-OsK1-L2 were made having three linked domains. These were collected, purified and submitted for functional testing.

The peptide insertion for these examples was between Fc residues Leu₁₃₉ and Thr₁₄₀ and included 2-4 Gly residues as linkers flanking either side of the inserted peptide. However, alternate insertion sites for the human IgG1 Fc sequence, or different linkers, are also useful in the practice of the present invention, as is known in the art, e.g., as described in Example 13 of Gegg et al., Modified Fc molecules, WO 2006/036834 A2 [PCT/US2005/034273]).

Example 50 Purification of ShK(2-35)-L-Fc from E. coli

Frozen, E. coli paste (117 g), obtained as described in Example 16 herein above, was combined with 1200 ml of room temperature 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 7.5 and was brought to about 0.1 mg/ml hen egg white lysozyme. The suspended paste was passed through a chilled microfluidizer twice at 12,000 PSI. The cell lysate was then centrifuged at 17,700 g for 30 min at 4° C. The pellet was then resuspended in 1200 ml 1% deoxycholic acid using a tissue grinder and then centrifuged at 17,700 g for 30 min at 4° C. The pellet was then resuspended in 1200 ml water using a tissue grinder and then centrifuged at 17,700 g for 30 min at 4° C. 6.4 g of the pellet (total 14.2 g) was then dissolved in 128 ml 8 M guanidine HCl, 50 mM tris HCl, pH 8.0. 120 ml of the pellet solution was then incubated with 0.67 ml of 1 M DTT for 60 min at 37° C. The reduced material was transferred to 5500 ml of the refolding buffer (3 M urea, 50 mM tris, 160 mM arginine HCl, 2.5 mM EDTA, 2.5 mM cystamine HCl, 4 mM cysteine, pH 9.5) at 2 ml/min, 4° C. with vigorous stirring. The stirring rate was then slowed and the incubation was continued for 3 days at 4° C.

The refold was diluted with 5.5 L of water, and the pH was adjusted to 8.0 using acetic acid, then the solution was filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter and loaded on to a 35 ml Amersham Q Sepharose-FF (2.6 cm I.D.) column at 10 ml/min in Q-Buffer A (20 mM Tris, pH 8.5) at 8° C. with an inline 35 ml Amersham Mab Select column (2.6 cm I.D.). After loading, the Q Sepharose column was removed from the circuit, and the remaining chromatography was carried out on the Mab Select column. The column was washed with several column volumes of Q-Buffer A, followed by elution using a step to 100 mM glycine pH 3.0. The fractions containing the desired product immediately loaded on to a 5.0 ml Amersham SP-Sepharose HP column at 5.0 ml/min in S-Buffer A (10 mM NaH₂PO₄, pH 7.0) at 8° C. The column was then washed with several column volumes of S-Buffer A followed by a linear gradient from 5% to 60% S-Buffer B (10 mM NaH₂PO₄, 1 M NaCl, pH 7.0) followed by a step to 100% S-Buffer B. Fractions were then analyzed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE. The fractions containing the bulk of the desired product were pooled and then applied to a 50 ml MEP Hypercel column (2.6 cm I.D.) at 10 ml/min in MEP Buffer A (20 mM tris, 200 mM NaCl, pH 8.0) at 8° C. Column was eluted with a linear gradient from 5% to 50% MEP Buffer B(50 mM sodium citrate pH 4.0) followed by a step to 100% MEP Buffer B. Fractions were then analyzed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE, and the fractions containing the bulk of the desired product were pooled.

The MEP-pool was then concentrated to about 10 ml using a Pall Jumbo-Sep with a 10 kDa membrane. A spectral scan was then conducted on 50 μl of the combined pool diluted in 700 μl PBS using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer (FIG. 76A). Then concentration of the material was determined to be 3.7 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 30,253 and extinction coefficient of 36,900 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹. The purity of the material was then assessed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE (FIG. 76B). The macromolecular state of the product was then determined using size exclusion chromatography on 70 μg of the product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm (FIG. 76C). The product was then subject to mass spectral analysis by chromatographing approximately 4 μg of the sample through a RP-HPLC column (Vydac C4, 1×150 mm). Solvent A was 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in water and solvent B was 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in 90% acetonitrile, 10% water. The column was pre-equilibrated in 10% solvent B at a flow rate of 80 μl per min. The protein was eluted using a linear gradient of 10% to 90% solvent B over 30 min. Part of the effluent was directed into a LCQ ion trap mass spectrometer. The mass spectrum was deconvoluted using the Bioworks software provided by the mass spectrometer manufacturer. (FIG. 76D). The product was filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter and then stored at −80° C.

In Table 35, IC50 data for the purified E. coli-derived ShK[2-35]-L-Fc are compared to some other embodiments of the inventive composition of matter.

TABLE 35 E. coli-derived recombinant Fc-L-ShK[1-35], Fc-L-ShK[2-35], Fc-L-OSK1, Shk[1-35]-L-Fc and ShK[2-35]-L-Fc peptibodies containing Fc at either the N-terminus or C-terminus show potent blockade of human Kv1.3. Kv1.3 IC₅₀ Kv1.3 IC₅₀ Molecule by WCVC (nM) by IWQ (nM) E. coli-derived Fc-L-ShK[1-35] 1.4 E. coli-derived Fc-L-ShK[2-35] 1.3 2.8 E. coli-derived Fc-L-OSK1 3.2 E. coli-derived Shk[1-35]-L-Fc 2.4 E. coli-derived ShK[2-35]-L-Fc 4.9 CHO-derived Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] 2.2 R1Q The activity of the CHO-derived Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] R1Q mutant is also shown. Whole cell patch clamp electrophysiology (WCVC), by methods described in Example 36, was performed using HEK293/Kv1.3 cells and the IC50 shown is the average from dose-response curves from 3 or more cells. IonWorks ™ (IWQ) planar patch clamp electrophysiology by methods described in Example 44 was on CHO/Kv1.3 cells and the average IC50 is shown. The inventive molecules were obtained by methods as described in the indicated Example: E. coli-derived Fc-L-ShK[1-35] (Example 3 and Example 38), E. coli-derived Fc-L-ShK[2-35] (Example 4 and Example 39), E. coli Fc-L-OSK1 (Example 10 and Example 40), ShK[1-35]-L-Fc (Example 15 and Example 51), and ShK[2-35]-L-Fc (Example 16 and this Example 50). CHO-derived Fc-L10-ShK[1-35] R1Q molecule was generated using methods similar to those described for CHO-derived Fc-L10-ShK[1-35].

Example 51 Purification of Met-ShK(1-35)-Fc from E. coli

Frozen, E. coli paste (65 g), obtained as described in Example 15 herein above was combined with 660 ml of room temperature 50 mM tris HCl, 5 mM EDTA, pH 7.5 and was brought to about 0.1 mg/ml hen egg white lysozyme. The suspended paste was passed through a chilled microfluidizer twice at 12,000 PSI. The cell lysate was then centrifuged at 17,700 g for 30 min at 4° C. The pellet was then resuspended in 660 ml 1% deoxycholic acid using a tissue grinder and then centrifuged at 17,700 g for 30 min at 4° C. The pellet was then resuspended in 660 ml water using a tissue grinder and then centrifuged at 17,700 g for 30 min at 4° C. 13 g of the pellet was then dissolved in 130 ml 8 M guanidine HCl, 50 mM tris HCl, pH 8.0. 10 ml of the pellet solution was then incubated with 0.1 ml of 1 M DTT for 60 min at 37° C. The reduced material was transferred to 1000 ml of the refolding buffer (2 M urea, 50 mM tris, 160 mM arginine HCl, 2.5 mM EDTA, 1.2 mM cystamine HCl, 4 mM cysteine, pH 8.5) at 2 ml/min, 4° C. with vigorous stirring. The stirring rate was then slowed and the incubation was continued for 3 days at 4° C.

The refold was diluted with 1 L of water, and filtered through a 0.22 μm cellulose acetate filter then loaded on to a 35 ml Amersham Q Sepharose-FF (2.6 cm I.D.) column at 10 ml/min in Q-Buffer A (20 mM Tris, pH 8.5) at 8° C. with an inline 35 ml Amersham Mab Select column (2.6 cm I.D.). After loading, the Q Sepharose column was removed from the circuit, and the remaining chromatography was carried out on the Mab Select column. The column was washed with several column volumes of Q-Buffer A, followed by elution using a step to 100 mM glycine pH 3.0. The fractions containing the desired product immediately loaded on to a 5.0 ml Amersham SP-Sepharose HP column at 5.0 ml/min in S-Buffer A (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, pH 7.0) at 8° C. The column was then washed with several column volumes of S-Buffer A followed by a linear gradient from 5% to 60% S-Buffer B (20 mM NaH₂PO₄, 1 M NaCl, pH 7.0) followed by a step to 100% S-Buffer B. Fractions were then analyzed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE. The fractions containing the bulk of the desired product were pooled.

The S-pool was then concentrated to about 10 ml using a Pall Jumbo-Sep with a 10 kDa membrane. A spectral scan was then conducted on 20 μl of the combined pool diluted in 700 μl PBS using a Hewlett Packard 8453 spectrophotometer (FIG. 77A). Then concentration of the material was determined to be 3.1 mg/ml using a calculated molecular mass of 30,409 and extinction coefficient of 36,900 M⁻¹ cm⁻¹. The purity of the material was then assessed using a Coomassie brilliant blue stained tris-glycine 4-20% SDS-PAGE (FIG. 77B). The macromolecular state of the product was then determined using size exclusion chromatography on 93 μg of the product injected on to a Phenomenex BioSep SEC 3000 column (7.8×300 mm) in 50 mM NaH₂PO₄, 250 mM NaCl, pH 6.9 at 1 ml/min observing the absorbance at 280 nm (FIG. 77C). The product was then subject to mass spectral analysis by MALDI mass spectrometry. An aliquot of the sample was spotted with the MALDI matrix sinapinic acid on sample plate. A Voyager DE-RP time-of-flight mass spectrometer equipped with a nitrogen laser (337 nm, 3 ns pulse) was used to collect spectra. The positive ion/linear mode was used, with an accelerating voltage of 25 kV. Each spectrum was produced by accumulating data from ˜200 laser shots (FIG. 77D). External mass calibration was accomplished using purified proteins of known molecular masses.

The IC₅₀ for blockade of human Kv1.3 by purified E. coli-derived Met-ShK(1-35)-Fc, also referred to as “ShK[1-35]-L-Fc”, is shown in Table 35 herein above.

Example 52 Bacterial Expression of OsK1-L-Fc Inhibitor of Kv1.3

The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria were as described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21amgR-pep-Fc and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of OsK1-L-Fc. Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 1347 GGGTGTTATCATCAACGTTAAATGCAAAATCTCCCGTCAGTGCCTGGAAC CGTGCAAAAAAGCTGGTATGCGT //; SEQ ID NO: 1348 TTCGGTAAATGCATGAACGGTAAATGCCACTGCACCCCGAAATCTGGTGG TGGTGGTTCT //; SEQ ID NO: 1349 CACCAGAACCACCACCACCACCAGATTTCGGGGTGCAGTGGCATTTACC GTTCATGCATTTACCGAAACGCAT //; SEQ ID NO: 1310 ACCAGCTTTTTTGCACGGTTCCAGGCACTGACGGGAGATTTTGCATTTA ACGTTGATGATAAC //; The oligos shown above were used to form the duplex shown below:

GGGTGTTATCATCAACGTTAAATGCAAAATCTCCCGTCAGTGCCTGGAACCGTGCAAAAA 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     CAATAGTAGTTGCAATTTACGTTTTAGAGGGCAGTCACGGACCTTGGCACGTTTTT  G  V  I  I  N  V  K  C  K  I  S  R  Q  C  L  E  P  C  K  K1  - AGCTGGTATGCGTTTCGGTAAATGCATGAACGGTAAATGCCACTGCACCCCGAAATCTGG 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 TCGACCATACGCAAAGCCATTTACGTACTTGCCATTTACGGTGACGTGGGGCTTTAGACC  A  G  M  R  F  G  K  C  M  N  G  K  C  H  C  T  P  K  S  G  - TGGTGGTGGTTCT //SEQ ID NO: 1350 121 ---------+------- 137 ACCACCACCAAGACCAC - //SEQ ID NO: 1352  G  G  G  S  G   - //SEQ ID NO: 1351

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

Example 53 Bacterial Expression of Gly-ShK(1-35)-L-Fc Inhibitor of Kv1.3

The methods to clone and express the peptibody in bacteria were as described in Example 3. The vector used was pAMG21amgR-pep-Fc and the oligos listed below were used to generate a duplex (see below) for cloning and expression in bacteria of Gly-ShK(1-35)-L-Fc. Oligos used to form duplex are shown below:

SEQ ID NO: 1313 GGGTCGTTCTTGTATTGATACTATTCCAAAATCTCGTTGTACTGCTTTTC AATGTAAACATTCTATGAAATATCGTCTTTCTT //; SEQ ID NO: 1314 TTTGTCGTAAAACTTGTGGTACTTGTTCTGGTGGTGGTGGTTCT //; SEQ ID NO: 1353 CACCAGAACCACCACCACCAGAACAAGTACCACAAGTTTTACGACAAAAA GAAAGACGATATTTCATAGAATGTTTACATTGA //; SEQ ID NO: 1354 AAAGCAGTACAACGAGATTTTGGAATAGTATCAATACAAGAACG //

The oligos shown above were used to form the duplex shown below:

GGGTCGTTCTTGTATTGATACTATTCCAAAATCTCGTTGTACTGCTTTTCAATGTAAACA 1 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 60     GCAAGAACATAACTATGATAAGGTTTTAGAGCAACATGACGAAAAGTTACATTTGT  G  R  S  C  I  D  T  I  P  K  S  R  C  T  A  F  Q  C  K  H  - TTCTATGAAATATCGTCTTTCTTTTTGTCGTAAAACTTGTGGTACTTGTTCTGGTGGTGG 61 ---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+---------+ 120 AAGATACTTTATAGCAGAAAGAAAAACAGCATTTTGAACACCATGAACAAGACCACCACC  S  M  K  Y  R  L  S  F  C  R  K  T  C  G  T  C  S  G  G  G  - TGGTTCT //SEQ ID NO: 1355 121 ---------+- 131 ACCAAGACCAC //SEQ ID NO: 1357  G  S  G    - //SEQ ID NO: 1356

Bacterial expression of the peptibody was as described in Example 3 and paste was stored frozen.

ABBREVIATIONS

Abbreviations used throughout this specification are as defined below, unless otherwise defined in specific circumstances.

-   -   Ac acetyl (used to refer to acetylated residues)     -   AcBpa acetylated p-benzoyl-L-phenylalanine     -   ADCC antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity     -   Aib aminoisobutyric acid     -   bA beta-alanine     -   Bpa p-benzoyl-L-phenylalanine     -   BrAc bromoacetyl (BrCH₂C(O)     -   BSA Bovine serum albumin     -   Bzl Benzyl     -   Cap Caproic acid     -   COPD Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease     -   CTL Cytotoxic T lymphocytes     -   DCC Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide     -   Dde 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxo-cyclohexylidene)ethyl     -   ESI-MS Electron spray ionization mass spectrometry     -   Fmoc fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl     -   HOBt 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole     -   HPLC high performance liquid chromatography     -   HSL homoserine lactone     -   IB inclusion bodies     -   KCa calcium-activated potassium channel (including IKCa, BKCa,         SKCa)     -   Kv voltage-gated potassium channel     -   Lau Lauric acid     -   LPS lipopolysaccharide     -   LYMPH lymphocytes     -   MALDI-MS Matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization mass         spectrometry     -   Me methyl     -   MeO methoxy     -   MHC major histocompatibility complex     -   MMP matrix metalloproteinase     -   1-Nap 1-napthylalanine     -   NEUT neutrophils     -   Nle norleucine     -   NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone     -   PAGE polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis     -   PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cell     -   PBS Phosphate-buffered saline     -   Pbf 2,2,4,6,7-pendamethyldihydrobenzofuran-5-sulfonyl     -   PCR polymerase chain reaction     -   Pec pipecolic acid     -   PEG Poly(ethylene glycol)     -   pGlu pyroglutamic acid     -   Pic picolinic acid     -   pY phosphotyrosine     -   RBS ribosome binding site     -   RT room temperature (25° C.)     -   Sar sarcosine     -   SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate     -   STK serine-threonine kinases     -   t-Boc tert-Butoxycarbonyl     -   tBu tert-Butyl     -   THF thymic humoral factor     -   Trt trityl 

What is claimed is:
 1. A DNA encoding a composition of matter for extending the half-life of a polypeptide, of the formula (X¹)_(a)—(F¹)_(d)—(X²)_(b)—(F²)_(e)—(X³)_(c) or multimers thereof, wherein: F¹ and F² are half-life extending moieties selected from: (i) a human IgG Fc domain or a portion thereof, (ii) a transthyretin protein domain, and (iii) a human serum albumin (HSA) protein domain; and d and e are each independently 0 or 1, provided that at least one of d and e is 1; X¹, X², and X³ are each independently -(L)_(f)-P-(L)_(g)-, and f and g are each independently 0 or 1; P is a polypeptide of no more than about 80 amino acid residues in length, comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 914, SEQ ID NO: 915, SEQ ID NO: 916, or SEQ ID NO: 917; L is a linker; and a, b, and c are each independently 0 or 1, provided that at least one of a, b and c is
 1. 2. The DNA of claim 1 of a formula selected from P-(L)_(g)-F¹, F¹-(L)_(f)-P, P-(L)_(g)-F¹-(L)_(f)-P, F¹-(L)_(f)-P-(L)_(g)-F², F¹-(L)_(f)-P-(L)_(g)-F²-(L)_(f)-P, F¹—F²-(L)_(f)-P, P-(L)_(g)-F¹—F², and P-(L)_(g)-F¹—F²-(L)_(f)-P.
 3. The DNA of claim 1, wherein F¹ or F², or both, comprises a human IgG Fc domain or a portion thereof.
 4. The DNA of claim 3, wherein the human IgG Fc domain comprises a human IgG1 Fc domain.
 5. The DNA of claim 4, wherein the human IgG Fc domain comprises a human IgG2 Fc domain.
 6. The DNA of claim 1, wherein F¹ and F² are different half-life extending moieties.
 7. The DNA of claim 1, wherein claim 1, wherein any f or any g is 1, and L is a peptide linker comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOS: 79, 84, and 637 through
 656. 8. The DNA of claim 1, wherein F¹ or F², or both, comprises a human serum albumin protein domain or a transthyretin protein domain.
 9. The DNA of claim 1, wherein P comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:
 914. 10. The DNA of claim 1, wherein P comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:
 915. 11. The DNA of claim 1, wherein P comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:
 916. 12. The DNA of claim 1, wherein P comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:
 917. 13. A DNA encoding a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 914, SEQ ID NO: 915, SEQ ID NO: 916, or SEQ ID NO:
 917. 14. The DNA of claim 13, wherein the DNA encodes a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:
 914. 15. The DNA of claim 13, wherein the DNA encodes a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:
 915. 16. The DNA of claim 13, wherein the DNA encodes a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:
 916. 17. The DNA of claim 13, wherein the DNA encodes a polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:
 917. 18. An expression vector comprising the DNA of claim 1 or claim
 13. 19. A host cell comprising the expression vector of claim
 18. 20. The host cell of claim 19, wherein the cell is a eukaryotic cell.
 21. The host cell of claim 20, wherein the cell is a mammalian cell.
 22. The host cell of claim 21, wherein the cell is a CHO cell.
 23. The host cell of claim 19, wherein the cell is a prokaryotic cell.
 24. The host cell of claim 23, wherein the cell is an E. coli cell. 